HomeMy WebLinkAboutResolution - 5095 - Contract-Knox Gailey & Meador Inc-50Th St & Slide Rd Intersection Reconstruction - 02/08/1996Resolution No. 5095
February 8, 1996
Item #.18
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK:
THAT the Mayor of the City of Lubbock BE and is hereby authorized and directed to
execute for and on behalf of the City of Lubbock a Contract by and between the City of Lubbock
and Knox, Gailey & Meador, Inc. to furnish and install all services and materials for the 50th
Street & Slide Road Intersection Reconstruction, attached hereto and which shall be spread upon
the minutes of the Council and as spread upon the minutes of this Council shall constitute and be
a part of this Resolution as if fully copied herein in detail.
APPROVED AS TO CONTENT:
Viidah, Purchasing Manager
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
D6h' ald G. Vandiver, First Assistant City
Attorney
DGV:js/KNOXGALY.RES
ccdocs/December 26, 1995
X95
CITY OF LUBBOCK
SPECIFICATIONS FOR
50TH & SLIDE INTERSECTION RECONSTRUCTION
BID #13438
.� 016P '
CITY OF LUBBOCK
Lubbock, Texas
City of Lubbock
P.O. Box 2000
Lubbock, Texas 79457
606-767-2167
MAILED TO VENDOR
CLOSE DATE:
Office of
Purchasing
December 20,1995
December 20,1995 @ 2:00 P.M.
BID #13438 - 50TH & SLIDE INTERSECTION RECONSTRUCTION
ADDENDUM #3
The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named bid. Where any item called
for in the bid documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not affected by this addendum,
shall remain in effect.
1. Void the last paragraph of subsection J, Reinforced Concrete Pavement (Normal Setting
Strength Portland Cement Concrete Pavements), page V-18, Standard Details of
Construction which says "The minimum allowable concrete strength shall have a
seven (7) day flexural strength of five hundred fifty pounds per square inch (550 psi) or
a seven (7) day compressive strength of four thousand two hundred pounds per square
inch (4,200 psi)". Details A, B-1, B-2, C and D on sheet no. 2 -D -596(D) of the plans,
which calls for Class C Portland Cement Concrete (compressive strength of 3,600 psi at
28 days), shall be used for the concrete pavement.
All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to:
Questions may be faxed to:
PLEASE RETURN ONE COPY WITH YOUR BID
r
Ron Shufrwld
Senior Buyer
City of Lubbock
P. O. Boz 2000
Lubbock, Texas 79457
(806) 767-2164
City of Lubbock
P.O. Box 2000
Lubbock, Texas 72457
606-767-2167
MAILED TO VENDOR
CLOSE DATE:
Office of
Purchasing
December 14, 1995
December 20,1995 @ 2:00 P.M.
BID #13438 - 50TH AND SLIDE INTERSECTION RECONSTRUCTION
ADDENDUM #2
The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named bid. Where any item called
for in the bid documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not affected by this addendum,
shall remain in effect.
1. Add Fast Track concrete construction as an alternate item to the base bid. The item
quantity shall be 500 square yards. The item description shall be: "Eight inch (8")
reinforced Fast Track concrete pavement including all flexible pavement removal,
subgrade preparation and earthwork and reinforcing installed complete per square
yard". Please indicate the Unit Cost, add amount below the Total Bid on the last sheet
of Exhibit "A" of the Bid Submittal Form.
2. Modify the construction/contraWon joint seal detail "A" on sheet 2 -D -596(D) to require
a one-half inch (1/2") width joint seal reservoir and a five -eighth inch (5/8") diameter
., backer rod.
3. Modify the description of item 19 in the unit item bid proposal to read as "Install and
maintain traffic control and detour plan to be submitted by Contractor, complete per
lump sum "
4. Void the second (2nd) paragraph of section 7 of the Special Conditions in the contract
documents (page SC -5) which reads "The detour and traffic control plan attached with
the construction plans shall be the minimum acceptable plan for detour and traffic
control. The Contractor may submit an alternate detour and traffic control plan(s). The
alternate plan(s) may be used if approved by the Traffic Engineer".
5. Modify the maximum number of days for full completion as found anywhere in the
contract documents, including the Special conditions, to read "95 (MMW FIVE) days.
7
r
r
s All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to:
a
pw Ron Shufiieid
Senior Buyer
City of Lubbock
P. O. Boz 2000
m Lubbock, Texas 79457
4
Questions may be faxed to: (806) 767-2164
i
PLEASE RETURN ONE COPY WITH YOUR BID
7
r
Office of
City of Lubbock Purchasing
P.O. Box 2000
Lubbock, Texas 72457
806-767-2167
MAILED TO VENDOR December 7,1995
CLOSE DATE: December 20,1995 ad 2:00 P.M.
BID #13438 - 50TH AND SLIDE INTERSECTION RECONSTRUCTION
ADDENDUM #1
The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named Bid. Where any item called
for in the Bid documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not affected by this addendum,
shall remain in effect.
The Notice to Bidders, paragraph 4, sentence 2, should be changed to read as follows:
The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond In accordance
with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract
price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and the successful bidder
will be required to furnish a payment bond In accordance with Chapter 2253,
Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that
said contractprice exceeds $25,000.
2. In the General Conditions Of The Agreement, Item 51. Bonds should be changed to
read as follows: The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond
in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the
total contrail price in the event that said contrad price exceeds $100,000 and the
successful bidder will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with
Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contractprice in
the event that said contrail price exceeds $25,000. All bonds, if required, shall be
submitted on forms supplied by the Owner, and executed by an approved Surety
Company authorized to do business in the State of Texas And it rsjarther agreed
that this contract shall not be in effect until such bonds are so furnished
All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to:
Questions may be faxed to:
PLEASE RETURN ONE COPY WITH YOUR BID
Ron Shuffield
Senior Buyer
City of Lubbock
P. O. Boz 2000
Lubbock, Texas 79457
(806) 767-2164
• KI •
R1 I•ZZ, .V,
CITY OF LUBBOCK
REQUEST FOR BIDS
FOR
TTTLE: 50TH & SLIDE INTERSECTION
RECONSTRUCTION
ADDRESS: LUBBOCK, TEXAS
BID NUMBER: 13438
PROJECT NUMBER 4541.9240
CONTRACT PREPARED BY: PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
S.
6.
7.
S.
9.
10.
11.
INDEX
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
BID SUBMITTAL - BID FOR LUMP SUM CONTRACTS
PAYMENT BOND
PERFORMANCE BOND
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
CONTRACT
GENERAL CONDMONS OF THE AGREEMENT
CURRENT WAGE DETERMINATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIAL CONDMON
PL"
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
BID #13438
Sealed bids addressed to Victor Kilman, Purchasing Manager, City of Lubbock, Texas, will be received in the office of the
71, Purchasing Manager, Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street, Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas, 79401, until 2:00 o'clock p.m. on the
20th day of December, 1995, or as changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to furnish all labor and materials
and perform all work for the construction of the following described project:
"50111 & SLIDE INTERSECTION RECONSTRUCTION"
After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed bids will be opened in the office of the Purchasing
Manager and publicly read aloud.
It is the sole responsibility of the bidder to insure that his bid is actually in the office of the Purchasing Manager for the City
Of Lubbock, prior to the expiration of the date above first written.
The City of Lubbock will consider the bids on the 1 ith day of January, 1996, at the Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street,
Lubbock, Texas, or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably convenient, subject to the right to reject any or all bids and waive any
formalities. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond and payment bond in accordance with Article
5160, Vemon's Ann. Civil St., in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds
$25,000.00. Said statutory bonds should be issued by a company carrying a current BestRating of B or or as the rating of the
bond company is a factor that will be considered in determination of the lowest responsible bidder. If the contract price does not
exceed $25,000.00 the said statutory bonds will not be required.
r Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's or certified check
issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the
order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that
bidder will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within ten (10) days after notice of award of the
contract to him.
It shall be each bidders sole responsibility to inspect the site of the work and to inform himself regarding all local conditions
under which the work is to be done. It shall be understood and agreed that all such factors have been thoroughly investigated and
I considered in the preparation of the bid submitted. There will be a pre-bid conference on 13th day of December. 1995, at
10:00 o'clock a.m., in the Training Center, L-01, Lubbock, Texas.
Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in the
contract documents on file in the office of the Purchasing Manager of the City of Lubbock, which document is specifically referred to
in this notice to bidders. Each bidder's attention is further directed to provision of Article 5159a, Vernon's Ann. Civil St., and the
requirements contained therein concerning the above wage scale and payment by the contractor of the prevailing rates of wages as
heretofore established by owner in said wage scale.
The City of Lubbock hereby notifies all bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement,
minority and women business enterprises will be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids in response to this invitation and will
not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, disability, or national origin in consideration for an award.
The City of Lubbock does not discriminate against persons with disabilities. City of Lubbock pre-bid meetings and bid
openings are available to all persons regardless of disability. If you would like bid information made available in a more accessible
format or if you require assistance, please contact the City of Lubbock Human Relations Office at (806) 767-2281 at least 48 hours in
advance of the meeting.
C1�TY OF LUBBOCK
VICTOR
PURCHASING MANAGER
Bid documents may be obtained upon request from the Purchasing Department at 162513th Street,
Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas 79401; Telephone (806)767-2167IFax (806)767-2164.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
r
t:.
SCOPE OF WORK
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
The contractor shall furnish all labor, superintendence, machinery, equipment and all materials necessary to complete this
project in accordance with contract documents for the 50TH & SLIDE INTERSECTION RECONSTRUCTION.
t
' 2. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
All work covered by this contract shall be done in accordance with contract documents described in the General Conditions.
All bidders shall be thoroughly familiar with all of the requirements set forth on the contract documents for the constriction
of this project and shall be responsible for the satisfactory completion of all work contemplated by said contract documents.
3. PLANS FOR USE BY BIDDERS
4.
It is the intent of the City of Lubbock that all parties with an interest in submitting a bid on the project covered by the
contract documents be given a reasonable opportunity to examine the documents and prepare a bid without charge of
forfeiture of deposit. The contract documents, may be examined without charge as noted in the Notice to Bidders.
No bidder shall request any information verbally. All written requests for additional information or clarification concerning
this bid must be addressed to:
RON SHUFFIELD
SENIOR BUYER
CITY OF LUBBOCK
P.O. BOX 2000
LUBBOCK, TX 79457
FAX (806)767-2164
5. THAE AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION
The construction covered by the contract documents shall be fully completed within 75 (SEVENTY FM), working days
from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed issued by the City of Lubbock to the successful bidder.
The Contractor will be permitted to prosecute the work in the order of his own choosing, provided, however, the City
reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit a progress schedule of the work contemplated by the contract
documents. In the event the City requires a progress schedule to be submitted, and it is determined by the City that the
progress of the work is not in accordance with the progress schedule so submitted, the City may direct the Contractor to take
such action as the City deems necessary to insure completion of the project within the time specified.
6. PAY1yIENT
All payments due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of the contract
documents.
7. AFFIDAVITS OF BILLS PAID
j The City of Lubbock reserves the right, prior to final acptance of thisp project to require re the Contractor to execute an
affidavit that all bills for labor, materials and incidentals incurred in the construction of the improvements contemplated by
the contract documents have been paid in full and that there are no claims pending, of which the Contractor has been
notified
S. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
The intent of these contract documents is that only materials and workmanship of the best quality and grade will be .—
furnished. The fact that the specifications may fail to be sufficiently complete in some detail will not relieve the Contractor
of full responsibility for providing materials of high quality and for protecting them adequately until incorporated into the
project. The presence or absence of a representative of the City on the site will not relieve the Contractor of full _
responsibility of complying with this provision. The specifications for materials and methods set forth in the contract
documents provide minimum standards of quality which the Owner believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project.
9. GUARANTEES
All equipment and materials incorporated in the project and all construction shall be guaranteed against defective materials
and workmanship. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall fiunish to the Owner, a written general guarantee which
shall provide that the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work, and pay for any and all damages of any nature
whatsoever resulting in such defects, when such defects appear within ONE year from date of final acceptance of the work
as a result of defective materials or workmanship, at no cost to the Owner (City of Lubbock). _
10. PLANS FOR THE CONTRACTOR
The contractor will be flu-nished one set of plans and specifications, and related contract documents for his use during
construction. Plans and specifications for use during construction will only be fiunished directly to the Contractor. The
Contractor shall then distribute copies of plans and specifications to suppliers, subcontractors or others, as required for
proper prosecution of the work contemplated by the Contractor.
11. PROTECTION OF THE WORK
The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materials, supplies,
machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, and all means of construction, and any and all parts of the
work whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until the date the City issues its
certificate of completion to Contractor. The City reserves the right, after the bids have been opened and before the contract
has been awarded, to require of a bidder the following information:
(a) The experience record of the bidder showing completed jobs of a similar nature to the one covered by the intended
contract and all work in progress with bond amounts and percentage completed.
(b) A sworn statement of the current financial condition of the bidder.
(c) Equipment schedule.
12. TEXAS STATE SALES TAX
This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption provisions pursuant to provisions of Article 20.04
of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act.
The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit which shall enable him to buy the materials to be
incorporated into the work without paying the tax at the time of purchase.
13. PROTECTION OF SUBSURFACE LINES AND STRUCTURES
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to prosecute the work contemplated by the contract documents in such a way as to
exercise due care to locate and prevent damage to all underground pipelines, utility lines, conduits or other underground
structures which might or could be damaged by Contractor during the construction of the project contemplated by these
contract documents. The City of Lubbock agrees that it will furnish Contractor the location of all such underground lines
and utilities of which it has knowledge. However, such fact shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities
t aforementioned. All such underground lines or structures cut or damaged by Contractor during the prosecution of the work
contemplated by this contract shall be repaired immediately by Contractor to the satisfaction of the City of Lubbock, Texas,
at Contractor's expense.
14. BARRICADES AND SAFETY MEASURES
The contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights and danger signals, and shall take
such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property and the work as may be necessary. The
Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs, and lights to protect it, and
when damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and replaced by Contractor at his own cost
and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of barricades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the date
of issuance to Contractor of City's certificate of acceptance of the project.
15. EXPLOSIVES
The use of explosives will not be permitted unless written permission to do so is obtained by the Contractor from the City.
In all uses where written permission is obtained for the use of explosives, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for
all damage which may oc= as a direct or indirect result of the blasting. In addition, in all cases where explosives are
authorized to be used, the Contractor shall use utmost care so as not to endanger life or property and the Contractor shall
further use only such methods as are currently utilized by persons, firms, or corporations engaged in similar type of
t ; construction activity.
Explosive materials shall not be stored or kept at the construction site by the Contractor.
In all cases where explosives are to be used during the construction of the project contemplated by this contract, it shall be
the duty of the Contractor to notify each utility company having strictures (above or below the ground) in proximity to the
site of the work of Contractor's intention to use explosives, and such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable
the companies to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. Such notice, however,
shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any damage resulting from his blasting operations.
16. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE
�•• The successful bidder shall be required to have a responsible local representative available at all times while the work is in
progress under this contract. The successful bidder shall be required to furnish the name, address and telephone number
where such local representative may be reached during the time that the work contemplated by this contract is in progress.
P 17. rNSURANCE
The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General
Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory
to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will
be provided ten (10) days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the
insurer waiving the right to subrogation.
The insurance certificates furnished shall name the City as an additional insured and shall further state that all
subcontractors are named as additional insureds, or in the alternative, shall be accompanied by a statement from the
Contractor to the effect that no work on this particular project shall be subcontracted.
18. LABOR AND WORKING HOURS
Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these
contract documents. The wage rate which must be paid on this project shall not be less than specified in the schedule of
general prevailing rates of per diem wages as above mentioned. The bidders' attention is further directed to the
requirements of Article 5159a, Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes providing for the payment of the wage schedules above
mentioned and the bidder's obligations thereunder. The inclusion of the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem
wages in these contract documents does not release the Contractor from compliance with any wage law that may be
applicable. Construction work under this contract requiring an inspector will not be performed on weekends or holidays
unless the following conditions exist: _
(1) The project being constructed is essential to the City of Lubbock's ability to provide the necessary service to its
citizens.
(2) Delays in construction are due to factors outside the control of the Contractor. The Contractor is approaching the
penalty provisions of the contract and Contractor can show he has made a diligent effort to complete the contract
within the allotted time. -' --
Before construction work requiring an inspector is to be performed on weekends or holidays, the Contractor must notify the
Owner's Representative not less than three full working days prior to the weekend or holiday he desires to do work and
obtain written permission from the Owner's Representative to do such work. The final decision on whether to allow
construction work requiring an inspector on weekends or holidays will be made by the Owner's Representative.
In any event, if a condition should occur or arise at the site of this project or from the work being done under this contract
which is hazardous or dangerous to property or life, the Contractor shall immediately commence work, regardless of the day
of the week or the time of day, to correct or alleviate such condition so that it is no longer dangerous to property or life.
19. PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES AND FILING OF PAYROLLS
The contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the project under this
contract in full (less mandatory legal deductions) in cash, or by check readily cashable without discount, not less often than
once each week. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors engaged at the site of the work shall not later than the
seventh day following the payment of wages, file with the Owner's Representative, or Engineer, a certified, sworn, legible
copy of such payroll. This shall contain the name of each employee, his classification, the number of hours worked on each
day, rate of pay, and net pay. The affidavit shall state that the copy is a true and correct copy of such payroll, that no rebates
or deductions (except as shown) have been made, or will in the future be made from the wages paid as shown thereon. The
Contractor must classify employees according to one of the classifications set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate
of per diem wages, which schedule is included in the contract documents.
The Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the City of Lubbock on whose behalf this contract is made, ten dollars for each
laborer, workman, or mechanic employed for each calendar day, or portion thereof, such laborer, workman or mechanic is
paid less than the wages assigned to his particular classification as set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per
diem wages included in these contract documents.
20. PROVISIONS CONCERNING ESCALATOR CLAUSES
Bids submitted containing any conditions which provide for changes in the stated bid price due to increases or
decreases in the cost of materials, labor or other items required for the project will be rejected and returned to the bidder
without being considered.
21. PREPARATION FOR BID
The bidder shall submit his bid on forms furnished by the City. All blank spaces in the form shall be correctly filled in and
the bidder shall state the price both in words and numerals, for which he intends to do the work contemplated or furnish the
materials required. Such prices shall be written in ink, distinctly and legibly, or typewritten. In case of discrepancy
between the price written in words and the price written in figures, the price written in words shall govern. If the bid is
submitted by an individual, his name must be signed by him or his duly authorized agent. If a bid is submitted by a firm,
association, or partnership, the name and address of each member must be given and the bid signed by a member of the
firm, association or partnership, or person duly authorized. If the bid is submitted by a company or corporation, the
company or corporate name and business address must be given, and the bid signed by an official or duly authorized agent.
Powers of attorney authorizing agents or others to sign bids must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted
with the bid. The bid shall be executed in ink.
Each bid shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed as specified in the Notice to Bidders, and endorsed on the outside
of the envelope in the following manner:
(a) Bidder's name
(b) Bid for (description of the project).
Bid submittals may be withdrawn and resubmitted at any time prior to the time set for opening of the bids, but no bid may
be withdrawn or altered thereafter.
22. BOUND COPY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by bidder shall be bound and include the following:
(a) Notice to Bidders.
(b) General Instructions to Bidders.
(c) Bidder's Submittal.
(d) Statutory Bond (if required).
(e) Contract Agreement.
(f) General Conditions.
(g) Special Conditions (if any).
(h) Specifications.
(i) Insurance Certificates.
0) All other documents made available to bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders.
If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physically bound, they are to be considered incorporated by
reference into the aforementioned contract documents.
7
7
I
BID SUBMITTAL
7
BID SUBMITTAL
UNIT PRICE BID CONTRACT
�
�., PLACE: .4(%�, G /X; _..
DATE: A—�-
PROTECT NUMBER 13438 - 50TH & SLIDE INTERSECTION RECONSTRUCTION
Bid of (hereinafter called Bidder)
To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner)
Gentlemen:
The Bidder, in compliance with your invitation for bids for the construction of a
# /3W- 507 -f Sy,W /.�/7 G7ldl'I Age: C�itlS7,�r�7ld�j
having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related contract
documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the
intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to
construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, within the time set forth thc%'n and at the
price stated in Exhibit W.
The bidder binds himself ontance of his bid
a�P to execute a contract and any required bonds, according to the
accompanying forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated in Exhibit "A" of
this bid.
Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on or before a date to be specified in a written "Notice to
Proceed" of the Owner and to fully complete the project within 75 (SEVENTY FIVE) working
specifications and other contract documents. Bidder he thereafter as stipulated in the
hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as liquidated damages the hum of
SL000.00 (ONE THOUSAND DOLLARS) for each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time set forth hereinabove for
completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the general conditions of the contract documents.
Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with instruction
number 20 of the General Instructions to Bidders.
( Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in the bidding.
The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) calendar days after the
scheduled closing time for receiving bids.
The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the plans,
specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to commence work on or
before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work on which he has bid; as provided in
the contract documents.
4
Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or Performance bond is
check issued by a bank satisfacto to the Ci of L �m�, � submit a cashier's check or certified
ry City Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to
the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5% ) of the total amount of the bid submitted as a
guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within ten (10) days after notice of
award of the contract to him.
Enclosed with this bid is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for Dollars
(S ) or a Bid Bond in the sum of _ .S I!96 Dollars (S ), which it is
agreed shall be collected and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the event the bid is accepted by the Owner and theundersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within ten (10) days
r after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of said bid, otherwise, said check or bond shall be returned to the
undersigned upon demand.
Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all contract documents
made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders.
Contra
% i 45WMI
(Printed or Typed Name)
(Seal if Bidder is a Corpora 'on)
ATTEST:
Secretary
r
l
Company E2. 41,x 57,3 ('o
Address
. ,1J -zUAl 66 -
City, — County i
State Zip
�'� �
Code
Tel
Fax Number:
r
r"
BID PROPOSAL
CITY OF LUBBOCK
50TH STREET AND SLIDE ROAD
E,
INTERSECTION RECONSTRUCTION
PROJECT #9708
Estimated
Item Quantities
Total
No. & UnitsUnit
Description of Items
Price
Amount
Bid
4
1. 1,600
Lin. F t.
Concrete curb andtter removal and
� ' ��o�'
complete per lin. ft.
SERVICES:
MATERIALS:
($
) ($ )
TOTAL:
($ 5 3s
) ($ g56 D
2. 1,600
Standard City of Lubbock thirty inch (30")
Lin. Ft.
concrete curb and gutter, including all subgrade
preparation and earthwork, reinforcing and jointing,
installed complete per lin. ft.
SERVICES:
($ 7554
MATERIALS:
ZZ
TOTAL:
($
/52
�..
3. 1,650
Concrete slab removal and disposal,
Sq. Yds•
complete per sq. yd.
SERVICES:
($ gas ) ($ 1 � 14 �
t
MATERIALS:
($
) ($ )
TOTAL:
($
,,.
4. 225
Concrete tragic median removal and disposal,
Sq. Yds.
complete per sq. yd.
SERVICES:
r
MATERIALS:
($
) ($ )
TOTAL:
50th Street and Slide Road
Intersection Reconstruction
Bid Proposal
Page 2
Estimated
Item Quantities
No. & Units
Description of Items
+� S.
410
Four inch (4") concrete flatwork reinforced with 6" x 6"
Sq. Yds.
WIA x WIA (10 gauge) welded wire mesh, including
all necessary earthwork and subgrade preparation,
f
installed complete per sq. yd.
s.
SERVICES:
MATERIALS:
TOTAL:
Poo
a
6.
525
Six inch (6") concrete flatwork reinforced with 6" x 6"
Sq. Yds.
WIA x WIA (10 gauge) welded wire mesh, including all
necessary earthwork and subgrade preparation, installed
complete per sq. yd.
SERVICES:
MATERIALS:
r
TOTAL:
7.
7,950
Eight inch (8") reinforced concrete pavement including
Sq. Yds.
all flexible pavement removal, subgrade preparation and
earthwork and reinforcing installed complete per sq. yd.
SERVICES:
b-
MATERIALS:
TOTAL:
8.
120
Six inch (6") concrete traffic island reinforced with
Sq. Yds.
6" x 6" WIA x WIA (10 gauge) welded wire mesh,
including all necessary base and hot mix asphaltic
concrete preparation, reinforcing and dowels,
installed complete per sq. yd.
rM
SERVICES:
MATERIALS:
TOTAL:
Total
Unit Amount
Price Bid
($ II?? ) ($ qZSZa )
($-I Q ) ($ 39W-2�: )
($ Zit ) ($ F77V O—",
($ Z ) ($ 6l )
($ 7 5 ) ($ NO -37-5)
($ lZ7S�7S
I
($ 1q !!� ) ($ /7f7d°,
($ 13 it ) ($ Af )
($-- aeleq ) ($ Ala —P )
7
50th Street and Slide Road
Intersection Reconstruction
Bid Proposal
b
Page 3
Estimated
Item Quantities
No. & units
Description
Description of Items
Price
Total
Amount
Bid
�-•
9. 100
Sawing of concrete slabs behind the curb and gutter to
Lin. Ft.
include sealing joints with W. R. Meadows -Sof-Seal-
or equivalent, complete per lin. ft.
t.
SERVICES:
MATERIALS:
($
) ($ )
TOTAL:
($
10. 11,350
Sawing of construction and contraction joints in eight
Lin. Ft.
inch W) reinforced concrete pavement to include
sealing joints with W. R Meadows "Sof-Seal' or
equivalent, complete per lin. ft.
SERVICES:
($
,.
MATERIALS:
($
) ($ )
l
TOTAL:
($
2, �p lS
) (S
11. 50
Asphaltic pavement repair to include asphaltic surface
Sq. Yds.
removal and hot mix asphaltic concrete, type "C",
with three percent (3%) Latex Polymer (SBR) and one
percent (1%) hydrated lime to match existing grade,
�^
tack coat, prime coat, emulsion, complete per sq. yd.
1
`
SERVICES:
(s
3,21-0
'.
MATERIALS:
(S
Z / 5!O
) ($ )
TOTAL:
(s
53
G
12. 450
Asphalt paving, to include one and one-half inch
Sq. Yds.
.(1%") hot mix asphaltic concrete, type "C", with
three percent (3%) latex polymer (SBR) and one
a
`
percent (10/6) hydrated lime, nine inch (9") asphalt
stabilized base, tack coat, prime coat, emulsion and
all necessary earthwork and subgrade preparation,
f
complete per sq. yd.
SERVICES:
($
Z
) ($ I ZA1712 )
r
MATERIALS:
($
J '
($
,..
6
TOTAL:
($
535G
) ($
�l
0
50th Street and Slide Road
Intersection Reconstruction
Bid Proposal
Page 4
Estimated
Item Quantities Total
No. & UnitsUnit Amount
Description of Items Price Bid
13. 260
Asphaltic parking lot repair, to include one and one -
Sq. Yds•
half inch (1 %") hot mix asphaltic concrete, type -C-
Cwith
withthree percent (30%) latex polymer (SBR) and one
Percent (10%) hydrated lime, six inch (6") caliche base,
tack coat, prime coat, emulsion and all necessary
earthwork and subgrade preparation,
complete per sq. yd.
SERVICES:
MATERIALS:
TOTAL:
14. 400
Removal of existing painted traffic markings, including
Sq. Ft
application of an emulsified asphalt surface treatment
complete per sq. ft.
SERVICES:
MATERIALS:
TOTAL:
15. 3,600
Furnish and installed preformed traffic markings, four
Lin. Ft.
inch (4") wide lines, yellow or white, with 3M
series 380 tape, or approved equivalent complete in place
per lin. ft.
SERVICES:
MATERIALS:
TOTAL:
16. 250 Furnish and install preformed traffic markings, twenty
Lin. Ft. four inch (24") wide stopbars, white, complete in
place per lin. ft.
SERVICES:
MATERIALS:
TOTAL:
($ 2/ q-4,1 ) ($ 557(,yo° )
($ to 72 ) ($ z79Z p )
($ 3 Z1 ) (s
($ 3 z.1. ) (s O'Y' )
(s --L-07)
(s 3 ,?SZ'-)
(s (sW6 �4 4"- ))
(s—! --2-L—) (sIL96- CW- )
(s 51-5 ) (s 1337� )
r
50th Street and Slide Road
Intersection Reconstruction
Bid Proposal
Page 5
Estimated
Item Quantities Total
No. & UnitsUnit Amount
Description of Items Price Bid
f�s7
17. 30
Furnish and install preformed traffic markings,
Each
various traffic directional symbols, white,
complete in place per each.
I`r`
,
SERVICES:
MATERIALS:
TOTAL:
18. 14
Furnish and install preformed traffic detector loop
Each
assemblies complete in place per each.
SERVICES:
MATERIALS:
TOTAL:
19. 1
Install and maintain traffic control and detour plan as
Lump Sum
shown on plans or equivalent as approved by City
Traffic Engineer, complete per lump sum.
SERVICES:
MATERIALS:
TOTAL:
r
TOTAL SERVICES
TOTAL MATERIALS
TOTAL BID (Items 1 through 19)
455
7�c
cs
cs
cs o�16 ) cs A�7`S0)
(s IR MO )(s /I go i
F 0)
�. saFEco 19)
BID BOND
Conforms with The American Institute of Architects,
A.I.A. Document No. A-310
SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
FIRST NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
HOME OFFICE: SAFECO PLAZA
SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 88185
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, KNOX , GA I LEY & MEADOR , I NC.
as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal,
and SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, of Seattle, Washington, a corporation duly organized under the
laws of the State of Washington, as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
CITY OF LUBBOCK
as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee,
in the sum of FIVE PERCENT OF THE GREATEST AMOUNT BID----------- -----------------------------
Dollars (S -------5%------- ), for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said
Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for 50TH & SLIDE INTERSECTION RECONSTRUCTION
BID #13438
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with
the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or
Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt
payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter
such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty
hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract
with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain
in full force and effect.
Signed and sealed this 20TH day of DECEMBER 1995 .
I�
7'
S-541EP 2/83
Witness
Witness
KNOX , GA I EY & DOR , INC. (Seal)
Principal
j`
DON MEADOR, SEC/TREASURER Title
SAFECO CE CONI OF AMERICA
By �.
H ARO CO AN Attorney -in -Pact
® Reuistered trademark of SAFECO Corporation.
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
i
POWER
OF ATTORNEY
SAFECO INSURANCE COLVANY OF AMERICA
GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
NOW OFFICE SAFECO PLAZA
SEATTLE. WASHINGTON 08185
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: NO. 8035
That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a Washington
corporatioI% does each hereby appoint
e••••eHOWARD COWAN; CARLA ROGERS; KEVIN J. DUNN; MIKE HENTHORN; ANGIE GOFF; MARLA HILL; RON
STROMAN. Lubbock, Texaseeeeeeeeeeesseereeeeeeeseeeseeeeeseesereeeeererseaeeseeeeeereeseeeeeseee
Its true and lawful attOrney(s)-in-fact. with full authority to execute on Its behalf fidellty and surety bonds or chundo rt akings and other
documents of a Similar character issued In the Course of its business. and to bind the respective company thereby.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF. SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each
executed and attested these presents
this 4 t h day of _ January . to 92
CERTIFICATE
Extract from the By -Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
W4 Of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA:
*Article V. Section 13. t FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS
t
President appointed for ... the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice
that purpose by the Officer in charge of surety operations, shall each have authority to appoint individuals as
attorneys -in -fact Or under other appropriate titles with authority to execute on behalf of the Company fidelity and surety bonds and
other documents of similar character issued by the Company in the course of its business , , , On sly Instrument making or evidencing
such appointment, the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authority or on any bond or undertaking
of the company, the seal, or a facsimile thereof, may be IrWessed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced: provided, however.
(^ that the seat shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking,•
c! Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
and Of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28. 1970.
*On any certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary Of The Company setting out,
t 0) The provisions of Article V. Section 13 of the By -Laws. and
00 A copy Of the power-of-attorney appointment, executed pursuant thereto. and
0110 Certifying that said power-of-attorney appointment is in full force and effect.
the signature Of the Certifying officer may be by facsimile. and the seal of the
Company may be a facsimile thereof.*
L R. A. Pierson. Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and Of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA,
do hereby Certify that the foregoing extracts of the By -Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations, and
!� ofa Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are true and correct. and that both the By -Laws, the Resolution and the Power Of
Attorney are still in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation
y this 20TH day of DECEMBER 19 95
S-0741EP V93
Registered trademark of SAFECO Corporation.
LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS
Knority Owned
Yes
No
1. CJI
❑
2.
0
[9-11
3.
❑
0
4.
0
❑
5.
❑
0
6.
0
0
7.
0
0
S.
0
0
9.
0
0
10.
0
0
PAYMENT BOND
POND CHECK
BEST RATING
I.IGENS D Al, TD(AS
D�iT 6Y
�&J
STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 5160
OF THE REVISED CIVIL STATUTES OF TEXAS
AS AMENDED BY
ACTS OF THE 56TH LEGISLATURE, REGULAR SESSION,
1959
KNOW ALL ME(04N BY THESE PRESENTS, �hjcreinafer called the Principal(s), as
Principal(s), and SAFECO INSURANCE CO. OF AMERICA
(hereinafter ed Sure ( ure s) eld an firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in
the amount o �llars (S S lawful money of the United States for the
payment whe f, the said Principal Surety ind themselves, and their administrators, executors, successors and assigns,
jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the 9-g day of
19, to
413K— S— c
and said Principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the
amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at
length herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all
claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then,
this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Article 5160 of the RevisedCivil Statutes
of Texas as amended by Acts of the 56th Legislature, Regular Session, 1959, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in
accordance with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein.
r
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this day of
9.
SAFECO iNSURA E CO. OF AMERICA
Surety
Prmc�'pal
*By.
By:
' e) HOWARD COWAN (Ti e)
ATTY IN FACT
By:
(Title)
By:
(Title)
f''
HOWARD The
� V11 ^, �ty company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates
an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service
of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship.
Approved as to form:
City of Lubbock
Attorney
SAFECO INSURANCE CO. OF AMERICA
Surety
Lf
La
6' HOWARD COWAN
ATTY 1N FACT
* Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this
person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files.
e POWER SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY of AMERICA
OF ATTORNEY
GENERALFI SAFECO NSURANCE �Aol PLAZA
ANy of AMERICA
SEATTLE. WASHINGTON 98185
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: No. 8035
That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a wastington
�• corporation, does each hereby aapppp��iint
■•••■•HOWARD COWAN; CARLA ROGERS: KEVIN J. DUNN; MIKE HENTHORN; ANGIE GOFF; MARLA HILL; RON
t STROMAN. Lubbock. TexaSssssssss�sssss••ss■■srssrs■■ssssrsssrsesssssssssssrsssesrsssssesssssssss
Its true and lawful attorneys) -In -fact. with full authority to execute on Its behalf fidelity
t surety bolds or Undedocuments of a similar character Issued In the course of its business. and to bind the respective akings and other
company thereby.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each
executed and attested these presents
this 4 t h day of _ January , 19 92 .
CERTIFICATE
Extract from the By -Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA:
-Article V. Section 13. - FDELRY AND SURETY BCYM . the President. any Vice President, the Secretary. and any Assistant Vice
President appointed for that purpose by the officer in charge of surety operations, shall each have authority to appoint Ividuais as
attorneys -in -tact or under other appropriate titles with authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and
other documents of similar character issued by the carnpany in the course of its business . On any instrument making or evidencing
such appointment, the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authority or on any bald or undertake
Of the company, the seal, or a facsimile thereof. may be impressed or affixed or in any other marvl w reproduced; provided, however..
that the seal shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertakirW
Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
WW of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28. 1970.
"On any certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out.
0) The provisions of Article V. Section 13 of the By -Laws. and
00 A copy of the power-of-attorney appointment. executed pursuant thereto. and
(110 Certifying that said power-of-attorney appointment Is In full force and effect.
the signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimile, and the seat of the CompanV may be a facsimile thereof."
L R A. Pierson, Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA,
do hereby certify that the foregoing extracts of the By -Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations, and
Flof a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto. are true and correct, and that both the By -Laws. the Resolution and the Power of
Attorney are still in full force and effect.
r
a
4
i.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF. 1 have hereunto set my hared and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation
r
S-974/EP V93
i
this 14TH day of FEBRUARY 19 96
6) Registered trademark of SAFECO Corporation.
PERFORMANCE BOND
F"OHD CHECK
REST RATING
I10ENS 1 EXAS
DAT Y
r 415-�J �)O. 5-SV&aS3
STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 5160
OF THE REVISED CIVIL, STATUTES OF TEXAS AS
AMENDED BY
ACTS OF THE 56TH LEGISLATURE, REGULAR S SSION 1959
Am
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS t{at
'(hereinafter called the Principal(s), as Principal(s), and
r SAFECO INSURANCE CO. OF AMERICA
(hereinafter ed S ) (s held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in
the amount ° t -Dollars (S� lawful money of the United States for the
��
payment whe f, the said Princip Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns,
jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
i
WHEREAS, the Princi W has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee,
19dated the � day of
to
I... and said principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the
amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at
length herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully
Perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise
to remain in full force and effect
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes
Of Texas as amended by Acts of the 56th Legislature, regular session 1959, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in
accordance with the provisions of said article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein.
the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this Ay of
11%PVT r%I%V VV ttlll�
ATTY IN FACT
I,
By:
(Title)
POW
1.
HOWARIN 6"Old S11et' company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates
an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of
Process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship.
Approved as to Form
City o bbock
I ttorney
SAFECO INSURANCE CO. OF AMERICA
Surety
*
i8e)
HOWARD,
OWARD COWAN
ATTY 1N FACT
* Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this
person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files.
r
r
mumcce POWER
OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: No.
SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
HOME OFFICE: SAFECO PLAZA
SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98185
8035
That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a Washington
corporation, does each hereby ap nt
eeseesHOWARD COWAN; CA LAA ROGERS; KEVIN J. DUNN; MIKE HENTHORN; ANGIE GOFF; MARLA HILL; RON
STROMAN. Lubbock. TexaSeReteNteeeeeeeeserresssessseeesseresrsraeesrereessseaerssssseeisssesaesr
its true and lawful attorneys) -In -fact. with full authority to 9xecute On its behalf fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other
documents of a similar character Issued In the course of its business. and to bind the respective company thereby.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each
executed and attested these presents
this 4th day of January
CERTIFICATE
Extract from the By -Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA:
"Article V. Section 13. - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS ... the President. any Vice President. the Secretary. and any Assistant Vice
President appointed for that purpose by the officer in charge of surety operations, shall each have authority to appoint individuals as
attorneys -In -fact or under other appropriate titles with authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelityand surety bonds and
other documents of Similar character issued by the company in the course of its business ... On any instrument nuking or ondsevidenand
such appointment. the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authority or on any bond or undertaking
of the company, the seal. or a facsimile thereof. may be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced: provided. however.
that the seat shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking"
Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted Judy 28. 1970.
"On any certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out.
(J) The provisions of Article V. Section 13 of the By -Laws. and
01) A copy of the power-of-attorney appointment. executed pursuant thereto. and
011) Certifying that said power -Of -attorney appointment is in full force and effect.
the signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimile. and the seal of the Company may be a facsimile thereof"
I. R A. Pierson, Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA,
do hereby certify that the foregoing extracts of the By -Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations, and
of a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are true and correct. and that both the By -Laws, the Resolution and the Power of
Attorney are still In full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation
this 14TH day of FEBRUARY . 19 „96 .
O" Registered trademark of SAFECO Corporation.
To obtain information or make a complaint:
You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information
b
on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at:
r
t
k-
1-800-252-3439
You may write the Texas Department of Insurance:
P.O. Box 149104
Austin, TX 78714-9104
FAX # (512)475-1771
PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES:
Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you
should contact the agent or the company first. If the dispute is not
resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance.
ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY:
This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition
of the attached document.
7
r
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
CERTIFICATE OF INS 25—S_-
2/20/1996
-------------------------------------
PRODUCER ;THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF
,'The Shropshire Agency, Inc. ;INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON ,
;P.0. Box 10428 ;THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IT DOES NOT AMEND, ;
Lubbock, TX 79408 ;EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE
.y(806) 763-7311 Fax 763-0556 ;POLICIES BELOW.
----------------------- '------' COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE
INSURED ; COMPANY A: AETNA CASUALTY & SURETY CO.
;'
KNOX,GAILEY & MEADOR, INC.. ; COMPANY B:
P.O. BOX 5736 COMPANY C:
'LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79417 COMPANY D:
(806) 763-0418 '
COMPANY E: "AMENDED CERTIFICATE" '
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
,------------------------------; COVERAGES
FThis is to certify that policies of insurance listed below have been issued to the insured named above for the policy period
indicated, notwithstanding any requirement, term or condition of any contract or other document with respect to which
h
is
certificate may be issued or may pertain, the insurance afforded by the policies described herein is subject to all theterms,
7"c
lusions and conditions of such policies. limits shown may have been reduced by paid claims.
O;=; INSURANCE ;____; POLICY NUMBER ;__; DATES
—--------------------------------
----------------------------
________________
:GENERAL LIABILITY; ' Effective;$ 2,000,000 General Agg
A ,[X] Gen Liability;071GL823109CCA ; 04/20/95 ;$ 2,000,000 Prod/CoOps Agg,
;[ ] OCP [ ] CM ;$ 1,000.000 Pers/Adv Ini ;
;$ 1,000,000 Occurrence ;
'[ ] ;Expiration;$ 50,000 Fire Damage ;
04/20/96 ;$ 5,000 Medical Exp ;
,--------------------+-------------------+----------
+--------------------------'
;AUTO LIABILITY ; ' Effective;
A ;[X] Any Auto ;071FJ1197536CCF ; 04/20/95 ;$ 1,000,000 CSL
;[X] All Owned '
;[X] Scheduled `
;[X] Hired
' '
,[X] Non—owned ; ;Expiration;$ BI (person) ;
.0 ] Garage Liab ; 04/20/96 ;$ BI (accident) ;
F [—---------------------
—+— ----------------- :-----
$ PD
,
:EXCESS LIABILITY ; ; 04/20/95 ;$ 2,000,000 Occurrence ;
;[X] Umbrella :071XS24697549CCA ; ;$ �2,000,000 A g '
99 , [ ] Other ; 04/20/96 ;--------------e—a—e----
-----+----------:[ ] Statutory Lmts;
WORKERS COMP ; ; ;$ Each Accident ;
tAND ; ; ;$ Disease—Limit ;
_. ; EMPLOYERS LIAR;
'--+----------------- ;$ Disease---- ;
;$
--------------
�escription of operations/locations/vehicles/other
,?RE: BID #13438 -50TH STREET & SLIDE INTERSECTION RECONSTRUCTION. ;
CITY OF LUBBOCK NAMED AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED UNDER GENERAL LIABILITY '
AND AUTO POLICIES. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF CITY OF LUBBOCK '
UNDER GENERAL LIABILITY AND AUTO POLICIES. ;
--------------------------------------; CANCELLATION
CERTIFICATE HOLDER '
_—_----' '-------;Should any of the above described policies;
-------------
-------------------- ,be cancelled before the expiration date ;
' ;thereof, the issuing company will endeavor;
;to mail 10 days written notice to the ;
;certificate holder named to the left. but ;
CITY OF LUBBOCK ;failure to mail such notice shall pose no ;
P.O-BOX 2000 ;obligation or liability of any kind upon ;
LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79457 ;the com ny isag mts r reps. '
,
---------------------------------- , ri ed �reserltative:
2/14/1996 |======
!/PRODUCER . ---------------------------
L�T�e Ghropshire ��gency, Inc.THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSOED AS A MATTER OF �
.p O �o� �042�] , ^ |INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON '
, , :THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER IT DOES NOT AMEND '
)�Lubboch, TX 79408 'EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY T" �
L,,(806) 763-7311 Fax 763~-0558 :POLICIES BELOW, �� |
|--------------------
INSURED
FKNOX,GAILEY
� M�A��R COMPANY A: A��TNA ��SUA�T� �� SURETvCO., INC.° | COMPANY B: .
:P.O. BOX 5736 | COMPANY C: '
LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79417 COMPANY D: �
(806) 763-0418|B COMPANY E: |
------------------------------------------------------------------- .
'================== ' -------------
COVERAGES '
F
�is is tu �rtify that po]icies of insuraooe }is�d beluw have heex ieued to tho insu�d na�d obuvp for thx oolicy�r='=====mUica1ed, notwithstanding any reouirement, term or condition of any contract or other document with respect to which this
certificate may he issued or may pertain, the insurance afforded by the Policies described herein is subject to all the terms,
exclusions and conditions of such Policies. Limits shown may have been reduced by paid claims.
« ^
........
_POLICY NUMBER|=====^======================.
------------------------------------------------------------ .
' |GENERAL LIABILITY' ' -------------
�[�] Gen Liability'0��G�8��1�}9C�� ' Effecti»e:$ ��"00��°00A General Agg �
�.�'' | [�] Occ [ ] CM ' | 04/��0/95 :$ 2°000,t)00 Prod/CoOps Agg |
OCP ' / |$ 1^000,000 Pers/Adv Inj |
' . � |$ 1,000,000 Occurrence
.[ ] ' . |
� | ' .E:Piration|$ 50,000 Fire Damage �
^� +_________________.________ | 04/20/96 �$ 5,�)0() Medical Exp |
. -----------+----------+---------------- '
|AUTO LIABILITY ' ' ----------'
| ' . Effective' ,
i[X] An-,/ Auto |071FJ1197536CCF | 04/20/95 '$ � 000 0{n} CSL !
� |[X] All Owned ` * ' �
. . . . . .
.[%] Scheduled
' |[X] Hired
�
' . .
.' . [X] Non—owned
| |[ ] Garage Liab ' |E»Piration|$ BI (person) |
|[ ] , � 04/20/96 |$ BI (accident) |
|+ �$ PD .
i-- -----------------+-------------------+-----_____+_____________ '
� ----
:EXCESS LIABILITY---------�
'[�] Umbrella ' ` 04/20/95 |$ 2,000,000 Occurrence '
. re a |071XS24697549CCA | '$ �2 ��{ �0{ Aggregate
'
/ : [ ] Other ' . ' °~^~~ ,"wv e |
+_________________ . _________ . 04/�0/9� :-
------------------------------------------
---------------__—_____---|
WORKERS COMP ' ----------+----------|[ ] Statutory Lmts|
| AND ' |$ Each Accident �
[� | EMPLOYERS LIAB ' i |$ Disease—Limit |
�_+_________________._______ | / / |$ Disease—Empl |
_ ------------+----------+------_------ .
;ALL RISK :071IB245457FCA | 03/I�1/95 �$ 5 Q�@ ��0 -------------'
|
:BUILDERS RISK
" " |
03/21/96 |$ '
----------------------------------------------------------------- �
%E:
cription of operations/locations/vehil/other----------BID #1343B -50TH STREET & SLIDE INTERSECTION RECONSTRUCTION �
. .
POLICY ISSUED IN NAME OF CONTRACTOR HIS SUB—CONTRACTORS OWNER �
L..AS ADD'L INSURED. INSURANCE IS SPECIFIC AS TO COVERAGE." ;
,--------------------------------.... .... .... .... —....
� CANCELLATION �-----------------�
=====|_CERTIFICATE HOLDER |======={Should any of the above described p-------'
|.. -------------------------�be cancelled before the expiration dat�---�
. |thereof, the issuing company will eldeavor�
|to mail 10 days written notice to the
h�
/ !CITY OF LUBBOCK �certificate older named to the the
�
|
:failure to mail such notice shall pose no �
' 'o'
P. 8~ BOX 2000 |t~ any kind upon |
| _ LUBBOCK TX 79457 | '� |
.... ........ ........ .... ........ .... .... .... .... ........ .... ........ .... .... ........ ........ ... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... ... .... —�_~'
------.... .... .... .... .�—.Hut�orizeu Representative|------
!"
I
j PRODUCERA A
L DuBarrow Group. Ltd.
636 Exchange Place Suite 300
P. 0. Box 2131 Zip 30226-213
Lilburn. Georgia -
_(404 931-7652
.14
NU
Allied Staffing Group
3002 South Clack Street
Abilene TX 79606-
1" (915) 69543836
09/06/96
A' CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION
Y AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE
DER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR
ER .THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
_COMPANIES AFFORDING COV RAGE
COMPANY
A Fireman's Fund Insurance Company
COMPANY
B
CDMNANY
C
COMPANY -
D
- _....... _....................
:::::.
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
I' CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS AF SACH POLICIFS I IWOTR RMAWM UAV uavc neem non, .n ftu m— —
,
'DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONSAJWATIONSMMICLZMPECUAL ITEMS
Alternate Employers Knox, Gailey & Meador, P 0 Box 5736, Lubbock, TX
for BIO 1 13438 - 50th Street and Slide Intersection Reconstruction
4
City Of Lubbock
P 0 Box 2000
Lubbock TX 79457
tHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED EEFORE THE
EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL
-W— DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THG CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT,
OUT FAILURS TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO ORLIGATION OR LIABILITY
OF ANY KIND UPON THE COMPANY. ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES.
CoT
TYPE OF INSURANCE
POLICY NUMBER
POLICY EFFECTIVE
POLICY FXPIRATION
LIMITS
DATE (MM/0 DJYY)
DATE(MMIDONY)
aENERAt uADwTY
GENERAL. AGGnEUAIE
$ 0000000000
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
X
/ , /
/ /
PFK)DLK TS - COMPIOP ACS
S 0000000000
CLAIMS MADE ❑ 00"
_
PERSONAL & AL)V INJURY
90000000000
OWNERM R CONTRACTORS PROT
EA0 I OCCUI WENCF
s0000000000
XXXXXXXXKXXXxxxx_
jlli - DAMAGE (Any une fire)
s 0000000000
MCD W (Any one von)
80000000000
AUTOMOBILE L1ABIUTY
ANYAUTUCOMMNEDSINGLEI.�UT
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx%%
/ /
% /
S
0000000000
ALL OWNED AUTOS
BODILY INJURYS
S
cliEouLED AUTOG
(Por person)
0000000000
HIRED AUT08
DODILY INJURY
S
NONOYYNED AUTOS
_
(Per WAACIenn
-
0000000000
xxxxxxxxxX_XXX%xxxxxxxx
IMiOPERTY nAMA0E
S
0000000000
GARAGE LIABILITY
AUIU ONLY • r.A ACCIDENT
60000000000
ANYAUTO
xxxxXXXXxxxxAxxxxxxxxxxxx
/ /
/ /
OTHr:RTHAN ALITOONLY:
00mxxxxxxxxx
EACA4ACC30ENI
$0000000000
AGUI: EGATF
6 0000000000
EXCESS LIABILITY
EACIiOWLIA NCE
$0000000000
UMBRELLA FORM
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
$OOOOOOOODO
OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
$ 0000000000
A
WORKERS COMPENSATION AND
X 1 O IJMITS A_
v
EMPLOYERS, LIADNmI
WP 80679301
07/27/95
03/01/96
tLEACHAMDENT
$1.000.000
THE PROMETOw X wa_
PARTNERSOMOuTIVE
EL COWF • POLICY LIMIT
_
$1.000.000
OFFrCER9 ARG' EXOL
r.L DISEASE • CA EMr40YFr
s 1.000.000
OTHER
0000000000
xxxxx xxxx
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXKXXXXXXXX
/ /
/ /
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
'DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONSAJWATIONSMMICLZMPECUAL ITEMS
Alternate Employers Knox, Gailey & Meador, P 0 Box 5736, Lubbock, TX
for BIO 1 13438 - 50th Street and Slide Intersection Reconstruction
4
City Of Lubbock
P 0 Box 2000
Lubbock TX 79457
tHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED EEFORE THE
EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL
-W— DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THG CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT,
OUT FAILURS TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO ORLIGATION OR LIABILITY
OF ANY KIND UPON THE COMPANY. ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES.
OWNERS AND CONTRACTORS
PROTECTIVE LIABILITY POLICY
LIFE&CASUALTY DECLARATIONS ® The ktna Casualty and Surety Company
❑ The Standard Fire Insurance Company
❑ The Automobile Insurance Company of Hartford, Connecticut
Hartford, Connecticut 06156
❑ ktna Casualty & Surety Company of Illinois
Downers Grove, Illinois 60515
The declarations, coverage form, and endorsements complete this insurance olic
P
NAMED INSURED AND MAILING ADDRESS POLICY NUMBER
City of Lubbock 071 PC 5509709
P. o. Box 2000 POLICY PERIOD
Lubbock, Texas 79457 FROM 0222-220p0-96
TO
12:01 am AkC_ARDVME AT THE
IRED'S ADDRESS STATED HEREIN
THE NAMED INSURED IS ❑ Individual ❑ Partnership BUSINESS OF NAMED INSURED
Corporation Joint Venture Other: Munici alitJ Municipality
In return tor the payment of the premium, and subject to all the terms of this policy, Insurance Is provided to
by the Stock Insurance Company specified above.
......::::::::::::.}.;
::::.:.:::::::::::::::::::::::::::;:::::::::::::::::::: r......;....................:.. . ;.
...........................................................::::.::..:::::•,....:.... ....,..:.. lia1E.TS:.�F...:::iNSiiARC.::. �::�•:::r•:: •::::.:.:::::::::.::. •.:ter:::: r:::•:::.............:.::::::::.�::::::.�:::: •::..:............
AGGREGATE LIMIT 1 $ 1, 000, 000.
EACH OCCURRENCE LIMIT 1 $ 1, 000, 000.
fit CARTE. �
CLASSIFICATION DESCRIPTION
Construction Operation - Owner
CLASS
PREMIUM
BASIS RATES
CODE EXPOS PORE
COST
PER $1.000 of c�sr
16292
$455 560.55
LOCATION F COVERED OPERATIONS
.825
MINIMUM PREMIUM
$ 266.00
50th & Slide Intersection Reconstruction
TOTAL TERM POLICY PREMIUM
$ 376.00
ADVANCE PREMIUM
$-5 76F. 0 0
DESIGNATED CONTRACTOR(S) AND CONTRACTOR'S MAILING ADDRESS
Knox, Gailey & Meador, Inc.
P. O. Box 5736
TOTAL ADVANCE PREMIUM
$ 376.00
Lubbock, Texas 79408
(Premium May be Subject to
Adjustment)
........... ::::::::::::.......: ...: .: ......::;..; ..:...:.;......,;..,;.....,, ... },........}}..... .......}:... ;.....; "A... .;; .......;
5.�t*ExLIEOAIBLE.:f'�Q;:?SIS:::if:RkG:::::':::':::>:>>:>:::>:":::.}:•}s>:<.}>:•}:.::•::•}:::}>r:::;:«}:Ile
:>;:•:;•}:•:}}:•>•}:•:
Table of Contents TITLE DC059 NUMBER 01-86
Coverage of Operations of Designated Contractor
CG0009 11-85
Conditions Requiring Notice
CG2824 11-85
Amendment of Pollution Exclusion
CG2840 05-86
Texas Changes
CG2855 11-87
Additional Insured -Engineers, Architects or Surveyors
CG2007 11-85
Additional Insured -Your Employees
...:...:.:..............
::.:::.:.7,.'iul�... is 4}}}•::: �.}; .�:::•r.:: •r.•. .. ., ',.:• :: Boom= .................. t.}n•.......................r:......::::•i}}
..... ::,::;:;::::�::;::>:;::::<::;::;..:..h.:::::::.�}..:::::::.r•r.::..:. ....
Countersigned on behalf of the above Company by:
THE =SHRO RE NCY, Nom.
W -d -e-0 &�t� - — 8-29-94 ms
—AMTthorized AgeAf Countersignature Date
READ YOUR POLICY CAREFULLY
00O27 (ED. 01-86)
CAT. 766763
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
r
CITY OF LUBBOCK
INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT
To Be Completed by Appropriate Insurance Agent/Broker
Prior to Award of Contract
L the undersigned Agent/Broker, certify that the insurance requirements contained in this bid document have been reviewed
by me with the below identified Contractor. If the below identified Contractor is awarded this contract by the City of
Lubbock, I will be able to, within ten (10) days after being notified of such award by contractor, furnish a valid insurance
certificate to the City meeting all of the requirements defined in this bid/proposal.
Agent (Signature)
Agent (Print)
Name of Agent/Broker:
+ Address of Agent/Broker:
City/State/Zip:
1.
Agent/Broker Telephone #: ( )
Date:
CONTRACTOR'S NAME:
(Print or Type )
CONTRACTOR'S ADDRESS:
d
r' NOTE TO AGENT/BROKER
If this time requirement is not met, the City has the right to reject this bid/proposal and award the contract to
another contractor. If you have any questions concerning these requirements, please contact the Purchasing
r Manager for the City of Lubbock at (806)767-2165.
E
k , BID #13438 - 50TH & SLIDE INTERSECTION RECONSTRUCTION
t
7
CONTRACTOR CHECKLIST
A CONTRACTOR SHALL:
(1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper
reporting of classification odes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements;
rw
k
(2) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to
4 beginning work on the project;
(3) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing
extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during
the duration of the project;
r�
(4) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity:
(A) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity
will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the
project; and
(B) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of
coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of
the project;
(5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter;
(6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the contractor
knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person
providing services on the project;
(7) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be
covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice
does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Act or other commission rules. This notice must be
printed in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common
to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on the
sample notice, without any additional words or changes:
r-�
'OP
r
r
REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE
"The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must (see
reverse) be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment and
materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or
status as an employee."
"Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 512440-3789 to receive information on the legal requirement for
coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to
provide coverage." and
(8) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to:
(A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any
coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the
project:
(B) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project;
(C) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e) (3) of this rule;
(D) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the overage period, a new certificate of coverage showing
extension of overage, if the overage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the
duration of the project;
(E) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor.
(i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and
(ii) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the
overage period, if the overage period shown on the current certificate of overage ends during the
duration of the project;
(F) retain all required certificates of overage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter,
(G) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the
person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of overage of any
person providing services on the project; and
(I) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs
(A) - (1), with the certificate of overage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing
services. ❑
I Fm -
CONTRA
CONTRACT
STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF LUBBOCK
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 8th day of February. 1996, by and between the City of Lubbock, County
of Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through David R Langston, Mayor, thereunto authorized to do so, hereinafter referred to
as OWNER, and KNOX, GAILEY AND MEADOR. INC. of the Citv of Lubbock, County of Lubbock, and the State of Texas,
hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR
. WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed
by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the CONTRACTOR hereby
agrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows:
BID #13438 - 50TH & SLIDE INTERSECTION RECONSTRUCTION - 5455,560.55
and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own proper cost
and expense to furnish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance and other accessories
and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract documents as defined in the General
Condition of Agreement.
4
The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have been given
to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents.
The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with the bid
submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make payment on account
thereof as provided therein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreement in Lubbock. Lubbock County Texas_ in the
year and day first above written.
ATTEST:
Corporate Secretary
7
CONTRACTOR:
COMPLETE ADDRESS:
Knox, Gailey and Meador, Inc.
P.O. Box 5736
Lubbock, Texas 79408
7
GENERAL COMMONS OF THE AGREEMENT
1'
t:
ENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
OWNER
Whenever the word Owner, or the expression Party of the First Part, or First Party, are used in this contract, it shall be
understood as referring to the City of Lubbock, Texas.
2. CONTRACTOR
Whenever the word Contractor, or the expression Party of the Second Part, or Second Party, is used, it shall be understood
to mean the person, persons, co -partnership or corporation, to -wit: KNOX GAILEY AND MEADOR, INC.,who has
agreed to perform the work embraced in this contract, or to his or their legal representative.
3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
L Whenever the word Owner's Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to
LARRY HERTEL, CITY ENGINEER, City of Lubbock, under whose supervision these contract documents, including
Plans and specifications, were prepared, and who will inspect constructions; or to such other representative, supervisor, or
inspector as may be authorized by said Owner to act in any particular under this agreement:. Engineers, supervisor or
inspectors will act for the Owner under the direction of Owner's Representative, but shall not directly supervise the
Contractor or men acting in behalf of the Contractor.
• 4. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The contract's documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders, General Instructions to Bidders, Bid, Signed Agreement,
Statutory Bonds (if required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions of the Agreement (if any),
Specifications, Plans, Insurance Certificate, and all other documents made available to Bidder for his inspection m
accordance with the Notice to Bidders.
INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES
f Whenever the words "Directed," "permitted," "Designated," "Required," "Considered Necessary," "Prescribed," or words of
like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of
the Owner's Representative is intended; and similarly, the words "Approved," "Acceptable," "Satisfactory," or words of like
import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Owner's Representative.
6. SUBCONTRACTOR
The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for
performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. Owner shall have no responsibility to any
Subcontractor employed by Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents,
but said Subcontractors will look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due Subcontractor.
7. VvTdT TEN NOTICE
Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm
or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent certified mail to the last business address
known to him who gives the notice.
8. WORK
Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools,
superintendence, labor, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities necessary for the
cxecution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be
new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory
evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well known,
technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer such recognized standards.
All work shall be done and all materials furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents.
9. SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED
The term "Substantially Completed" is meant that the structure or project contemplated by the contract documents has been
made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but still may require minor
miscellaneous work and adjustment.
10.Al, YOUT
Except as specifically provided herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for laying out all work and shall accomplish this
work in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative will check the Contractor's layout
of all major structures and any other layout work done by the Contractor at Contractor's request, but this check does not
relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of correctly locating all work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications.
11. KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE
The Contractor shall be famished with one copies of all Plans, Profiles and Specifications without expense to him and he
shall keep one copy of same consistently accessible on the job site.
12. RIGHT OF ENTRY
The Owner's Representative may make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress of quality of the executed work and
to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the contract documents. He will not be required to
make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work, nor will he be responsible for
the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or the safety precautions incident thereto. His
efforts will be directed towards providing assurances for the Owner that the completed project will conform to the
requirements of the contract documents, but he will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the work in
accordance with the Contract Documents. On the basis of his onsite observations, he will keep the Owner informed of the
progress of the work and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the work of the Contractor.
13. LINES AND GRADES
All lines and grades shall be furnished by the Owner's Representative whenever necessary for the commencement of the
work contemplated by these contract documents or the completion of the work contemplated by these contract documents.
Whenever necessary, Contractor shall suspend his work in order to permit Owner's Representative to comply with this
requirement, but such suspension will be as brief as practical and Contractor shall be allowed no extra compensation
therefore. The Contractor shall give the Owner's Representative ample notice of the time and place where lines and grades
will be needed. All stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of careless destruction or
removal by him, his Subcontractors, or his employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be replaced by the Owner's
Representative at Contractor's expense.
F,.
14. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S AUTHORITY AND DUTY
Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the Owner's Representative
shall review all work included herein. He has the authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to
insure the proper.execution of the contract. In order to permit delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, it is further
e agreed that the Owner's Representative shall, in all cases, determine the amounts and quantities of theseveral kinds of work
which are to be paid for under this contract. He shall determine all questions in relation to said work and the construction
thereof, and shall, in all cases, decide every question which may arise relative to the execution of this contract on the part of
said Contractor. The Owner's Representatives' estimates and findings shall be conditions precedent to the right to any
C action on the contract, and to any rights of the Contractor to receive any money under this contract.
The Owner's Representative shall, within a reasonable time, render and deliver to both the Owner and the Contractor a
written decision on all claims of the parties hereto and on all questions which may arise relative to the execution of the work
or the interpretation of the contract, specifications and plans.
15. SUPERINTENDENCE AND INSPECTION
It is agreed by the Contractor that the Owner's Representative shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint from time to time
such subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors as the said Owner's Representative may deem proper to inspect the
materials furnished and the work done under this Agreement, and to see that said material is furnished and said work is
done in accordance with the specifications therefore. The Contractor shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance
required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors for the proper inspection and examination of the work. The
Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors so
appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying
plans and specifications provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders by any subordinate engineer,
supervisor or inspector, the Contractor may within six (6) days make written appeal to the Owner's Representative for his
decision.
16. CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE
The Contractor shall give personal attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall keep on the
work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to Owner's
Representative. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to him shall be
binding as if given to the Contractor. Adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the Contractor
is essential to the proper performance of the work and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations
of the Contractor.
The work, fiom its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the Contractor and all
risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor.
The Owner or Owner's Representatives will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any
subcontractors, or any of his agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work.
17. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING
j It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of
k . the work, the confirmation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of materials to be encountered, the character of
equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, and the general and local conditions,
f" and all other matters which in any way effect the work under this contract. No verbal agreement or conversation with any
t officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, either before or after the execution of this contract, shall effect or modify any of
t the terms or obligations herein contained.
18. CHARACTER OF WORKMEN
The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent men, skillful in the performance in the type of work required
under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Owner's Representative shall inform him in writing that
any man or men on the work, are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, or disorderly, such man or men shall be
discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the Owner's Representative's written
consent.
19. CONSTRUCTION PLANT
The Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution and
completion of this contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that Owner shall furnish same, and it is also
understood that Owner shall not be held responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, or protection of any materials,
tools, equipment or machinery or any part of the work until it is finally completed and accepted.
The building of structures for the housing of men or equipment will be permitted only at such places as the Owner's
Representative shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structure shall at all times be
maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative.
20. SANITATION
Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be
constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the Owner's
Representative and their use shall be strictly enforced.
21. OBSERVATION AND TESTING
The Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe and test the work. Contractor
shall make necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation and testing at any location
wherever work is in preparation or progress. Contractor shall ascertain the scope of any observation which may be
contemplated by Owner or Owner's Representative and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the work will be
ready for such observation. Owner or Owner's Representative may reject any work found to be defective or not in
accordance with the contract documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such
errors and regardless of whether Owner's Observer has previously accepted the work through oversight or otherwise. If any
work should be covered without approval or consent of the Owner, it must, if requested by Owner or Owner's
Representative, be uncovered for examination at Contractor's expense. In the event that any part of the work is being
fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for Owner or Owner's Representative to make
observations of such work or require testing of said work, then in such event Owner or Owner's Representative may require
Contractor to furnish Owner or Owner's Representative certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons
competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such
tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other
applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents.
If any work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or consent of the
Owner or Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by the Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for
observation and testing at the Contractor's expense. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by
the Contractor unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the requirements of any such tests,
inspections or approval, and any work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approval but does not meet the
requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective. Such defective work shall be corrected at the
Contractor's expense.
Neither observations by the Owner or Owner's Representative, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by Owner, Owner's
Representative, or other persons authorized under this agreement to make such inspections, tests, or approvals shall relieve
the Contractor from his obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents.
22. DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES
It is further agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in the work or
selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Owner or Owners' Representative as unsuitable or not in conformity with
plans, specification and contract documents, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the Owner's
Representative, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such work so that it shall be in full
accordance with this contract. It is further agreed that any remedial action contemplated as hereinabove set forth shall be at
Contractor's expense.
23. CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS
The Contractor further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the Owner may see fit, in the line,
grade, form dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the
beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the accompanying bond.
If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for
damages, or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with. If they increase the amount of work, and the
increased work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid according to the quantity
actually done and at the unit price established for such work under this contract; otherwise such additional work shall be
paid for as provided under Extra Work. In case the Owner shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any
work already done or material already fimushed or used in said work, then the Owner shall recompense the Contractor for
any material or labor so used, and for any actual loss occasioned by such change, due to actual expenses incurred in
preparation for the work as originally planned.
24. EXTRA WORK
The term "extra work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the
Owner or Owner's Representative to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work
as shown on the plans and specifications or contract documents and not covered by Contractors bid, except as provided
under Changes and Alterations herein.
It is agreed that the Contractor shall perform all extra work under the direction of the Owner's Representative when
k presented with a written work order signed by the Owner's Representative; subject, however, to the right of the Contractor
to require written confirmation of such extra work order by the Owner. It is also agreed that the compensation to be paid to
the Contractor for performing said extra work shall be determined by the following methods:
Method (A) - By agreed unit prices; or
Method (B) - By agreed lump sum; or
Method (C) - N neither Method (A) or Method (B) be agreed upon before the extra work is commenced, then
t the Contractor shall be paid the actual field Cost of the work, plus fifteen (15%) percent.
•w In the event said extra work be performed and paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply
and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost of all workmen, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics
and laborers, materials, supplies, teams, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used
on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred, together with all expenses incurred directly on
account of such extra work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits, Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property
Damage and Workers' Compensation and all other insurances as may be required by law or ordinances or directed by the
Owner or Owner's Representative, or by them agreed to. Owner's Representative may direct the form in which accounts of
the actual field cost shall be kept and records of these accounts shall be made available to the Owner's Representative. The
Owner's Representative may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type
and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise, these matters shall be determined by the Contractor. Unless
1.., otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using 1001/o, unless
otherwise specified, of the latest Schedule of Equipment and Ownership Expenses adopted by the Associated General
Contractors of America. Where practical, the terms and prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be
incorporated in the written extra work order. The fifteen percent (15%) of the actual field cost to be paid to Contractor shall
cover and compensate him for his profit, overhead, general superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements
of cost and expense not embraced within the actual field cost as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's Camp or
Field Office must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same
shall be included in the "actual field cost."
No claim for extra work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by Owner's Representative. In case any
orders or instructions appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which he should receive compensation or an
adjustment in the construction time, he shall make written request to the Owner's Representative for a written order
authorizing such extra work Should a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work or as to
the payment therefore, and the Owner's Representative insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the
work after making written request for written order and shall keep adequate and accurate account of the actual field cost
thereof, as provided under Method (C). The Contractor will thereby preserve the right to submit the matter of payment to
arbitration as herein below provided.
25. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS
It is fiutther agreed that it is the intent of this contract that all work described in the bid, the specifications, plans and other
contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the Contractor and that such price shall include all appurtenances
necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these contract documents as interpreted by Owner's
Representative. If the Contractor finds any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents,
he should notify the Owners' Representative and obtain a clarification before the bids are received, and if no such request is
received by the Owner's Representative prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be considered that the Contractor fully
understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in his bid to complete the work in accordance with
these plans and specifications. It is further understood that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five
(5) days prior to the opening of bids.
26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT
If at any time the methods or equipment used by the Contractor are found to be inadequate to secure the quality of work
with the rate of progress required under this contract, the Owner or Owner's Representative may order the Contractor in
writing to increase their safety or improve their character and efficiency and the Contractor shall comply with such order.
If, at any time, the working force of the Contractor is inadequate for securing the progress herein specified, the Contractor
shall, if so ordered in writing, increase his force or equipment, or both, to such an extent as to give reasonable assurance of
compliance with the schedule of progress.
27. PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC
The Contractor shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an insurance
company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation
laws of the State of Texas. The Contractor shall at all times exercise reasonable precaution for the safety of employees and
others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building
and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the
"Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible
with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The Contractor, his sureties and insurance carriers shall defend,
indemnify and save harmless the Owner and all of its officers, agents and employees from all suits, actions, or claims of any
character whatsoever, brought for or on account of any injuries or damages received or sustained by any person or persons
or property, on account of any negligent act or fault of the Contractor or any subcontractor, their agents or employees, in the
execution and supervision of said contract, and the project which is the subject matter of this contract, on account of the
failure of Contractor or any subcontractor to provide necessary barricades, warning lights, or signs and will be required to
pay any judgment with costs which may be obtained against the Owner or any of its officers, agents, or employees including
attorney's fees.
The safety precautions taken shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, in his sole discretion as an Independent
Contractor, inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the Owners or the
Owner's Representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the work progresses, are intended as reminders to the
Contractor of his duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to supervise safety precautions by either the
Contractor or airy of his subcontractors.
28. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE
The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General
Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory
to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will
+"- be provided ten (10) days in advance of cancellation, or change. All policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the
insurer waiving the right to subrogation.
The insurance certificates furnished shall name the City as an additional insured and shall further state that all
subcontractors are named as additional insureds, or in the alternative, shall be accompanied by a statement from the
P Contractor to the effect that no work on this particular project shall be subcontracted.
The Contractor shall procure and carry at his sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as
hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried
with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection
with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering
F the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all covcmges shall be submitted prior to
contract execution.
A. Comprehensive General Liability Insurance
The contractor shall have Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with limits of 1000 000 Combined Single
Limit in the aggregate and per occurrence to include:
Premises and Operations
Explosion & Collapse Hazard
Underground Damage Hazard
Products & Completed Operations Hazard
Contractual Liability
Independent Contractors Coverage
Personal Injury (with exclusion "c" waived)
B. Owner's Protective or Contingent Public Liability Insurance and Property Damage Liability Insurance.
For bodily injuries, including accidental death and or property damage, S 1000 000 Combined Single Limit. This
policy shall be submitted prior to contract execution.
C. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance
The Contractor shall have Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with limits of not less than;
Bodily Injury/Property Damage, $1.000.000 Combined Single Limit,
to include all owned and nonowned cars including: Employers Nonownership Liability Hired and Nonowned
Vehicles. The City is to be named as an additional insured on this policy for this specific job and copy of the
endorsement doing so is to be attached to the Certificate of Insurance.
r
i
D. Builder's Risk Insurance
The Contractor shall obtain a Builder's Risk policy in the amount of 0% of the total contract price (0% of potential
loss) naming the City of Lubbock as insured.
E. Umbrella Liability Insurance
The Contractor shall have Umbrella Liability Insurance in the amount of S 1000 000 on all contracts with average
to correspond with Comprehensive General Liability and Comprehensive Automobile Liability coverages.
F. Worker's Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance
Worker's Compensation Insurance covering all employees whether employed by the Contractor or any
Subcontractor on the job with Employers Liability of at least $500.000.
Definitions:
Certificate of average ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -
insure issued by the commission, or a average agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or
TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance average for the person's or entity's
employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project.
Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the
contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity.
Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in 0406.096) - includes all persons or entities
performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of
whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has
employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies,
motor carriers, owner -operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes
persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or
delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project.
"Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply
deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets.
2. The contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll
amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor
Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the
duration of the project.
3. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded
the contract.
4. If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of
the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the average period, file a new certificate of coverage
with the governmental entity showing that average has been extended.
5. The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project, and provide to the
governmental entity:
(a) a certificate of average, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental
entity will have on file certificates of average showing average for all persons providing
services on the project; and
(b) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing
extension of coverage, if the average period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends
during the duration of the project.
r
1^
I
6. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one
year thereafter.
7. The contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,
within ten (10) days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects
the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project.
8. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the
Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that
they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage.
9. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on the
project, to:
(a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and
•. filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code,
Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of
the project;
(b) provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of
coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing
services on the project, for the duration of the project;
(c) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor.
(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and
(2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the
coverage period, if the overage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends
during the duration of the project;
(e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year
thereafter,
(f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days
after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision
of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and
(g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to perform as required by paragraphs
(1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are
providing services.
10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is
representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on
the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the
coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all
coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured,
with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information
,.. may subject the contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil
k actions.
A
1 L The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor
which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the contractor does not remedy the
breach within ten (10) days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity.
G. Proof of Coverage
Before work on this contract is commenced, each Contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the Owner for
approval five Certificates of Insurance covering each insurance policy carried and offered as evidence of
compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the insurance
company setting forth:
(1) The name and address of the insured.
(2) The location of the operations to which the insurance applies.
(3) The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the date borne by such
certificate.
(4) The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability thereunder on the date borne by such
certificate.
(5) A provision that the policy may be canceled only by mailing written notice to the named insured at the
address shown in the bid specifications.
(6) A provision that written notice shall be given to the City ten (10) days prior to any change in or
cancellation of the policies shown on the certificate.
(7) The certificate or certificates shall be on the form (or identical copies thereof) contained in the job
specifications. No substitute of nor amendment thereto will be acceptable.
(8) If policy limits are paid, new policy must be secured for new coverage to complete project.
(9) A Contractor shall:
(a) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project
based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage
agreements;
(b) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental
entity prior to beginning work on the project;
(c) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of
coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current
certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(d) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity:
(i) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the
governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all
persons providing services on the project; and
(ii) no later than (7) seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
r
l
(e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year
thereafter,
d (f) notify the governmental entitywriting ' in ng by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10)
days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the
�- provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project,
(g) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they
are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report
failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by
the Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed in at least 19 point normal type,
and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker
population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on
the sample notice, without any additional words or changes:
REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE
"The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this
construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes
persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment and materials, or providing labor or
transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their
employer or status as an employee."
"Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 512-440.3789 to receive information
on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the
required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage. " and
(h) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to:
(i) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts
and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the
project, for the duration of the project;
(ii) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on
the project;
(iii) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e)
(3) of this rule;
r- (iv) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of
coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current
certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(v) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor:
i;
r• (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the
i;
project; and
(2) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing
r extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current
certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(vi) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for
one year thereafter,
(vii) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within
ten (10) days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially
affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and
(viii) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required
by paragraphs (A) - (i), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for
whom they are providing services.
29. DISABLED EMPLOYEES
Contractors having more than 15 employees agree to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and agree
not to discriminate against a qualified individual with a disability because of the disability of such individual in regard to
job application procedures, the hiring, advancement, or discharge of employees, employee compensation, job training, and
other terms, conditions, and privileges of employment.
30. PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS. LABORERS MATERIALMEN. AND FURNISHERS OF
MACHINERY. EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
The Contractor agrees that he will indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of any demands of
subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment,
power tools, all suppliers, including commissary, incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this contract. When
Owner so desires, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated
have been paid, discharged or waived
If during the progress of the work, Contractor shall allow any indebtedness to accrue for work furnished by any of those
designated in the preceding paragraph and shall fail to pay and discharge any such indebtedness within five (5) days after
demand is made, then Owner may, during the period for which such indebtedness shall remain unpaid, withhold from the
unpaid portion of this contract, a sum equal to the amount of such unpaid indebtedness or may apply the sum so withheld to
discharge any such indebtedness.
Any and all communications between any party under this paragraph must be in writing.
31. PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENT INVENTION
The contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or
process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or Owner thereof. The
Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyrights and shall indemnify and save the
Owner harmless from any loss on account thereof, except that Owner shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be
responsible for all such loss when a particular design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer
or manufacturers is specified or required in these contract documents by Owner; provided, however, if choice of alternate
design, device, material or process is allowed to the Contractor, then Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner harmless
from any loss on account thereof. If the material or process specified or required by Owner is an infringement, the
Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless he promptly gives written notice to the Owner of such infringement.
32. LAWS AND ORDINANCES
The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations,
which in any manner effect the contract or the work, and shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any claims
arising from the violation of any such laws, ordinances, and regulations, whether by the Contractor or his employees. If the
Contractor observes that the plans and specifications are at variance therewith, he shall promptly notify the Owners'
Representative in writing and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the contract for changes in the work.
If the Contractor performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without
such notice to the Owner's Representative, he shall bear all costs arising therefrom.
The Owner is a municipal corporation of the State of Texas and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the
same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the Owner may enter into
contracts, shall be controlling, and shall be considered as part of this contract to the same effect as though embodied herein.
33. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
The Contractor further agrees that he will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of
this contract. The Contractor further agrees that subletting of any portion or feature of the work, or materials required in
the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the Contractor from his full obligations to the Owner, as provided by this
contractual agreement.
34. TIME FOR COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
It is hereby understood and mutually agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning and
time for completion as specified in the contract of work to be done hereunder are essential conditions of this contract; and it
is further mutually understood and agreed that the work embraced in this contract shall be commenced on a date to be
specified in the Notice to Proceed.
If the Contractor should neglect, fail, or refuse to complete the work within the time herein specified, or any proper
extension thereof granted by the Owner, then the Contractor does hereby agree as part of the consideration for the awarding
of this contract, the Owner may withhold permanently from Contractor's total compensation, the sum of 1.000.00 (ONE
THOUSAND DOLLARS) PER DAY, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for the breach of the contract as herein
set forth for each and every calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated for completing the
work.
It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the completion of the
work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic
change and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality.
,,.. The amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because of the impracticability and
extreme difficulty in fixing and ascertaining actual damages the Owner would in such event sustain, and the amount is
agreed to be damages the Owner would sustain and shall be retained by the Owner from current periodical estimates for
payments or from final payment.
It is further agreed and understood between the Contractor and Owner that time is of the essence of this contract.
35. TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION
It is the meaning and intent of this contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the Contractor shall be
allowed to prosecute his work at such time and sessions, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most
conductive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and time of prosecution shall be such that the
work shall be substantially completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this contract, the plans and specifications,
and within the time of completion designated in the bid; provided, also, that when the Owner is having other work done,
either by contract or by his own force, the owner's Representative may direct the time and. manner of constructing work
done under this contract so that conflicts will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the
Owner shall be harmonized.
The Contractor shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the Owner's Representative, schedules which
shall show the order in which the Contractor intends to carry on the work, with dates at which the Contractor will start the
several parts of the work and estimated dates of completion of the several parts.
36. EXTENSION OF THAE
The Contractor agrees that he has submitted his bid in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this
d
project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has
considered the liquidated damage provisions of paragraph 33 hereinabove set forth and that he shall not be entitled to, nor
�,. will he request, an extension of time on this contract, except when his work has been delayed by an act or neglect of the
Owner, Owner's Representative, employees of the Owner or other contractors employed by the owner, or by changes ordered
in the work, or by strike, walkouts, acts of God or the public enemy, fire or flood. The Contractor may apply in writing for
an extension of time, submitting therewith all written justification as may be required by Owner's Representative for such an
1
extension as requested by Contractor. The Owner's Representative within ten (10) days after receipt of a written request for
an extension of time by the Contractor supported by all requested documentation shall then consider such written request
and respond to Contractor in writing granting or rejecting the request for an extension of time to complete the project.
37. HINDRANCE AND DELAYS
In executing the contract agreement, the Contractor agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein
fixed, he has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays incident to such work, whether
growing out of delays in securing material or workmen or otherwise. No charge shall be made by the Contractor for
hindrance or delays from any cause during the progress of any part of the work embraced in this contract except where the
work is stopped by order of the Owner or Owner's Representative for the Owner's convenience, in which event, such
expense as in the judgment of the Owner's Representative that is caused by such stoppage shall be paid by Owner to
Contractor.
38. QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS
No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured or computed length, area, solid
contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided In the event this contract is
let on a unit price basis, then Owner and Contractor agree that this contract, including the specifications, plans and other
contract documents are intended to show clearly all work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the
estimated quantities are shown for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract,
they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing their
bids offered for the work. It is understood and agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to be
furnished under this contract may differ somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this
contract is the unit price method, payment shall be for the actual amount of work done and materials furnished on the
project.
39. PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY
The Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered,
which may be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this agreement, from any
damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on
account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent property. The Contractor agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the
Owner against any claim or claims for damages due to any injury to any adjacent or adjoining property, arising or growing
out of the performance of this contract, but such indemnity shall not apply to arty claim of any kind arising out of the
existence or character of the work.
40. PRICE FOR WORK
In consideration of the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all work by the
Contractor, and on the delivery of all materials embraced in this contract in full conformity with the specifications and
stipulations herein contained, the Owner agrees to pay the Contractor the price set forth in the bid attached hereto, which
has been made a part of this contract, and the Contractor hereby agrees to receive such price in full for furnishing all
materials and all labor required for the aforesaid work, also, for all expenses incurred by him and for well and truly
performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this agreement, the attached specifications,
plans, contract documents and requirements of Owner's Representative.
41. PAYMENTS
No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the contract, either
wholly or in part, nor shall any certificate or payment be considered as acceptance of defective work Contractor shall at
any time requested during the progress of the work furnish the Owner or owner's Representative with a verifying certificate
showing the Contractor's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the work Before final payment is made,
Contractor shall satisfy Owner, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no outstanding liens against Owner's premises by
reason of any work under the contract. Acceptance by Contractor of final payment of the contract price shall constitute a
waiver of all claims against Owner which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this contract.
r�
42. PARTIAL PAYMENTS
On or before the tenth day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative an application for partial
payment. Owner's Representative shall review said application for partial payment and the progress of the work made by
the Contractor and if found to be in order shall prepare a certificate for partial payment showing as completely as practical
the total value of the work done by the Contractor up to and including the last day of the preceding month; said statement
shall also include the value of all sound materials delivered on site of the work that are to be fabricated into the work.
t— The Owner shall then pay the Contractor on or before the fifteenth day of the current month the total amount of the Owner's
Representative's Certificate of Partial Payment, less 5% of the amount thereof, which 5% shall be retained until final
payment, and further, less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by Owner under the terms of this
agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near to completion, and this fact is certified to by
Owner's Representative and some unexpected and some unusual delay occurs due to no fault or negligence on the part of the
Contractor, the Owner may upon written recommendation of Owner's Representative pay a reasonable and equitable portion
of the retained percentage due Contractor.
43. FINAL COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE
Within thirty-one (3 1) days after the Contractor has given the Owner's Representative written notice that the work has been
completed or substantially completed, the Owners Representative and the Owner shall inspect the work and within said
time, if the work be found to be completed or substantially completed in accordance with the contract documents, the
Owner's Representative shall issue to the Owner and Contractor his certificate of completion, and thereupon it shall be the
duty of the Owner within thirty-one (3 1) days to issue a certificate of acceptance of the work to the Contractor.
44. FINAL PAYMENT
Upon the issuance of the certificate of completion, the Owners Representative shall proceed to make final measurement and
prepare a final statement of the value of all work performed and materials furnished under the terms of the agreement, and
shall certify same to the Owner, who shall pay to the Contractor on or before the 31st day after the date of certificate of
completion, the balance due Contractor under the terms of this agreement, provided he has fully performed his contractual
obligations under the terms of this contract; and said payment shall become due in any event upon said performance by the
Contractor. Neither the certificate of acceptance nor the final payment, nor any provisions in the contract documents shall
relieve the Contractor of the obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required in the spacial conditions (if
any) of this contract or required in the specifications made a part of this contract.
,r 45. CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT FOR WORK
Contractor shall promptly remove from Owners' premises all materials condemned by the Owner's Representative on
account of failure to conform to the contract, whether actually incorporated in the work or not, and Contractor shall at his
own expense promptly replace such condemned materials with other materials conforming to the requirements of the
contract. Contractor shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of other contractors damaged by any such removal or
replacement. If Contractor does not remove and replace any such condemned work within a reasonable time after a written
notice by the Owner or the Owner's Representative, Owner may remove and replace it at Contractor's expense.
46. CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT
Neither the final payment nor certificate nor any provision in this contract shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for
faulty materials or workmanship, and he shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work
resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of substantial completion. The Owner
or the Owner's Representative shall give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness.
47. PAYMENT WITHHELD
The Owner
may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or part of any certificate to
such extent as may be necessary to protect himself from loss on account of.
(a) Defective work not remedied.
i
(b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating possible filing of claims.
(c) Failure of the Contractor to make payments promptly to subcontractors or for materials or labor.
(d) Damage to another contractor.
When the above grounds are removed, or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner, which will
protect the Owner in the amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them.
48. TIME OF FILING CLAIMS
It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor shall be in
writing and filed with the Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) days after the Owner's Representative has given any
directions, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception. The Owners' Representative shall reply to
such written exceptions by the Contractor and render his final decision in writing. In case the Contractor should appeal
from the decision of the Owner's Representative, any demand for arbitration shall be filed with the Owner's Representative
and the Owner in writing within ten (10) days after the date of delivery to Contractor of the final decision of the Owner's
Representative. It is further agreed that final acceptance of the work by the Owner and the acceptance by the Contractor of
the final payment shall be a bar to any claim by either party, except where noted otherwise in the contract documents.
49. ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR
In case the Contractor should abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within ten (10) days after written notification from
the Owner or the Owner's Representative, or if the Contractor fails to comply with the orders of the Owner's Representative,
when such orders are consistent with this contract, this Agreement, or the Specifications hereto attached, then the Surety on
the bond shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the
Contractor.
After receiving said notice of abandonment, the Contractor shall not remove from the work any machinery, equipment,
tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and equipment under the contract for
work, may be held for use on the work by the Owner or the Surety of the Contractor, or another contractor, in completion of
the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any rental or credit therefore (except when used in connection with Extra
Work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for under paragraph 24 of this contract); it being understood that the use of
such equipment and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement.
In case the Surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinbefore provided for within ten
(10) days after service of such notice, then the Owner may provide for completion of the work in either of the following
elective manners:
(a) The Owner may employ such force of men and use of machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as said
Owner may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment,
tools, materials and supplies to said Contractor, and the expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the
Owner out of such moneys as may be due, or that may thereafter at any time become due to the Contractor under
and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under
this contract, if the same had been completed by the Contractor, then said Contractor shall receive the difference.
In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had
been completed by said Contractor, then the Contractor and/or his Surety shall pay the amount of such excess to
the Owner; or
(b) The Owner, under sealed bids, after notice published as required by law, at least twice in a newspaper having a
general circulation in the County of location of the work, may let the contract for the completion of the work under
substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In case of any increase in cost to
the Owner under the new contract as compared to what would have been the cost under this contract, such increase
shall be charged to the Contractor and the Surety shall be and remain bound therefore. However, should the cost to
complete any such new contract prove to be less than that which would have been the cost to complete the work
under this contract, the Contractor or his Surety shall be credited therewith.
4 1 completed,, the Contractor and his S shall be so notified and certificates of
When the work shall have been substantially Surety
completion and acceptance, as provided in paragraph 42 hereinabove set forth, shall be issued. A complete itemized
frf" statement of the contract accounts, certified to by Owner's Representative as being correct shall then be prepared and
I delivered to Contractor and his Surety, whereon the Contractor or his Surety, or the Owner as the case may be, shall pay the
balance due as reflected by said statement within thirty (30) days after the date of certificate of completion.
In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the
cost to the Owner had the work been completed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract, or when the Contractor
and/or his Surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the Owner, then all machinery, equipment, tools,
materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the Contractor and/or his Surety. Should the cost to
complete the work exceed the contract price, and the Contractor and/or his Surety fail to pay the amount due the Owner
within the time designated hereinabove, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the
site of the work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials shall be mailed to the
Contractor and his Surety at the respective addresses designated in this contract, provided, however, that actual written
notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of such notice, such property shall be
held at the risk of the Contractor and his Surety subject only to the duty of the Owner to exercise ordinary care to protect
such property. After fifteen (15) days from the date of said notice the Owner may sell such machinery, equipment, tools,
materials or supplies and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the Contractor and his Surety. Such sale
may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any
machinery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies which remain on the *jobsite and belong to persons other than the
Contractor or his Surety, to their proper owners.
50. ABANDONMENT BY OWNER
In case the Owner shall fail to comply with the terms of this contract, and should fail or refuse to comply with said terms
within ten (10) days after written notification by the Contractor, then the Contractor may suspend or wholly abandon the
work, and may remove therefrom all machinery, tools, and equipment, and all materials on the ground that have not been
included in payments to the Contractor and have not been incorporated into the work. Thereupon, the Owner's
Representative shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the Contractor, which estimate shall include the value
of all work actually completed by said Contractor at the prices stated in the attached bid, the value of all partially completed
work at a fair and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by
the terms of this contract, and a reasonable sum to ever the cost of any provisions made by the Contractor to carry the
whole work to completion, and which cannot be utilized. The Owner's Representative shall then make a final statement of
the balance due the Contractor by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the Owner and all other sums
that may be retained by the Owner under the terms of this Agreement, and shall certify same to the Owner who shall pay to
the Contractor on or before thirty (30) days after the date of the notification by the Contractor the balance shown by said
final statement as due the Contractor, under the terms of this Agreement.
51. BONDS
The successful bidder shall be required to furnish a performance bond and payment bond in accordance with Article 5160,
Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes in the amount of 1000/a of the total contract price, in the event said contract price exceeds
$25,000.00. If the contract price does not exceed $25,000.00, the statutory bonds will not be required. All bonds, if
required, shall be submitted on forms supplied by the Owner, and executed by an approved Surety Company authorized to
do business in the State of Texas. And it is further agreed that this contract shall not be in effect until such bonds are so
furnished
52. SPECIAL CONDITIONS
In the event special conditions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special conditions conflict
with any of the general conditions contained in this contract, then in such event the special conditions shall control.
53. LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES
Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or
r from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance and the prosecution of the same, or from unusual
k
obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the
Contractor at his own cost and expense.
54. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR
Contractor is, and shall remain, an independent contractor with full, complete and exclusive power and authority to direct,
supervise, and control his own employees and to determine the method of the performance of the work covered hereby. The
fact that the Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right to observe Contractor's work during his performance and
to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the Owner or Owner's Representative
hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or effect the status of the Contractor as an independent
contractor with respect to either the Owner or Owner's Representative or to the Contractor's own employees or to any other
person, firm, or corporation.
55. CLEANING UP
The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of debris caused by the work, and at the
completion of the work he shall remove all such debris and also his tools, scaffolding, and surplus materials and shall leave
the work room clean or its equivalent. The work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute Owner may
remove the debris and charge the cost to the Contractor.
CURRENT WAGE DEMRNUNAnONS
t
B
DGV:da
RESOLUTION
Resolution =12502
January 8, 1987
Agenda Item #18
WHEREAS, the City Council has heretofore established the general
prevailing rate of per diem wages for each craft or type of workmen or
mechanics needed to execute public works contracts for the City of Lubbock
in accordance with the provisions of Vernon's Ann.Civ.St., Art. 5159a; and
WHEREAS, such wage rates were established by Resolution No. 719
enacted February 12, 1981, updated by Resolution No. 1590 enacted February
23, 1984; and
WHEREAS, such rates need to be updated at the present time in order
to reflect the current prevailing rate of per diem wages; NOW THEREFORE:
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK:
THAT the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for public works
contracts shall be as set forth in the following named exhibits, which
exhibits shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof for all intents
and purposes:
Exhibit A: Building Construction Trades
Exhibit B: Paving and Highway Construction Trades
Exhibit C: Electrical Trades
Exhibit D: Overtime Rate
Exhibit E: Weekend and Holiday Rate
Such wage rates are hereby found and declared to be the general prevailing
rate of per diem wages in all localities where public works are undertaken
on behalf of the City of Lubbock and such wage rates shall be included in
all public works contracts as provided by law.
Passed by the City Council this 8th day of January , 1987.
anet
ecretary
APPROVED T ONTENT:
1-
'gill -Pyne D ector of Building
Services
S. C'. "!7/G1j160414
B.C. McMINN, MAYOR
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
JLA
Do ld G. Vandiver, First
Assistant City Attorney
EXHIBIT A
City of Lubbock
Building Construction Trades
Prevailing Rates
Craft
Acoustical Ceiling Installer
Air Conditioner Installer
Air Conditioner Installer -Helper
Bricklayer
Bricklayer -Helper
Carpenter
Carpenter -Helper
Cement Finisher
Drywall Hanger
Electrician
Electrician -Helper
Equipment Operator -
Heavy
Light
Floor Installer
Glazier
Insulator, Piping/Boiler
Insulator -Helper
Iron Worker
Laborer, General
Mortar Mixer
Painter
Plumber
Plumber -Helper
Roofer
Roofer -Helper
Sheet Metal Worker
Sheet Metal Worker -Helper
Welder - Certified
Hourly Rate
$11.60
8.35
5.50
10.50
5.00
11.00
5.50
7.35
8.70
10.50
5.25
8.00
5.70
8.00
7.50
9.50
5.00
7.30
4.75
5.60
8.75
9.25
6.00
7.65
4.75
8.75
5.50
8.00
EXHIBIT B
Paving and Highway Construction
Prevailing Wage Rates
Craft
Hourly Rate
Asphalt Heaterman
$5.25
Asphalt Shoveler
4.75
Concrete Finisher
7.35
Concrete Finisher -Helper
4.75
Electrician
10.50
Flagger
4.75
Form Setter
6.50
Form Setter -Helper
5.50
Laborer, General
4.75
Laborer, Utility
5.80
Mechanic
6.50
Mechanic -Helper
6.00
POWER EOUIPMENT OPERATORS
Asphalt Paving Machine
6.00
Bulldozer
5.25
Concrete Paving Machinist
6.50
Front End Loader
5.85
Heavy Equipment Operator
6.40
Light Equipment Operator
6.40
Motor Grade Operator
8.00
Roller
5.25
Scraper
5.25
Tractor
5.50
Truck Driver -
Light
5.25
Heavy
5.25
EXHIBIT C
Electric Construction Trades
Prevailing, Wage Rates
Craft
Power Line Foreman
Lineman Journeyman
Lineman Apprentice Series
Groundman Series
Hourly Rate
$11.00
10.45
8.90
7.25
EXHIBIT D
Prevailing Wage Rates
Overtime Rate
The rate for overtime (in excess of forty hours per week) is 1 1/2
times base rate.
EXHIBIT E
Prevailing Wage Rates
Weekend and Holiday Rate
The rate for weekend and holiday is 1 1/2 times base rate.
I
SPECIFICATIONS
I
CITY OF LUBBOCK
STREET/DRAINAGE ENGINEERING DEPT.
50TH STREET AND SLIDE ROAD
INTERSECTION RECONSTRUCTION
PROJECT # 9708
El
111201,175
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
r
d
50TH STREET AND SLIDE ROAD
INTERSECTION RECONSTRUCTION
PROJECT NO. 9708
STANDARD MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
7
STANDARD MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
NOTE: All materials and procedures employed in construction
projects administered for and/or by the City of Lubbock
Engineering Department or any other City of Lubbock
Department shall conform to ASTM Specifications, Texas
Department of Transportation Standard Construction
Specifications and/or American Association of State Highway
and Transportation Officials Specifications as applicable.
All materials and construction procedures employed for or
by the City of Lubbock shall be approved by the Engineer
prior to construction.
Any construction materials, methods or procedures not
specifically addressed in the City of Lubbock "STANDARD
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION" or "STANDARD DETAILS OF
CONSTRUCTION" specifications shall not be considered
material(s) or operation(s) warranting additional payment.
Unless stated otherwise on the plans or in the bid
documents, the material(s) or operation(s) shall be
considered subsidiary to the existing bid items and shall
be performed completely and correctly in order to
satisfactorily complete the total bid items according to
minimum City of Lubbock construction standards.
1. GENERAL
The City of Lubbock "STANDARD MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION"
specifications incorporates the specifications of the various
construction materials which are to be used by Contract Forces
and/or City Forces in the construction of projects to be
administered for/by the City of Lubbock Engineering
Department. A certificate from the manufacturer may be
required on all construction items, certifying that the
material(s) or equipment(s) meets the specifications for such
material(s) or equipment(s) as specified herein. Material
Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) shall be required on all materials.
All materials shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer
before being employed in any construction project(s).
All references made in these specifications to American
Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) standards refer to
the fixed designation. It is the responsibility of the
Contractor, Subcontractors, City of Lubbock and all material
suppliers to obtain and use the latest revision of each
standard.
7 IV -2
r
All references made in these specifications to the Texas
Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Construction
Specifications refer to the Texas Department of Transportation
(TxDOT) Standard Specifications for Construction of Highways,
Streets and Bridges, version adopted March 1, 1993. It is the
responsibility of the Contractor, Subcontractors, City of
Lubbock and all material suppliers to obtain and use the above
referenced version of the Texas Department of Transportation
Standard Construction Specifications.
All references made in these specifications to American
Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
(AASHTO) standards refer to the fixed designation. It is the
responsibility of the Contractor, Subcontractors, City of
Lubbock and all material suppliers to obtain and use the
latest revision of each standard.
2. CONCRETE
A.Cement
Cement shall be Type I, Type II and/or Type III cement(s)
conforming to ASTM C 150, "Standard Specification for
Portland Cement," and air -entrained cement shall be Type IA,
Type IIA and/or Type IIIA conforming to ASTM C 175,
"Specification for (adding) Air -Entraining (to) Portland
Cement" and ASTM C 226, "Standard Specifications for Air -
Entraining Portland Cement".
The cement shall be an approved brand. All cement must be
stored in a suitable moisture -proof storage house. The
cement, while being hauled to the worksite or while at the
worksite shall be properly protected. No cement shall be
used, which in the opinion of.the Engineer, has been injured
by age or exposure. Bulk or sacked cement may be used. A bag
shall contain ninety four pounds (94#) net. Bags varying by
more than five percent (5%) from the specified weight may be
rejected. If the average net weight in any shipment as shown
by weighing fifty (50) bags taken at random is less than
that specified, the entire shipment may be rejected. Bulk
cement shall be weighed on scales approved by the Engineer.
Any cement which has become partially set or which contains
hard lumps or cakes or cement. salvaged from discarded or
used bags shall not be used.
Any cement storage shall be in a suitable weathertight
building or bin which will protect the cement from dampness.
IV -3
Cement shall be so placed as to provide easy access for
proper inspection and identification of each shipment.
B. Aggregate
Description
Concrete aggregates shall consist of natural, washed and
screened sand, and washed and screened gravel or clean
crushed stone conforming to ASTM C 33, "Standard
Specifications for Concrete Aggregates," and conforming to
Texas Department of Transportation Standard Construction
Specifications, Item No. 421, "Portland Cement Concrete".
The aggregates shall be well graded from coarse to fine and
shall be free from injurious amounts of clay, soft or flaky
materials, loam or organic impurities. All aggregates shall
be approved by the Engineer before use. The maximum size of
the aggregates shall be one and one-half inches (1'%").
Aggregates for concrete construction shall have a loss not
to exceed eighteen percent (18%) when subjected to five (5)
cycles of ASTM C 88, "Test Method for Soundness of
Aggregates by use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate".
Coarse aggregate for Class "C" Concrete Street Paving or
Class "P" Concrete Street Paving shall be crushed
limestone (Brownwood Type). Coarse aggregate shall be well
graded from coarse to fine and shall conform to ASTM C 136,
r "Method For Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse
Aggregates".
�., Fine aggregate shall be graded from fine to coarse and
k shall conform to ASTM C 136, "Method For Sieve Analysis of
t Fine and Coarse Aggregates".The gradation for fine
aggregate shall meet the following requirements:
Sieve Designation Percentage by Weight
Passing Sieves
3/8 inch 100
No. 4 95-100
No. 16 45-80
No. 30 25-55
No. 50 10-30
No. 100 2-10
IV -4
Maximum allowable amounts of organic impurities shall
conform to ASTM C 40, "Test Method for Organic Impurities
In Fine Aggregate for Concrete" and ASTM C 87, "Standard
Test Method for Effect of Organic Impurities in Fine
Aggregate on Strength of Mortar".
Maximum allowable amounts of impurities finer than the No.
200 sieve shall conform to ASTM C 117, "Standard Test
Method for Materials Finer Than The No. 200 Sieve In
Mineral Aggregates By Washing".
Maximum allowable amounts of soft particles such as coal,
lignite, wood or other fibrous materials shall conform to
ASTM C 123, "Standard Test Methods For Lightweight Pieces
In Aggregate".
Maximum allowable amounts of friable particles shall
conform to ASTM C 142, "Standard Test Methods For Clay
Lumps And Friable Particles In Aggregates".
Stockpiles
The location of all stockpiles of aggregates shall be
approved by the Engineer prior to unloading as to zoning
requirements, smoothness and compaction of the ground and
traffic conditions. Stockpiles of aggregates to be
incorporated into the project 'shall be protected from dust
by drift fences of any suitable material approved by the
Engineer. Care shall be taken to prevent dusty conditions
in the stockpile area from any sources. The Contractor
shall not use methods which allow the aggregate to roll
down the slope as it is added to the existing stockpiles.
The Contractor shall not allow equipment to operate over
the same lift repeatedly. Stockpiles shall be built in
layers of uniform thickness on slopes not flatter than 3:1.
C. Water
Water shall be clean, clear, f
matter and free from injurious
other chemicals and conform to
of Test For Quality of Water To
Iv -5
ree from oil, acid or organic
amounts of alkali, salts or
AASHTO T26, "Standard Method
Be Used In Concrete".
k D. Concrete Materials Tests
Pre Construction Tests (Mix Design)
The contractor shall submit test certificates from an
approved commercial materials testing laboratory on all
aggregates proposed for use in the concrete. Tests should
be made approximately twenty (20) days before beginning the
concrete operation.
The contractor shall submit in advance of construction the
mix design and the result of compression tests and/or
flexural tests as applicable made by a commercial testing
laboratory. The compression tests shall conform to ASTM C
39, "Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical
Concrete Specimens". The flexural tests shall conform to
ASTM C 78, "Test Method For Flexural Strength of Concrete".
Compression tests shall be made on each type of concrete
mix design proposed for use as applicable. Compression
tests shall be made on six (6) cylinders taken from each
mix, three (3) cylinders tested in three (3) days or seven
(7) days and three (3) cylinders tested in seven (7) days
or twenty eight (28) days as specified.
Flexural tests shall be made on each type of concrete mix
design proposed for use as applicable. Unless stated
otherwise in the plans or bid documents, flexural tests
shall be made on six (6) beams taken from each mix, three
(3) beams tested in sixteen (16) hours and three (3) beams
tested in seven (7) days.
All tests shall conform to ASTM C 94, "Specifications for
Ready -Mixed Concrete". When ready -mix concrete is to be
used, the trial designs shall be made in a mixer
representative of the mixers to be used. Batch size shall
not be less than fifty percent (50%) of the rated mixing
capacity of the truck. Additional tests shall be furnished
if the material source is changed or if the concrete used
varies from the original mix design.
The Engineer shall approve or disapprove the mix design
after review of the results of the pre -construction tests.
Construction Tests
Tests of the aggregates and the concrete -shall be made by
the Engineer during construction to determine conformity
with the specifications. the concrete shall be sampled in
7, IV -6
t'.
accordance with ASTM C 172, "Method of Sampling Fresh
Concrete". All test molds shall meet the requirements of
Texas Department of Transportation Test Method Tex -448-A.
Compression test and flexural test specimens shall be made
and cured in accordance with ASTM C 31, "Practice of Making
and Curing Concrete Compression and Flexure Test Specimens
in the Field". The specimens shall be cured under standard
moisture and temperature conditions in accordance with
ASTM C 192, "Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test
Specimens in The Laboratory".
Strength tests shall be made, in general, for each day's
production of each class of concrete, or for each fifty
(50) cubic yards of concrete if a day's production greatly
exceeds this amount, but these tests may be made entirely
at the discretion of the Engineer. Strength tests on Class
"C" Concrete and Class "P" Concrete shall be made for
approximately each thirty (30) cubic yards, or every third
(3rd) truck on each day's production. The costs of all such
testing shall be borne by the City but the Contractor shall
cooperate in securing and storing samples and shall furnish
all materials required for sampling.
Unless stated otherwise in the plans or bid documents, a
strength test for Classes "A", "C", "E" or "F" concrete
shall consist of five (5) standard test cylinders or beams
as specified to be made from a composite sample.
Unless stated otherwise on the plans or in the bid
documents, a strength test for Class "P" concrete shall
consist of six (6) standard test beams made from a
composite sample.
For each Class of concrete the samples shall be obtained in
accordance with ASTM C 172, "Practice For Sampling Freshly
Made Concrete" and in accordance with Department of
Transportation Construction. Bulletin C-11.
For Classes "A", "C", "E" and "F" concrete the following
procedure is to be used: Two (2) of the concrete -
cylinders or beams shall be tested at three (3) days or
seven (7) days and at seven (7) days or twenty eight (28)
days as specified. The fifth (5th) cylinder or beam shall
be held available for subsequent testing, if determined
necessary by the Engineer. The test results shall be the
average of the seven (7) days or twenty eight (28) days
specimens, except that, if one (1) specimen in the test
shows manifest evidence of improper sampling, molding, or
testing, it shall be discarded and the remaining two (2)
specimens averaged. Should more than one (1) specimen ,
representing a given test show definite defects, due to
IV -7
For Class "P" concrete the following procedure is to be
used: Two (2) of the concrete beams shall be tested at
sixteen (16) hours. Two (2) of the concrete beams shall be
tested at seven (7) days. The fifth (5th) and sixth (6th)
beams shall be held available for subsequent testing, if
determined necessary by the Engineer. The test results
shall be the average of the sixteen (16) hour or seven (7)
days specimens as specified, except that, if one specimen
in the test shows manifest evidence of improper sampling,
molding, or testing, it shall be discarded and the
remaining two (2) specimens averaged. Should more than one
(1) specimen representing a given test show definite
defects, due to improper sampling, molding or testing, the
entire test shall be discarded. The result of the sixteen
(16) hours or seven (7) days strength tests shall be used
as the basis for acceptance or rejection of the concrete.
The results of the sixteen (16) hours and/or seven (7) days
strength tests will be compared with the sixteen (16)
hours and/or seven (7) days strength of the
preconstruction test specimens for the type and slump of
the concrete being produced. Should the sixteen (16) hours
or seven (7) days strengths indicate a deficiency in the
sixteen (16) hours or seven (7) days strengths, the
Engineer shall require a change in proportions to
correct such deficiency.
Changes in the water -cement ratio and the mix design,
including an increase in cement, if necessary, shall be
made if the average sixteen (16) hour flexural strength
does not meet the minimum specified value.
IV -8
r
improper sampling, molding or testing, the entire test
shall be discarded. The result of the seven (7) days or
twenty eight (28) days strength tests shall be used as the
basis for accepting or rejecting the concrete represented.
The results of the three (3) days or seven (7) days
strength tests will be compared with the three (3) days or
,.
seven (7) days strength of the preconstruction test
cylinders or beams for the type and slump of the concrete
being produced. Should the three (3) days or seven (7)
days strengths indicate a deficiency in the seven (7) days
or twenty eight (28) days strengths, the Engineer may
require a temporary change in proportions to correct such
in until the
deficiency. Such change shall remain effect
(7) days or twenty eight (28) days strength of the
seven
material in question is determined, at which time the
change shall become permanent or shall be rescinded,
twenty eight
depending upon the results of the seven (7) or
(28) days tests.
For Class "P" concrete the following procedure is to be
used: Two (2) of the concrete beams shall be tested at
sixteen (16) hours. Two (2) of the concrete beams shall be
tested at seven (7) days. The fifth (5th) and sixth (6th)
beams shall be held available for subsequent testing, if
determined necessary by the Engineer. The test results
shall be the average of the sixteen (16) hour or seven (7)
days specimens as specified, except that, if one specimen
in the test shows manifest evidence of improper sampling,
molding, or testing, it shall be discarded and the
remaining two (2) specimens averaged. Should more than one
(1) specimen representing a given test show definite
defects, due to improper sampling, molding or testing, the
entire test shall be discarded. The result of the sixteen
(16) hours or seven (7) days strength tests shall be used
as the basis for acceptance or rejection of the concrete.
The results of the sixteen (16) hours and/or seven (7) days
strength tests will be compared with the sixteen (16)
hours and/or seven (7) days strength of the
preconstruction test specimens for the type and slump of
the concrete being produced. Should the sixteen (16) hours
or seven (7) days strengths indicate a deficiency in the
sixteen (16) hours or seven (7) days strengths, the
Engineer shall require a change in proportions to
correct such deficiency.
Changes in the water -cement ratio and the mix design,
including an increase in cement, if necessary, shall be
made if the average sixteen (16) hour flexural strength
does not meet the minimum specified value.
IV -8
r
Additional specimens cured under job conditions may be
required when, in the opinion of the Engineer, there is a
possibility of the surrounding air temperature falling
below 40° F (4° C) or rising above 90° F (32° C). The
specimens shall be tested according to ASTM C 39, "Method
of Test for Compressive Strength of Molded Concrete
Cylinders".
The Engineer shall record the delivery ticket number for
the concrete and the exact location in the work at which
each load represented by a strength test is deposited.
Slump tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 143,
"Method of Test for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete".
Air content of concrete made with normal -weight aggregates
having low absorption shall be tested according to either
ASTM C 231, "Method of Test For Air Content of Freshly
Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method or ASTM C 173,
".Method of Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete
by the Volumetric Method". A Chace indicator may be used
to determine the approximate air content in accordance with
AASHTO T 199 and ,to indicate the need for checks by ASTM C
173 or ASTM C 231. If lightweight aggregates or aggregates
with high absorptions are used, ASTM C 173 shall be used.
E. Concrete Desian
Concrete conforming to these specifications may be "Ready -
Mixed" in accordance with ASTM C 94, "Specifications For
Ready -Mixed Concrete". Transporting vehicles shall be _
operated such as to insure delivery and placement in forms
without loss or segregation of ingredients and within one
(1) hour of mixing time. Concrete shall be mixed
continuously during transit.
Mix Desian
All concrete for curb and gutter, valley gutters, fillets,
alley stubs, alley slabs, drainage channels, inlet boxes,
headwalls, street paving slabs and medians shall have five
percent (5%) air entrainment with plus or minus one percent
(1%) tolerance. The concrete mix design shall be based on
water -cement ratio, and shall be as follows for the
different classes of concrete.
IV -9
is
Any concrete failing to meet these strength or air content
requirements shall be removed and replaced without cost.
r-
d
Low Strength Concrete
Any class of concrete incorporated in any part of the
Minimum Sacks
Max. Gal.
Max. Slump
1
Class
Cement per C Y
Water per sack
in inches
A
5
6.5
4
.:
C
6
6
3
E
5.5
5.5
3
r
F
6
5.5
2
P
7
5
3
The concrete
mix design for the
different classes shall
also be such
that the compressive and flexural
strength for
each class shall not be less than
the following:
Class
Minimum Average for
any test (psi)
3 day 7 day flexural 2'8 day
comp comp COMO.
A --- 2100 --- 3000
C --- 3000 600(28 day) 3600
E 2500 3000 --- ---_
F 2900 3500 --- --
p --- 500(16 hour)
IV -10
Any concrete failing to meet these strength or air content
requirements shall be removed and replaced without cost.
r-
d
Low Strength Concrete
Any class of concrete incorporated in any part of the
project which does not meet the strength requirements
specified above, shall be considered low strength concrete.
�
ILow
strength concrete shall be removed and replaced at the
expense of the Contractor.
The Engineer shall determine the exact limits of any low -
replaced under
strength concrete required to be removed and
the provisions of this paragraph. The methods to be used
*'
in removing and replacing such concrete shall be approved
by the Engineer.
IV -10
F Classification
Unless otherwise shown on the plans the following Classes
shall be used: Class A concrete shall be used for curb and
gutter, fillets, drainage channels, medians, inlet boxes,
headwalls, junction boxes, commercial drives, residential
drives, reinforced concrete storm sewer pipe, retaining
walls and sidewalks. Class C concrete shall be used for
normal setting concrete paving and valley gutters
constructed in thoroughfare and collector streets. Class E
concrete shall be used for valley gutters on streets other
than thoroughfares and collector streets, for alley
returns, alley paving and reinforced gutter sections, and
Class F concrete shall be used for railroad sections. Class
P concrete shall be used for fast setting concrete pavement
such as a Fast Track Concrete Pavement.
G. Mixing
All aggregates shall be accurately weighed or measured by
volume. The concrete shall be mixed in an approved batch
mixer equipped with an accurate water measuring tank, and
shall be mixed for one'and one-half (1%) minutes after all
material is in the mixer. "Ready Mixed" or "Transit
Mixed" concrete may be used. If used it shall conform to
these specifications and ASTM C 94, "Specifications for
Ready Mixed Concrete"and the Texas Department of
Transportation Standard Construction Specifications, Item
421, "Portland Cement Concrete".
After mixing, the concrete shall be transported to the
forms in a manner which shall prevent separation or
segregation of the aggregates and shall be placed without
undue delay. Equipment for chuting, pumping and
pneumatically conveying concrete shall be of such size and
design to ensure a practically continuous flow of concrete
at the delivery end. It shall be deposited as nearly as
practicable in its final position in order to avoid
rehandling or flowing of the concrete. No water shall be
added to the concrete to facilitate finishing.
H. Materials For Curing Concrete
(1) Burlap:
Burlap shall be made from jute or hemp. The burlap shall
be in good condition, free from holes, dirt, clay or any
other substance which interferes with it's absorptive
IV -11
r
i
"t quality. It shall not contain any substance which would
have a deleterious effect on the concrete. The burlap
shall weigh not less than seven (7) ounces per square yard
r when clean and dry.
(2) Cotton Mats:
Cotton mats for curing concrete shall conform to AASHTO M.
73, "Specifications for Cotton Mats for Curing
Concrete".
(3) Waterproof paper:
Paper for curing concrete shall conform to ASTM C 171,
"Specifications for Waterproof Paper for Curing
Concrete". Impermeable sheets other than paper shall
conform to the water -retention requirements of ASTM C 171,
"Specifications for Water -proof Paper for Curing
Concrete".
(4) Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds
Compounds used to form an air tight membrane over fresh
concrete surfaces for curing purposes shall conform to
Texas Department of Tranportation Standard Construction
Specifications, Item 526, "Membrane Curing"; ASTM C 309,
"Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds For Curing Concrete"
and/or ASTM C 171, "Standard Specification for Sheet
Materials for Curing Concrete" as applicable. Liquid
membrane -forming compounds shall also conform to ASTM C
156, "Test Method for Water Retention by Concrete Curing
Materials". Liquid admixtures shall be protected from
freezing and from settling out of solution.
I. Admixtures
tj
Admixtures may be applied to the Portland Cement Concrete
Mix Design as approved by the Engineer to achieve special
,"1 properties. ADMIXTURES SHALL NOT HE USED AS A SUBSTITUTE FOR
V1
CEMENT.
Air -Entrainment shall conform to ASTM C 260, "Standard
Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete".
Construction testing shall conform to ASTM C 233, "Test
Method for Testing Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete".
`Chemical admixtures may be used when approved by the
Engineer. These admixtures shall conform to ASTM C 494,
"Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete".
IV -12
Calcium Chloride or admixtures containing solubile
chlorides, if used, shall not exceed two percent (2%) by
weight of cement.
Mineral admixtures such as fly ash and natural pozzzolans
may be used as an admixture when approved by the Engineer.
These admixtures shall conform to ASTM C 618,
"Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural
Pozzolans for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement
Concrete". Construction testing shall conform to ASTM C
311, "Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Fly
Ash or Natural Pozzolans for Use as a Mineral Admixture in
Portland Cement Concrete
If fly ash is used,Type C or Type F may be used.
3. REINFORCING MATERIALS
Unless otherwise noted on the plans metal reinforcement
shall be Grade 60 (minimum yield strength of the steel shall
be 60,000 pounds per square inch) as defined by ASTM
Specifications.
A. Wire Mesh
Wire mesh reinforcing shall conform to ASTM A 185,
"Standard Specifications For Steel Welded Wire Fabric,
Plain, For Concrete Reinforcement".
Wire for concrete reinforcement shall conform to ASTM A 82,
"Specifications for Cold -Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete
Reinforcement".
Mesh reinforcement shall be of the size shown on the plans.
All reinforcement shall be permanently marked with Grade
identification marks or shall, on delivery, be accompanied
by a manufacturer's guarantee of Grade and compliance with
these specifications. Reinforcement stored on the site
shall be protected from accumulations of grease, mud or
other foreign matter and from rust producing conditions and
shall be free from rust, scale, oil,- mud or structural
defects.
IV -13
C. Bars
Reinforcing bars shall be open-hearth basic oxygen or
electric furnace new billet steel conforming to ASTM A 615,
"Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -
Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" or ASTM A616,
"Standard Specification for Rail -Steel Deformed and Plain
Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" or ASTM A 617,
"Standard Specification for Axle -Steel Deformed and Plain
Bars for Concrete Reinforcement". Bars produced by the
piling method will not be accepted. Bars which depend upon
bonding for their effectiveness shall conform to ASTM A
305, "Specifications for Minimum Requirements for The
Deformations of Deformed Steel Bars for Concrete
Reinforcement". These bars shall be free from excessive
rust, scale or other substances which prevent the bonding
of the concrete to the reinforcement.
D. Tie Bars
Tie bars shall be deformed steel bars conforming to the
requirements of the specifications for reinforcing
bars except that structural Grade 40 steel bars, ONLY,
shall be used where the bars are to be bent and re
straightened. Joint hook bolts may be used as an alternate
to tie bars. Such bolts may not be less than one-half inch
(%") in diameter and shall be equipped with threaded
couplings.
IV -14
B. Bar Mats
The steel in bar mats shall conform to ASTM A 184,
"Specifications for Fabricated Steel Bar or Rod Mats for
Concrete Reinforcement". Members shall be of the size and
spacing as shown on the plans. All intersections of
longitudinal and transverse bars shall be securely wired,
clipped or welded together in the plant of the steel
supplier.
%A.
Reinforcing steel to be used shall conform to ASTM A 432
and shall be deformed in accordance with ASTM A 615,
.•
"Specifications For Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars
the
For Concrete Reinforcement" unless otherwise shown on
`
plans.
C. Bars
Reinforcing bars shall be open-hearth basic oxygen or
electric furnace new billet steel conforming to ASTM A 615,
"Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -
Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" or ASTM A616,
"Standard Specification for Rail -Steel Deformed and Plain
Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" or ASTM A 617,
"Standard Specification for Axle -Steel Deformed and Plain
Bars for Concrete Reinforcement". Bars produced by the
piling method will not be accepted. Bars which depend upon
bonding for their effectiveness shall conform to ASTM A
305, "Specifications for Minimum Requirements for The
Deformations of Deformed Steel Bars for Concrete
Reinforcement". These bars shall be free from excessive
rust, scale or other substances which prevent the bonding
of the concrete to the reinforcement.
D. Tie Bars
Tie bars shall be deformed steel bars conforming to the
requirements of the specifications for reinforcing
bars except that structural Grade 40 steel bars, ONLY,
shall be used where the bars are to be bent and re
straightened. Joint hook bolts may be used as an alternate
to tie bars. Such bolts may not be less than one-half inch
(%") in diameter and shall be equipped with threaded
couplings.
IV -14
E. Dowels and Sleeves
Dowels and sleeves shall be smooth plain round bars
conforming to the requirements of the specifications for
reinforcing bars. Dowel bars shall not be burred, roughened
or deformed out of round in such a manner as to effect
slippage in the concrete. When metal sleeves ate used, they
shall cover the ends of the dowels a minimum of two inches
(2") and a maximum of three inches (3"). The sleeve shall
be closed at one (1) end and shall have a suitable stop to
hold the end of the bar at least one inch (1") from the
closed end of the sleeve. It shall be of such rigid design
that the closed end will not collapse during construction.
F. Supports
Chairs shall be used for holding reinforcing steel in the
correct position while the concrete is being placed. Chairs
shall be made of metal, minumim sixteen (16) gauge in
thickness, a minimum of eleven inches (11") in length, and
a minimum of one and one-eighth inches (1-1/8") in width.
The chairs shall be free of rust.
Dowel rods shall be held in the correct position by means
of fabricated steel supporting units or baskets. These
units shall be sturdy and so placed that the dowels are
properly aligned and parallel to the roadway centerline.
The units shall be free of rust.
G. Stakes
Stakes used to support expansion joint fillers shall be
channel or U-shaped metal, three-fourths inch (3/4") wide,
three-eighths inch (3/8") deep and not less than sixteen
(16) gauge in thickness. They shall be a minimum of fifteen
inches (15") in length. The stakes shall be free of rust.
H. Structural Steel
Structural steel shall conform to ASTM A 7,
"Specifications for Steel for Bridges and Buildings", --
ASTM A 36, " Specifications for Structural Steel" or ASTM
A 373, "Specifications for Structural Steel for Welding"
as applicable.
IV -15
I. Fiber Reinforcement
Fiber reinforcement may be used in place of welded wire
mesh if approved by the Engineer.
(1) The fiber used shall be one hundred percent (100%)
virgin polypropylene, collated, fibrillated fibers
specifically manufactured for use as concrete
reinforcement, containing no reprocessed olefin
materials.
(2) The minimum physical characteristics of the fiber to be
used is as follows: the Specific Gravity shall be
ninety-one hundreths (0.91); the Tensile Strength shall
be between seventy thousand (70,000) pounds per square
inch and one hundred ten thousand (110,000) pounds per
square inch; the Length of fibers shall be one-half
inch (1/2").
(3) Fibrous concrete reinforcement materials provided by
this section shall produce concrete conforming to the
requirements for each type and class of concrete listed
in Section IV -2-E on pages 5 and 6 of these
Specifications. Quantities to be used shall conform to
manufacturer's recommendations, unless otherwise
directed by the Engineer.
4. JOINT MATERIAL
A. Expansion Joint Materials
Bituminous premolded expansion joint material shall conform
to Item No. 433.2(5)(c) of the Texas Department of
Transportation Standard Construction Specifications and
conform to ASTM D 1751, "Standard Specification For
Preformed Expansion Joint Filler For Concrete".
Expansion joints shall be placed as shown on the plans or
as directed by the Engineer.
B. Joint Sealing Material
_Joint sealers shall conform to ASTM
Sealants, Hot Poured, For Concrete
for use in joints between portland
bituminous concrete_
IV -16
D 3405, "Joint
and Asphalt Pavements"
cement concrete and
Joint sealers shall conform to ASTM D 3406, "Joint
Sealants, Hot Poured, Elastometric Type" for use in all
other joints._in portland cement concrete pavement.
Joint sealing material shall be W.R. Meadows "SOF-SEAL" or
equivalent as approved by the Engineer. The material shall
adhere to the sides of the concrete joint or crack and
shall form an effective seal against infiltration of water
and incompressibles. The material shall be a soft, highly
flexible, rubber like material after curing which shall not
track or flow in the summer nor crack or break when exposed
to repeated freeze/thaw cycles. -
C. Backer Rod
The backer rod diameter shall be twenty five percent (25%)
greater than the reservior width. The backer rod material
shall be made of polyetrhylene foam, crosslinked
polyethylene foam, polyurethane foam or.other material as
suggested by the manufacturer. The compression/deflection
of the material shall be approximately eight pounds per
square inch (8 psi) at twenty five percent (25%)
compression. The material shall not melt, shrink,
evaporate, be water absorbent, nor stain and shall be
compatible with the application temperature of the
sealant.
5. FORMS
Forms for curb and gutter, alley paving and other _
miscellaneous flatwork may be either of wood or metal, of a
section satisfactory to the Engineer, free of warp, and a
depth equal to the depth of the concrete section formed.
Wooden forms shall be kept moist—Forms shall be constructed
accurately to the line and grade as established in the field.
The forms shall be adequately braced so that they will not
move during or after the placing of the concrete. These forms --
shall remain in place at least eight (8) hours after placing
the concrete. Forms shall be oiled with a light oil before
each use and forms which are to be re -used shall be cleaned _
immediately after each use and maintained in good condition.
Curb forms shall be such that the face of the curb can be
formed by use of a face form held in place by steel templates.
Forms used for curb construction shall meet all of the above
specifications, except that face forms on curb radii may be
omitted if a true section and an accurate flow can be obtained
by other methods as approved by the Engineer. In no case will
a concrete pour be started without the approval of the
IV -17
�.
Engineer. No forms shall be placed until the compacted
subgrade is within one inch (111) of its finished grade. Forms
for alley slabs may be used as a guide for screeding. Where
longitudinal construction joints are required, the form shall
be so constructed as to provide a one and one-eighth inch (1-
1/8") "V" shaped groove in the face.
Forms for structural concrete shall meet all the
4 specifications above for curb and gutter, alley paving and
other miscellaneous flatwork forms except they shall not be
removed without approval of the Engineer.
6. FLEXIBLE BASE (CALICHE)
I;
A. Description
"Flexible Base (Caliche)" shall consist of a foundation
k course for surface course or for other base courses. It
shall be composed of caliche and stone materials and shall
be constructed as herein specified in one or more courses
in conformity with the typical sections shown. on the plans
and to the lines and grades as established by the Engineer.
'I
4f B. Material
(1) The material for the base course shall consist of
argillaceous limestone, calcareous or calcareous clay
particles, conglomerate, gravel, sand or other granular
materials. The material source shall be approved by
the Engineer. All the acceptable material. shall be
crushed and returned to the screened material again in
such manner that a uniform product will be produced.
Samples for testing the material shall be: -taken prior
to the compaction operations and will normally be done
at the stockpile. Samples shall be taken in accordance
with ASTM D 75, "Practice For Sampling Aggregates".
Stripping as necessary will be done by the Contractor.
No payment will be.made for stripping. The cost for
this operation shall be subsidiary to the bid price for
the base material.
(2) The material shall conform to the following gradations
when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136:
Sieve Size
2"
1-1/2"
7/8"
1/2"
#4
#40
-------------------------------------------------------
% retained
0
0-5
8-30
30-55
50-70
70-90
Material passing the No. 40 sieve shall be known as
"Soil Binder" and shall meet the following
requirements when prepared in accordance with Texas
Department of Transportation Test Method Tex -101-E and
ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Method For Liquid Limit,
Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils".
The Liquid Limit shall be a maximum of 45; the
Plasticity Index shall be a maximum of 15 and a minimum
of 3; and the Linear Shrinkage shall be a maximum of
10.
(3) Wet Ball Mill Test of Flexible Base Material
The material, when tested in accordance with Texas
Department of Transportation Test Method Tex -116-E,
shall have a maximum allowable value of 55.
C. In -Place Density Tests
The In-place density tests shall be taken by the City
of Lubbock Testing Laboratory after final compaction of
each layer of the base course. Baloon sampling method
or the nuclear method of density testing shall be used.
Each method shall conform to the applicable ASTM
Specification.
7. LIME TREATMENT
A. Lime for soil stabilization (road mixed)
This item shall govern for treating the new or existing
subgrade, the existing pavement structure or a combination
thereof to be used as subgrade by pulverizing, adding lime,
mixing and compacting the mixed material to the required
density.
The lime shall meet the requirements of the Texas
Department of Transportation Standard Construction
Specifications, Item 264, "Lime and Lime Slurry" for the
type of lime specified.
All aspects of this item including materials, equipment,
construction methods, mixing, compaction methods, reworking,
finishing and curing shall conform to the Texas Department
of Transportation Standard Construction Specifications, Item
260, "Lime Treatment For Materials Used As Subgrade".
IV -19
Prior to treating the existing material, the subgrade
material shall be shaped to conform to the typical sections
and elevations shown on the plans or as established by the
Engineer.
� The stabilized material shall be compacted according to
it TxDOT Test Method Tex -121-E.
B. Lime treatment for caliche base courses (road mixed)
This item shall govern treating new and/or existing base
and surfacing (with or without hot mix asphaltic concrete
pavement) by pulverizing, adding lime, mixing and
compacting the treated material to the required density.
The lime shall meet the requirements of the Texas Department
of Transportation Standard Construction Specifications, Item
264, "Lime and Lime Slurry" for the type of lime specified.
All aspects of this item including materials, equipment,
construction methods, mixing, compaction methods, reworking,
finishing and curing shall conform to Texas Department of
Transportation Standard Construction Specifications, Item
262, "Lime Treatment For Base Courses(Road Mixed)".
Prior to treating existing material, the subgrade or base
material shall be shaped to conform to the typical sections
and elevations shown on the plans or as established by the
Engineer.
The stabilized material shall be compacted according to
TxDOT Test Method Tex -121-E.
IV -20
C. Lime Treatment for caliche base courses (plant mixed)
This item shall consist of the construction of a foundation
for surface course or other base courses consisting of a
4'
mixture of base material, hydrated lime and water.
The lime shall meet the requirements of the Texas Department
of Transportation Standard Construction Specifications, Item
264, "Lime and Lime Slurry". Type A Hydrated Lime shall be
used.
All aspects of this item including materials, equipment,
proportioning, construction methods, mixing, compaction,
reworking, finishing and curing shall conform to the Texas
IV -20
Department of Transportation Standard Construction
Specifications, Item 263, "Lime Treated Base(Plant
Mixed)".
Prior to treating existing material, the subgrade or base
material shall be shaped to conform to the typical sections
and elevations shown on the plans or as established by the
Engineer.
The stabilized material shall be compacted according to
TxDOT Test Method Tex -121-E.
8. FLY ASH
Fly ash may be either Type A or Type B. Fly ash shall
meet the requirements of the Texas Department of
Transportation "Departmental Materials Specification: D-9-
9800, Fly Ash
Prior to treating existing material, the subgrade or base
material shall be shaped to conform to the typical sections
and elevations shown on the plans or as established by the
Engineer.
Fly ash stabilized materials shall be compacted according
to TxDOT Test Method Tex -127-E.
9. ASPHALT STABILIZED BASE (PLANT MIX)
Description
This item shall consist of base courses to be composed of a
compacted mixture of graded gravel base material from —'
sources approved by the Engineer, (Once the source is
selected the contractor shall not change to another source
without the Engineer's written approval).
A. Asphalt Stabilized Materials for Base Mixture
The asphaltic material shall be mixed hot in a mixing plant
approved by the Engineer. The percent (%) asphalt content -=
shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with
Texas Department of Transportation Test Method Tex -126-E
and Texas Department of Transportation Test Method Tex -204-
F or other established procedures.
IV -21
a
z
r
L,
R�
B. Materials
(1) Mineral Aggregate (Graded Gravel)
The material shall be crushed and shall be screened as
necessary to meet the requirements hereinafter
specified and shall consist of durable aggregate
particles otherwise specified below.
This mixture shall conform to the Texas Department
of Transportation Standard Construction
Specification, Item 345, "Asphalt Stabilized Base
(Plant Mix)".
(2) Stockpiling Storage Proportioning and Mixing
Prior to the mixing operations with asphaltic material,
processed mineral aggregate shall be stockpiled on an
area previously cleared of trash, weeds and grass and
smoothed as directed by the Engineer. The aggregate
stockpiles shall be not less than ten feet (101) in
height and constructed in layers not exceeding eighteen
inches (18") in depth or as directed by the Engineer.
The plant shall have and maintain at least a two (2)
day supply of aggregate on hand unless otherwise
directed by the Engineer.
Material shall be stockpiled in such a manner as to
prevent segregation -of aggregate and mixing of
aggregate from stockpiles and/or other sources. The
gradation requirements for the individual. stockpiles
and proportioning from these stockpiles shall be the
contractor's responsibility.
(3) Gradation
Unless otherwise specified, the grading of the mineral
aggregate shall conform to the limitations as shown
below:
Grade 4 -- Grading requirements percent retained -sieves
1-1/211 7/811 1/211 #4 40
0 8-30 30-55 50-70 70-90
Material passing the No. 40 sieve shall be known as
"Soil Binder" and shall meet the following requirements
IV -22
when prepared in accordance with the Texas Department
of Transportation Test Method Tex -101-E procedure:
The liquid limit shall not exceed................45
The plasticity index shall not exceed ............ 15
The linear shrinkage shall not exceed.............5
Samples for testing the material shall be taken prior
to the mixing operations. Where more than one material
is used, tests will be on the combined materials.
The mineral aggregate shall not contain more than one-
half of one percent (0.5%) moisture prior to entering
the pugmill for mixing with asphalt.
C. Asphaltic Stabilized Materials for Paving
Asphalt for the paving mixture shall be of the type as
determined by the Engineer and shall -meet the requirements
of Texas Department of Transportation Standard Construction
Specifications, Item 300, "Asphalt, Oils, and Emulsions."
The grade of asphalt used shall be designated by the
Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of the
source of his asphaltic material prior to design or
production of the asphaltic mixture and this source shall
not be changed during the course of the project, except
when authorized by the Engineer.
(1) Asphaltic Stabilized Mixture
The mixture shall consist of a uniform blend of
mineral aggregate and asphaltic material. The mineral
aggregate shall conform to the gradation requirements
as shown in the specifications or on the plans. The
asphaltic material shall form from four percent (411) to
nine percent (9s) of the mixture by weight. The design
percent asphalt to be used shall be determined in
accordance with Texas Department of Transportation Test
Method Tex -126-E or Texas Department of Transportation
Test'Method Tex -204-F and procedures outlined in the
Texas Department of Transportation Bulletin C-14. The
percent of asphalt in the mix shall be determined by
ASTM D 2172, "Test Method For Quantitative Extraction -'
of Bitumen From Bituminous Paving Mixtures"; ASTM D
4125, "Method of Test for asphalt content of Bituminous
Mixtures by Nuclear Method"; Texas Department of
Transportation Test Method Tex -210-F or Texas
IV -23
a
f
I
rj
`f
Department of Transportation Test Method Tex -126-F as
applicable.
(2) Tack Coat
Asphaltic materials shall conform with Texas Department
of Transportation Standard Construction Specifications,
Item 300, "Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions, as approved
by the Engineer.
(3) Tolerances
The Engineer will designate the asphalt content to be
used in the mixture after design tests have been made
with the aggregate to be used in the project. When
tested as determined by the Engineer, samples of the
mixture shall not vary from the asphalt content
designated by the Engineer by more than two-tenths of
one percent (0.2%) dry weight based on total mixture.
Asphaltic concrete pavement and asphaltic stabilized
base shall be machine layed and the equipment shall
conform with Texas Department of Transportation
Standard Construction Specifications, Item 340,"Hot Mix
Asphaltic Concrete Pavement".
10. EQUIPMENT - MIXING PLANTS BLACK BASE AND HOT -MIX
All equipment for the handling of all materials and mixing and
placing of the mixture shall be maintained in good repair and
operating condition and subject to approval of the Engineer.
Any equipment found to be defective and affecting the quality
of the mixture will be replaced.
Mixing plants may be the weigh -batch type or the continuous
mixing type or the drum mix type. All types of plants shall be
equipped with satisfactory conveyors, power units, aggregate
handling equipment, bins and dust collectors and shall consist
of the following essential pieces of equipment.
When requested by the Engineer, weigh -batch and continuous
types of mixing plants shall be equipped with automatic
proportioning devices in accordance with the requirements of
Texas Department of Transportation Standard Construction
IV -24
Specifications, Item 520, "Weighing and Measuring Equipment."
If automatic recording devices are required by the plans, they
shall be in accordance with the Texas Department of
Transportation Standard Construction Specifications, Item 520,
"Weighing and Measuring Equipment."
A. Weigh -Batch Type
1) Cold Aggregate Bin Unit and Proportioning Device
The number of compartments in the cold aggregate bin
shall be equal to or greater than the number of
stockpiles of individual materials to be used.
The bin shall be of sufficient size to share the amount
of aggregate required to keep the plant in continuous
operation and of proper design to prevent overflow of
material from one compartment to another. The
proportioning device shall be such as will provide a
uniform and continuous flow of aggregate in the desired
proportioning in a separate compartment.
(2) Dryer
The dryer shall be the type that continually agitates
the aggregate during heating and in which the
temperature can be so controlled that the aggregate
will not be injured in the necessary drying and heating
operations required to obtain a mixture of the
specified temperature. The burner, or combination of
burners, and type of fuel used shall be such that in
the process of heating the aggregate to the desired or
specified temperature, no residue from the fuel shall
adhere to the heated aggregate. A recording thermometer
shall be provided which will record the temperature of
the aggregate prior to the mixing operation. The dryer
shall be of sufficient size to keep the plant in
continuous operation.
(3) Screening and Proportioning
The screening capacity and size of the hot aggregate
bins shall be sufficient to screen and store the amount -"
of aggregate required to properly operate the plant and
to keep the plant in continuous operation at full
capacity. The hot bins shall be constructed so that
oversize and overloaded material will be discarded
IV -25
i' through overflow chutes. Provisions shall be made to
enable inspection forces to have easy and safe access
to the proper location on the mixing plant where
representative samples may be taken from the hot bins
for testing. The plant shall be equipped with at least
three hot bins. The aggregate shall be separated into
the number of bins indicated on the plans or as
directed by the Engineer.
(4) Aggrectate Weigh Box and Batching Scales
The aggregate weigh box and batching scales shall be of
sufficient capacity to hold and weigh a complete batch
of aggregate. The weigh box and scales shall conform to
the requirements of Texas Department of Transportation
Item 520, "Weighing and Measuring Equipment."
(5) Asphaltic Material Bucket and Scales
The asphaltic material bucket and scales shall be of
sufficient capacity to hold and weigh the necessary
asphaltic material for one batch. If the material is
measured by weight, the bucket and scales shall conform
to Texas Department of Transportation Standard
Construction Specifications, Item 520, "Weighing and
Measuring Equipment." If a pressure type flow meter is
used to measure the asphaltic material, it must comform
to Texas Department of Transportation Standard
Construction Specifications, Item 520, "Weighing and
Measuring Equipment". This system shall include an
automatic temperature compensation device to ensure a
constant percent by weight of asphaltic material in the
mixture.
(6) Mixer
The mixer shall be of the pugmill type and shall have a
capacity of not less than three thousand pounds
(3,000#) of natural aggregate mixture in a single
batch, unless otherwise shown on the plans. The number
r- and position of blades shall provide a uniform mix. The
mixer shall be equipped with an approved spray bar that
will distribute the asphaltic material quickly and
uniformly throughout the mixer. Any mixer that has a
tendency to segregate the mineral aggregate or fails to
IV -26
secure a thorough and uniform mixture with the
asphaltic material shall not be used. This shall be
determined by mixing the standard batch for the
required time, then dumping the mixture, taking samples
from its different parts and testing by Test Method
Tex -210-F to show that the batch is uniform throughout.
All mixers shall be provided with an automatic timer
that will lock the discharge doors of the mixer for the
required mixing period. The dump door or doors and the
shaft seals of the mixer shall be tight enough to
prevent spilling of aggregate or mixture from the
mixer.
(7) Surge -Storage System
A surge -storage system may be used. It shall be
adequate to minimize production interruptions during
the normal day's operation. A device such as a gob
hopper or other similar devices approved by the
Engineer to prevent segregation in the surge -storage
bin will be required. If the Contractor elects to use a
surge -storage system, scales conforming to the
requirements outlined herein will be required.
(8) Scales
Scales may be standard platform truck scales or other
equipment such as weigh hopper (suspended) scales
approved by the Engineer. All scales shall conform to
the Texas Department of Transportation Standard
Construction Specifications, Item 520, "Weighing and
Measuring Equipment". If truck scales are used, they
shall be placed at a location approved by the Engineer.
If other weighing equipment is used, the Engineer may
require weight checks by truck scales for the basis of
approval of the equipment.
B. Continuous Mixing Type
(1) Cold Aggregate Bin Unit and Proportioning Device
The number.of compartments in the cold aggregate bin
shall be equal to or greater than the number of
stockpiles of individual materials to be used.
The bin shall be of sufficient size to share the amount
of aggregate required to keep .the plant in continuous
IV -27
r'"
operation and of proper design to prevent overflow of
material from one compartment to another. The
r' proportioning device shall be such as will provide a
uniform and continuous flow of aggregate in the desired
proportioning in a separate compartment.
(2 ) Dryer
The dryer shall be the type that continually agitates
the aggregate during heating and in which the
temperature can be so controlled that the aggregate
will not be injured in the necessary drying and heating
operations required to obtain a mixture of the
specified temperature. The burner, or combination of
burners, and type of fuel used shall be such that in
the process of heating the aggregate to the desired or
specified temperature, no residue from the fuel shall
adhere to the heated aggregate. A recording thermometer
shall be provided which will record the temperature of
the aggregate prior to the mixing operation. The dryer
shall be of sufficient size to keep the plant in
continuous operation.
(3) Screening and Proportionin
The screening capacity and size of the hot aggregate
bins shall be sufficient to screen and store the
amount of aggregate required to properly operate the
•• plant and to keep the plant in continuous operation at
full capacity. The hot bins shall be constructed so
that oversize and overloaded material will be
discarded through overflow chutes. Provisions shall be
made to enable inspection forces to have easy and safe
access to the proper location on the mixing plant
where representative samples may be taken from the hot
bins for testing. The plant shall be equipped with at
least three hot bins. The aggregate shall be separated
into the number of bins indicated on the plans or as
�. directed by the Engineer.
(4) Hot Aggrecrate Bin
The hot bins shall be so constructed that oversize
and overloaded material will be discarded through an
overflow chute. Hot aggregate bins that become
IV -28
r
deficient in material shall activate a switch that
automatically.stops the.plant until proper
adjustments are made.
(5) Hot Aggregate Proportioning Device
The hot aggregate proportioning device shall be so
designed that when properly operated, a uniform and
continuous flow of aggregate into the mixer will be
maintained.
(6) Asphaltic Material Spray Bar
The asphaltic material spray bar shall be so
designed that the asphalt will spray uniformly and
continuously into the mixer.
(7) Asphaltic Material Meter
An asphaltic material recording meter meeting the
requirements of the Texas Department of Transportation
Standard Construction Specifications, Item 520,
"Weighing and Measuring Equipment", shall be placed in
the asphalt line leading to the spray bar so that the
cumulative amount of asphalt used can be accurately
determined; Provisions of a permanent nature shall
be made for checking the accuracy of the meter
output. The asphalt meter and line to the meter
shall be protected with a jacket of hot oil or
other approved means to maintain the temperature of
the line and meter at or near that temperature
specified for the asphaltic material. Unless
otherwise shown on the plans, the temperature of
the asphaltic material entering the recording meter
shall be maintained at plus or minus 10° F (f 10°F) of
the temperature at which the asphalt metering pump was
calibrated and set. Inability to maintain this
tolerance in temperature shall result in an adjustment
of the pay quantity for the asphaltic material.
If a pressure type flow meter is used to measure
the asphaltic material, the requirements of the
IV -29
4
. Texas Department of Transportation, Item 520"
Weighing and Measuring Equipment", shall apply.
(8 ) Mixer
The mixer shall be of the pugmill continuous type
and shall have a capacity of not less than forty (40)
tons of mixture per hour. Any mixer that has a
tendency to segregate the aggregate or fails to secure
a thorough and uniform mixing of.the aggregate with
the asphaltic material shall not be used. The dam
gate at the discharge end of the pugmixer and/or
pitch of the mixing paddles shall be so adjusted to
maintain a level of mixture in the pug mixer
between the shaft and the lower paddle tip (except
at the discharge end).
(9) Surge Storage System
A surge -storage system may be used. It shall be
adequate to minimize production interruption during
the normal day's operation. A device such as a gob
hopper or other similar devices approved. by the
Engineer to prevent segregation in the surge
-storage bin will be required. If the Contractor
t` elects to use a surge storage system, scales
conforming to the requirements outlined herein will
be required.
(10 ) Scales
Scales may be standard platform truck scales or
other equipment such as weigh hopper (suspended)
scales approved by the Engineer. All scales shall
conform to the Texas Department of Transportation
Standard Construction Specifications, Item 520,
"Weighing and Measuring Equipment." If truck scales are
used, they shall be placed at a location approved by
the Engineer. If other weighing equipment is used, the
Engineer may require weight checks by truck scales for
the basis of approval of the equipment.
IV -30
C. Drum Mix Plant
Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the Contractor may, at
his option elect to use the drum mixing process in the
mixing of asphalt stabilized base material. The plant shall
be adequately designed and constructed for the process of
mixing aggregates and asphalt in the dryer -drum without
preheating the aggregates. The plant shall be equipped with
satisfactory conveyors, power units, aggregate handling
equipment and feed controls and shall consist of the
following essential pieces of equipment.
(1) Cold Aactregate Bin Unit and Feed System
The number of bins in the cold aggregate bin unit shall
be equal to or greater than the number of stockpiles of
individual materials to be used.
The bins shall be of sufficient size to store the
amount of aggregate required to keep the plant in
continuous operation and of proper design to prevent
overflow of material from one bin to another bin. The
feed system shall provide a uniform and continuous flow
of aggregate in the desired proportion of the mixer.
Each aggregate shall be proportioned in a separate bin
with total and nronortional control.
The system shall provide positive weight measurement of
the combined cold -aggregate feed by use of belt scales
or other approved devices. Provisions of a permanent
nature shall be made for checking the accuracy of the
measuring device as required by the Item, "Weighing and
Measuring Equipment". When a belt scale is used,
mixture production shall be maintained so that the
scale normally operates between fifty percent (50%) and
one hundred percent (100o)of its rated capacity. Belt
scale operation below fifty percent (50`s) of the rated
capacity may be allowed by the Engineer if accuracy
checks show the scale to meet the requirements of the
Texas Department of Transportation Standard
Construction Specifications, Item 520, "Weighing and
Measuring Equipment at the selected rate and it can
be satisfactory demonstrated to the Engineer that
mixture uniformity and quality have not been adversely
affected.
IV -31
1
F
4
(2) Scalping Screen
A scalping screen shall be required, unless otherwise
j shown on the plans, and shall be located ahead of any
weighing device.
(3) Asphaltic Material Measuring System
An asphaltic material measuring device meeting the
requirements of the Texas Department of Transportation
Standard Construction Specifications, Item 520,
"Weighing and Measuring Equipment", shall be placed in
the asphalt line leading to the dryer -drum mixer so
that the cumulative amount of asphalt used can be
accurately determined. Provisions of a permanent nature
shall be made for checking the accuracy of the
measuring device output. The asphalt measuring device
and line to the measuring device shall be protected
with a jacket of hot oil or other approved means to
maintain the temperature of the line and measuring
device near that temperature specified for the
asphaltic material. The measuring system shall include
an automatic temperature compensation device to
maintain a constant percent by weight of asphaltic
material in the mixture. Unless otherwise shown on the
plans, the temperature of the asphaltic material
entering the measuring device shall be maintained at
plus or minus 10°F (-12°C) of the temperature at which
the asphalt measuring device was calibrated and set.
If a pressure type flow meter is used to measure the
asphaltic material, the requirements of the Texas
Department of Transportation Standard Construction
Specifications, Item 520, "Weighing and Measuring
Equipment", shall apply.
(4) Synchronization Equipment for Feed Control
System
The asphaltic material feed control shall be coupled
with the total aggregate weight measurement device in
such manner as to automatically vary the asphalt feed
as required to maintain the required proportion.
IV -32
(5 ) Drum Mix
The drum mixing system shall be of the type that
continually agitates the aggregate and asphalt mixture
during heating and in which the temperature can be so
controlled that the aggregate and asphalt will not be
damaged in the necessary drying and heating operations
required to obtain a mixture of the specified
temperature. A continuously recording thermometer shall
be provided which will indicate the temperature of the
mixture as it leaves the drum mixer.
(6) Surge Storage System
A surge storage system will be required. It shall be
adequate to minimize the production interruptions
during the normal day's operations and shall be so
constructed to minimize segregation. A device such as a
gob hopper or other similar device approved by the
Engineer to prevent segregation in the surge -storage
bin will be required.
(7) Scales
Scales may be standard platform truck scales, belt
scales or other equipment such as weigh hopper
(suspended) scales approved by the Engineer. All scales
shall conform to the Texas Department of Transportation
Standard Construction Specifications, Item 520,
"Weighing and Measuring Equipment". If truck scales are
used, they shall be placed at a location approved by
the Engineer. If other weighing equipment is used, the
Engineer may require weight checks by truck scales for
the basis of approval of the equipment.
D. Asphaltic Material Heating Equipment
Asphaltic material heating equipment shall be adequate to
heat the amount of asphaltic material required to the
desired temperature. Asphaltic material may be heated by
steam coils which shall be absolutely tight. Direct fire
heating of asphaltic materials will be permitted, provided
the heater used maintains a positive circulation of the
asphalt throughout the heater without damage to the
asphalt. Agitation with steam or air will not be permitted.
IV -33
t
The heating apparatus shall be equipped with a recording
thermometer with a 24-hour chart that will record the
"^ temperatures of the asphaltic material at the highest
temperature.
E. Spreading And Finishing Machine
The spreading and finishing machine shall be of a type
approved by the Engineer, shall be capable of producing a
surface that will meet the requirements of the typical
cross section and the surface test, when required, and when
the mixture is dumped directly into the finishing machine
shall have adequate power to propel the delivery vehicles
in a satisfactory manner. The finishing machine shall be
equipped with a flexible spring and/or hydraulic type hitch
sufficient in design and capability to maintain contact
between the rear wheels of the hauling equipment and the
pusher rollers of the finishing machine while the mixture
is being unloaded.
The use of any vehicle which requires dumping directly into
the finishing machine and which the finishing machine
cannot push or propel in such a manner as to obtain the
desired lines and grades without resorting to hand
finishing will not be allowed. Vehicles dumping directly
or indirectly into the finishing machine shall be so
designed and equipped that unloading into the finishing
machine can be mechanically and/or automatically operated
in such a manner that overloading the finishing machine
being used cannot occur and the required lines and grades
will be obtained without resorting to hand finishing.
Unless otherwise shown on the plans, dumping of the
asphaltic mixture in a windrow and then placing the mixture
in the finishing machine with loading equipment will be
permitted provided that the loading equipment is
constructed and operated in such manner that substantially
all of the mixture deposited on the roadbed is picked up
and loaded in the finishing machine without contamination
by foreign material of the mixture and excessive
temperature loss is not encountered. The loading equipment
will be so designed and operated that the finishing machine
being loaded will obtain the required line, grade and
surface without resorting to hand finishing. Any operation
of the loading equipment resulting in the accumulation and
subsequent shedding of this accumulated material into the
asphaltic mixture will not be permitted.
IV -34
f
Automatic screed controls, if required, shall meet the
requirements of the Texas Department of Transportation
Standard Construction Specifications Item 342, "Plant Mix
Seal".
F. Rollers
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to have
rolling equipment available on the job to properly compact
the paving mixture in place as required without delay to
the laydown operation. Rollers provided shall meet the
qualifications for their type as follows:
(l) Pneumatic Tire Rollers (Required on all Black
Base and Hot Mix Surfacing)
The rollers shall be acceptable medium pneumatic tire
rollers conforming to the requirements of Texas
Department of Transportation Standard Construction
Specification Item 213, "Rolling (Pneumatic Tires),"
Type B, unless otherwise specified on the plans.
(2) Two Axle Tandem Roller (Required on All Hot Mix
Surfacing)
This roller shall be an acceptable power -driven tandem
roller weighing not less than eight (8) tons.
(3) Three Wheel Roller (Required on All Black Base
and Hot Mix Surfacing)
This roller shall be an acceptable power -driven three
wheel roller weighing not less than ten (10) tons.
(4) Three Axle Tandem Roller
This roller shall be an acceptable power -driven three
axle roller weighing not less than ten (10) tons.
IV_35
r-+
.a
i
( 5 ) Trench Roller
This roller shall be an acceptable power -driven trench
roller equipped with sprinkler for keeping the wheels
wet and an adjustable road wheel so that the roller may
,,.. be kept level during rolling. The drive wheel shall be
not less than twenty inches (20") wide. The roller
under working conditions shall produce not less than
three hundred twenty five (325) pounds per linear inch
of roller width and be so geared that a speed of
approximately one and eight -tenths (1.8) miles per hour
is obtained in low gear.
(6) Vibratory Steel -Wheel Roller (Required on all
Black Base)
This roller shall have a minimum weight of six (6)
tons. The compactor shall be equipped with amplitude
and frequency controls and specifically designed to
compact the material on which it is used, and shall be
operated in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations or as directed by the Engineer.
(7) Straightedges and Templates
When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall
provide acceptable ten feet (101) straightedges for
surface testing. Satisfactory templates shall be
provided as required by the Engineer.
(8) Alternate Equipment
When permitted by the Engineer in writing, equipment
other than that specified which will consistently
produce satisfactory results may be used.
(9) Inspection
It will be the Contractor's responsibility to provide
safe and accurate means to enable inspection forces to
take all required samples, and to provide: permanent
means for checking the output of any specified metering
IV -36
device and to perform the calibration checks as
required by the Engineer.
G. Stockpiling, Storage And Mixing
(1) Stockpiling of Aggregates
Prior to mixing operations with asphaltic material,
processed mineral aggregate shall be stockpiled on an
area previously cleared of trash, weeds and grass and
shall be smoothed and well drained as directed by the
Engineer. The aggregate stockpiles shall be not less
than ten feet (101) in height and constructed in layers
not exceeding eighteen inches (18") in depth or as
directed by the Engineer. The plant shall have and
maintain at least a two-day supply of aggregates on
hand at all times, unless otherwise directed by the
Engineer. Material shall be stockpiled in such a
manner as to prevent segregation of aggregate and
mixing of aggregates from stockpiles and/or other
sources and will not allow contamination with foreign
material. More than one stockpile will be permitted
unless otherwise shown on plans. The gradation
requirements for the individual stockpiles and
proportioning from these stockpiles will be the
Contractor's responsibility as approved by the
Engineer.
(2) Storage and Heating of Asphaltic Materials
The asphaltic material storage shall be ample to meet
the requirements of the plant. Asphalt shall not be
heated to a temperature in excess of that specified in
Texas Department of Transportation Standard
Construction Specifications Item 300, "Asphalts, Oils
and Emulsions". All equipment used in the storage and
handling of asphaltic material shall be kept in a clean
condition at all times and shall be operated in such
manner that there will not be contamination with
foreign matter.
(3) Feeding and Drying of Aggregate
The feeding of various sizes of aggregate to the dryer
shall be done through the cold aggregate bins and the
IV -37
t€
1
proportioning device in such`a manner that -a -uniform
P g
and constant flow of materials in the required
t' proportions will be maintained. The aggregate shall be
dried and heated to the temperature necessary to
produce a mixture having the specified temperature. In
,.. no case shall the aggregate be introduced into the
k mixture unit at a temperature more than 400°F (204° C).
r
(4) Proportioning
The proportioning of the various materials entering the
asphaltic mixture shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor as approved by the Engineer and in
accordance with these specifications. The asphaltic
material and aggregates may be proportioned by weight
or by volume based on weight using the specified
equipment.
(5) Mixing
(a) Weigh -Batch Type Mixer
In the charging of the weigh box and in the
charging of the mixer from the weigh box such
methods or devices shall be used as are necessary
to secure a uniform asphalt mixture. In
introducing the batch into the mixer, all mineral
aggregate shall be introduced first and shall be
mixed thoroughly for a period of five (5) seconds to
twenty (20) seconds or as directed, to uniformly
distribute the various sizes throughout the batch
before the asphalticmaterial is added. The
asphaltic material shall then be added and the
mixing continued for a total mixing period of not
less than thirty (30) seconds. This mixing period
may be increased, if in the opinion of the Engineer,
the mixture is not uniform or the aggregates or not
properly coated. The differential in temperature of
the aggregates and the asphalt as they enter the
pugmixer shall not exceed 25° F (-40C).
Temporary storing or holding of the asphaltic
mixture by the surge -storage system may be used
during the normal day's operation. Overnight
storage will not be permitted unless authorized in
the plans or in writing by the Engineer. The
IV -38
mixture coming out of the surge storage bin must be
of equal quality to that coming out of the mixer.
(b) Continuous -Type Mixer
The amount of aggregate and asphaltic material
entering the mixer and the rate of travel through
the mixer shall be so coordinated that a uniform
mixture of the specified grading and asphalt
content will be produced. The differential in
temperature of the aggregates and the asphalt as
they enter the pugmixer shall not exceed 25° F
(-4° C) .
Checks on asphalt used shall be made at least twice
daily comparing the asphalt used in ten (10) loads
of completed mix.as shown on the asphalt recording
meter and the design amount for these ten (10)
loads. The acceptable percent of variation between
the asphalt used and the design amount will be as
shown on the plans or as determined by the
Engineer.
Temporary storing or holding of the asphaltic
mixture by the surge -storage system may be used
during the normal day's operation. Overnight
storage will not be permitted unless authorized in
the plans or in writing by the Engineer. The
mixture coming out of the surge -storage bin must be
of equal quality to that coming out of the mixer.
(c) Drum -mix Plant
The amount of aggregate and asphaltic material
entering the mixer and the rate of travel through
the mixing unit shall be so coordinated that a
uniform mixture of the specified grading and
asphalt content will be produced.
Temporary storing or holding of the asphaltic
mixture by the surge -storage system will be required
during the normal day's operation.
Overnight storage will not be permitted unless
authorized in the plans or in writing by the
Engineer. The mixture coming out of the surge
storage -bin must be of equal quality to that coming
out of the mixer. The mixture, when discharged from
the plant, shall not have a moisture content
greater than one percent (1°s) by weight unless
IV -39
otherwise shown on the plans and/or specified by the
Engineer. The moisture content shall be determined
in accordance with Test Method Tex -212-F, Part II.
The mixture produced from each type of mixer shall
not vary from the specified mixture by more than
the tolerances herein specified.
The asphaltic mixture from each type of mixer shall
be at a temperature between 3000-F (1480 C) and 3500
F (177° C) when discharged from the mixer. The
Engineer will approve the temperature within the
above limitations. The mixture when discharged from
the mixer shall not vary from this selected
temperature more than 25° F (-4° C). In no case
shall the temperature exceed 360° F (182° C).
H. Construction Methods
(1) Temperature Requirements
A. Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete (HMAC) - November 1st until
April 1st
1. The asphaltic mixture shall not be placed when the
air temperature is below 550 F (130,C) and falling.
2. The asphaltic mixture may be placed when the air
temperature is above 500 F (10° C) and rising.
B. Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete (HMAC) - April 2nd until
October 31st
1. The asphaltic mixture shall not be placed when the
air temperature is below 500 F (100 C) and falling.
2. The asphaltic mixture may be placed when the air
temperature is above 450 F (70 C)and rising.
C. Asphalt Stabilized Base
1. The asphaltic mixture shall not be placed when the
air temperature is below 450 F (7° C) and falling.
4 IV -40
2. The asphaltic mixture maybe placed when -the air
temperature,is above 40° F (4° C)and rising.
The Engineer shall use his discretion to require a cover
over the asphaltic mixture when being hauled from the plant
to the job site. The air temperature shall be determined by
the Engineer or City Representative. The air temperature
shall be taken in the shade away from artificial heat or as
reported by the National Weather Service on their hourly
report (telephone no. 762-0141). The air temperature taken
at the jobsite by the Engineer or City Representative shall
take precedence over the National Weather Service
temperature and will be the final word. It is further
provided that the prime coat, tack coat or asphalt
stabilized base shall be placed only when the general
weather conditions and temperature and moisture conditions
of the subbase or subgrade,in the opinion of the Engineer,
are suitable.
If, after being discharged from the mixer and prior to
placing, the temperature of the asphaltic mixture is 25° F
(-4° C) or more below the temperature approved by the
Engineer, all or any part of the load may be rejected and
payment will not be made for the rejected.material.
(2) Prime Coat
The prime coat shall consist of an application of twenty-
five hundredths (0.25) gallon per square yard of MC
asphalt.
The asphalt stabilized base shall not be applied on a
previously primed course until the prime coat has
completely cured to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
(3) Tack Coat
The tack coat shall consist of a 1:1 mixture of an SS -1 or
SS -1h liquid anionic emulsified asphalt and distilled
water.
Before the asphaltic mixture is laid, the surface upon
which the tack coat is to be placed shall be cleaned with a
power broom thoroughly to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
The surface shall be given a uniform application of tack
coat using asphaltic materials of this specification. The
tack coat shall be applied, as directed by the Engineer,
IV -41
with an approved sprayer at a rate of one-tenth (0.10)
gallon of diluted mixture per square yard of surface.
Where the mixture will adhere to the surface on which it is
to be placed without the use of a tack coat, the tack coat
may be eliminated by the Engineer. All contact surfaces of
curbs and structures and all joints shall be painted with a
thin uniform coat of the asphaltic material meeting the
requirements for tack coat. During the application of the
tack coat, care shall be taken to prevent splattering of
the adjacent pavement, curb and gutter and structures. The
tack coat shall be rolled with a pneumatic tire roller when
directed by the Engineer.
(4) Transporting
The asphaltic mixture, prepared as specified above shall be
hauled to the work in tight vehicles previously cleaned of
all foreign material. The dispatching of the vehicles shall
be arranged so that all material delivered may be placed,
and all rolling shall be completed during daylight hours.
The inside of the truck body may be given a light coat of
oil, lime slurry or other material satisfactory to the
Engineer, if necessary, to prevent mixture from adhering to
the body. In cool weather or for long hauls, canvas covers
and insulating of truck bodies may be required. Vehicles of
the semi -trailer type are prohibited.
(5) Placing
Generally, the asphaltic mixture shall be dumped.and spread
on the approved prepared surface with the specified
spreading and finishing machine. When properly compacted,
the finished course will be smooth, of uniform density, and
will conform with the typical sections shown on the plans
and to the lines and grades established by the Engineer.
During the application of asphaltic material, care shall be
taken to prevent splattering of adjacent pavement, curb and
gutter and structures.
The mixture shall be spread and compacted in layers or
lifts as specified on the plans or as directed by the
Engineer. The sequence of compacting shall be such that
undue displacement of the edge of the course does not
occur. on deep lifts, the edge of the course may be rolled
with a motor grader wheel or similar equipment or supported
IV -42
by blading a roll of earth against the edge of the course
prior -to compacting the surface.
When the asphaltic mixture is placed in a narrow strip
along the edge of an existing pavement, or used to level up
small areas of an existing pavement or placed in small
irregular areas where the use of a finishing machine is not
practical, the finishing machine may be eliminated when
authorized by the Engineer, provided a satisfactory surface
can be obtained by other approved methods.
I. Compacting
(1) As directed by the Engineer, the asphalt stabilized
base shall be compacted thoroughly and uniformly with
the specified rollers. In lieu of the rolling equipment
specified, the Contractor may, upon written permission
from the Engineer, operate other compacting equipment
that will produce equivalent relative compaction as the
specified equipment. If the substituted compaction
equipment fails to produce the desired compaction as
would be expected of the specified equipment, as
determined by the Engineer, its use shall be
discontinued. When directed by the Engineer, the
initial compaction shall be accomplished with pneumatic
tire rollers.
(2) When rolling with the three wheel, tandem, or vibratory
rollers, rolling shall start longitudinally at the
sides and proceed toward the center of the pavement,
overlapping on.successive trips by at least half the
width of the rear wheel unless otherwise directed by
the Engineer. Alternate trips of the roller shall be
slightly different in length. on super -elevated
curves, rolling shall begin at the low side and
progress toward the high side unless otherwise directed
by the Engineer. When rolling with vibratory steel
wheel rollers, the manufacturer's recommendation shall
be followed unless directed otherwise by the Engineer.
Rolling with pneumatic -tire roller shall be done as
directed by the Engineer. Rolling shall be'continued
until no further increase in density can be obtained
and all roller marks are eliminated. The motion of the
roller shall be slow enough at all times to avoid
displacement of the mixture. If any displacement
occurs, it shall be corrected at once by the use of a
rake, and of fresh mixtures where required. The roller
IV -43
.-
shall not be allowed to stand on any portion of the
pavement mixture which has not been fully compacted.
C" To prevent adhesion of the mixture to the roller, the
wheels shall be kept thoroughly moistened with water,
but an excess of water will not be permitted. All
rollers must be in good mechanical condition.
Necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent the
dropping of diesel, gasoline, oil, grease or other
foreign matter on the roadway, either when the rollers
are in operation or when standing.
The edges of the pavement along curbs, headers and
similar structures, and all places not accessible to
the roller, or in such positions as will not allow
thorough compaction with the rollers, shall be
thoroughly compacted with lightly oiled tamps.
Compaction shall be completed before the asphaltic
mixture cools below 185° F (85° C).
J. Surface Finish
The compacted material shall conform to the typical cross
sections, lines and grades as shown on plans and directed
by the Engineer and shall have a smooth surface with a
reasonably uniform texture acceptable to the Engineer.
Unacceptable finished surfaces may be corrected by the
placement of additional mixture, all at the expense of the
Contractor.
K. Protection Of The Work And Opening To Traffic
The completed asphalt stabilized base course shall be
opened to traffic as provided by the plans and as directed
by the Engineer. All construction traffic allowed on the
base course shall comply with the State of Texas and City
of Lubbock laws and ordinances governing traffic on
highways unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. When
another roadway surface is provided for the traveling
public and construction traffic through the project, the
Engineer may prohibit traffic on the completed base course.
L.—In-Place Density Tests
City personnel will provide density tests and results
throughout the construction process at no cost to the
IV -44
74
contractor. In the event the original tests fail, all
retests as necessary will be the cost of the Contractor.
Samples of the completed pavement shall be removed from
locations designated by the Engineer to enable him to
determine the composition, compaction, and density of the
pavement. Samples for each day or fraction thereof shall
be taken by City personnel. The contractor shall replace
the pavement removed from core holes with material
approved by the Engineer at no cost to the City. If the
pavement is deficient in composition, compaction, or
thickness, satisfactory correction shall be made by the
Contractor as directed by the Engineer.
11. ASPHALTS
Asphalts used on all City of Lubbock contract projects
shall comply with Texas Department of Transportation
Standard Construction Specifications, Item 300, "Asphalts,
Oils and Emulsions".
12. HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE SURFACE
This item shall govern for all courses of a hot mix
asphaltic concrete mixture used as a base course, a
level -up course, a surface course or any combination of
these courses. Each course shall be composed of a
compacted mixture of aggregate, asphalt cement and
additives, as approved, mixed hot in a mixing plant. Each
course shall comply with Texas Department of Transportation
Standard Construction Specifications, Item 340, "Hot Mix
Asphaltic Concrete Pavement".
The Contractor shall furnish materials meeting the
following requirements prior to mixing.
(A) Aggregate
(1) General
The mineral aggregate shall be composed of coarse
aggregate, a fine aggregate, and if required, a mineral
filler. Samples of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate
and mineral filler shall be submitted to the City of
Lubbock Testing Laboratory for testing and approval by
the Engineer. Approval of other material and of the
IV -45
1
d
source of supply must be obtained from the Engineer
prior to delivery.
The combined mineral aggregate, after final processing
by the mixing plant, and prior to addition of asphalt
and mineral filler, shall have a sand equivalent value
of not less than forty (40), unless otherwise shown on
the plans when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2419,
"Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate".
The percent M of flat or elongated slivers of stone
for any course shall not exceed twenty five percent
(25%), when tested in accordance with Texas Department
of Transportation Test Method Tex-224-F.,Aggregate that
appears susceptible to film stripping when tested in
accordance with ASTM D 1075, "Standard Test Method For
Effect of Water on Cohesion of Bituminous Mixtures". A
minimum of seventy percent (70%) index of retained
strength and tested in accordance with AASHTO T 283,
minimum seventy percent (70%) tensile strength ratio,
shall be rejected or conditioned with an anti -stripping
agent as approved by the Engineer.
Prior to stockpiling of aggregates the area shall be
cleaned of trash, weeds and grass and be relatively
smooth. Aggregates shall be separated into stockpiles
of different gradation, such as a large coarse
aggregate, and a small coarse aggregate stockpile such
that the grading requirements of the specified type
will be met when the piles are combined in the
asphaltic mixture. No coarse aggregate stockpile shall
contain more than ten percent (10%) by weight of
materials that will pass a No. 10 sieve except as noted
on the plans or provided for by special provision.
Fine aggregate stockpiles may contain small coarse
aggregate in the amount of up to fifteen percent (15%)
by weight, (100 percent of which shall pass a 1/4 inch
sieve). Suitable equipment of acceptable size shall be
furnished by the Contractor to work the stockpiles and
prevent segregation of the aggregates.
If the Contractor utilizes an asphalt continuous mix
plant, the various aggregate stockpiles of different
gradation will be stockpiled in the same manner as
described for stockpiling of aggregate for asphalt
stabilized base. That is, the stockpiling of the
aggregate shall be made up of layers of material not to
exceed two feet (21) in height of each layer. The edge
of each succeeding layer shall extend inward so as not
to overlap the edge of the layer below. In loading
from the stockpile, the material shall be loaded by
1CMIrl
making successive vertical cuts through the entire
depth of the stockpile.
(2) Coarse Aggregate
The coarse aggregate shall be that part of the
aggregate retained on a No. 10 sieve and conform to
ASTM D 692, "Standard Specification for Coarse
Aggregate for Bituminous Paving Mixtures". The
Aggregate shall consist of clean, tough, durable
fragments of crushed stone of uniform quality
throughout; mixing or combining crushed gravel and
crushed stone will not be permitted. The aggregate
shall be crushed to the extent that produces a minimum
of eighty five percent (85,06) crushed faces when tested
in accordance with Texas Department of Transportation
Test Method Tex -460-A. The aggregate shall have a
maximum of thirty percent (30U loss when subjected to
five (5) cycles of ASTM C 88, "Test Method For
Soundness of Aggregates by use of Sodium Sulfate or
Magnesium Sulfate".
When coarse aggregate is tested in accordance with
Texas Department of Transportation Test
Method Tex -217-F, the amount of organic matter, clays,
loams or particles coated therewith or other
undesirable materials shown on the plans shall not
exceed two percent (2%).
When it is specified that the coarse aggregate be
sampled during delivery to the plant, from the
stockpile, or from the cold bin, the material removed
when tested in accordance with Texas Department of
Transportation Test Method Tex -217-F
(Part II, Decantation), shall not exceed two percent
(20-.). The plasticity index (P.I.)of that part of the
fine aggregate contained in the coarse aggregate
passing the No. 40 sieve shall not be more than six (6)
when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318, "Standard
Test Method For Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit and
Plasticity Index of Soils". However, where the coarse
aggregate contains less than five percent (5%) of fine
aggregate and the fine aggregate is of the same or
similar material as the coarse aggregate, the
plasticity index (P.I.) requirements for the aggregate
passing the No. 40 sieve may be waived by the Engineer
in writing.
IV -47
i
When it is specified that the coarse aggregate be
P
sampled from the hot bins and tested in accordance with
Texas Department of Transportation Test Method Tex -217-
( F (Part II Decantation), the amount of material removed
shall not exceed one percent (it).
Tests performed as specified herein represent material.
processed or placed until a subsequent test is
performed.
The coarse aggregate shall have an abrasion of not more
than forty percent (40k) loss by weight when subjected
to ASTM C 131, "Test Method For Resistance To
Degradation of Small -Size Coarse Aggregate By The
Los Angeles Machine or ASTM C 535, "Test Method For
Resistance To Degradation of Large -Size Coarse
Aggregate By The Los Angeles Machine". Coarse
aggregate from each source shall meet the abrasion
requirements specified.
(3) Fine Aggregate
The fine aggregate shall be that part of the aggregate
passing the No. 10 sieve and shall conform to ASTM D
1073, "Standard Specification for Fine Aggregate for
Bituminous Paving Mixtures". The aggregate shall
consist of sand or screenings or a combination of sand
and screenings.
The plasticity index (P.I.) of that part of the sand
passing the No.40 sieve shall not be more than six (6)
when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318, "Standard
Test Method For Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit and
Plasticity Index of Soils". The plasticity index
(P.I.) of that part of the screenings passing the No.
40 sieve shall not be more than nine (9), unless
otherwise shown on plans, when tested in accordance
with ASTM D 4318,"Standard Test Method For Liquid
Limit, Plastic Limit and Plasticity .Index of Soils".
Fine aggregate from each source shall meet the
plasticity index (P.I.) requirements.
Sand shall be composed of durable stone particles free
from injurious foreign matter conforming to ASTM C 778,
"Specifications For Standard Sand". Screenings shall
be of the same or similar material as specified for
coarse aggregate.
r
IV -48
(4) Mineral Filler
The mineral filler shall consist of thoroughly dry stone
dust, slate, dust, portland cement or other mineral dust
approved by the Engineer. The mineral filler shall be
free from foreign and other injurious matter.
The mineral filler, when tested by ASTM D 242, "Standard
Specification For Mineral Filler For Bituminous Paving
Mixtures, shall meet the following grading requirements:
Per Cent
By Weight
Passing
a No.
30 sieve
100
Passing
a No.
80 sieve
95 to 100
Passing
a No.
200 sieve
70 to 100
(B) Asphalt Antistripping Accents
This item shall govern for furnishing and incorporating
lime or liquid antistripping agents in the production of
asphaltic concrete pavement mixtures and/or asphalt
stabilized base mixtures. Any asphalt antistripping agent
used shall meet the requirements of Texas Department of
Transportation Standard Construction Specifications, Item
301, "Asphalt Antistripping Agents".
(1) Lime
The lime shall meet the requirements of Texas
Department of Transportation Standard Construction
Specifications, Item 264, "Lime and Lime Slurry". The
selected amount of lime shall be in the range of five
tenths of one percent (0.5%) to two percent (2t) by
weightofthe individual aggregate or aggregates
being treated. Lime shall be added in slurry or dry
form. The method of application shall be such that
the lime is thoroughly mixed with the aggregate(s)
being treated. The lime shall be applied to the
aggregate(s) at the required rate by means of a
metering device. When the lime is added in dry form,
IV -49
3
F
Type "A" hydrated lime shall be used. It shall be
mixed with the wet aggregate(s) in a suitable pugmill
mixer. Additional water, if necessary shall be added
to the mixture to insure that the aggregate(s)
contain at least two percent (2t) moisture by weight
above the saturated surface dry condition.
(2) Liquid Antistrippincr Acrent
The selected amount of agent shall be in the range
�-. of three tenths of one percent (0.3%) to one percent
f (1%) by weight of the asphalt in the mixture but
shall not exceed the amount recommended by the
manufacturer. The agent shall not show any evidence
of separation or nonconformity at time of use. The
agent shall be added to the asphalt line at the
required rate by means of an in-line metering device
just prior to introduction of the asphalt into the
mixing plant.
(C) Latex Additives
The latex additive shall be an emulsion of styrene -
butadiene low temperature copolymer in water. The
emulsion shall have good storage stability. The emulsion
shall possess the following properties:
(1) Monomer ratio of latex butadiene to styrene shall be
73±5/27±5.
(2) Minimum solids content in percent by weight shall be
45.
(3) Maximum viscosity of the emulsion at 77°F (25°C)
shall be 2000 cps as taken on the No. 3 spindle of
the Brookfield RVT Viscometer at 20 RPM (do not use a
Saybolt Furol Viscometer)
The manufacturer shall furnish the actual styrene -
butadiene rubber (SBR) content for each batch of latex
emulsion. This information shall accompany all shipments
to facilitate proper addition rates.
IV -50
7
(D) Asphaltic Material
(1) Asphalt for Paving Mixtures
Asphalt for the paving mixtures shall be of the
types of oil asphalt as determined by the Engineer.
The asphalt used shall meet all the requirements as
stated in the Texas Department of Transportation
Standard Construction Specifications, Item 300,
"Asphalts,Oils and Emulsions".
Liquid asphalt viscosity shall be tested in
conformance with ASTM D 2170, "Standard Test Method
For Kinematic Viscosity of Asphalts (Bitumens), and
ASTM D 2171, "Standard Test Method For Viscosity of
Asphalts by Vacuum Capillary Viscometer".
Penetration tests shall conform to ASTM D 5,
"Standard Test Method For Penetration of Bituminous
Materials". Flash point tests shall conform to ASTM
D 92, "Test Method For Flash and Fire Points by
Cleveland Open Cup". Rolling thin film oven tests
shall conform to ASTM D 2872, "Standard Test Method
For Effect of Heat and Air on a Moving Film of
Asphalt. Ductility tests shall conform to ASTM D 113,
"Standard Test Method For Ductility of Bituminous
Materials". Solubility tests shall conform to ASTM D
2042, "Standard Test Method For Solubility of Asphalt
Materials in Trichlorethylene". Specific gravity
tests shall conform to ASTM D 70, "Standard Test
Method For Specific Gravity and Density of Semi -Solid
Bituminous Materials". Softening point tests shall
conform to ASTM D 36, "Test Method For Softening
Point of Bitumen (Ring and Ball Apparatus)".
The grade of asphalt used shall be as designated by
the Engineer after design tests have been made using
the mineral aggregates that are to be used in the
project. If more than one type of asphaltic concrete
mixture is specified for the project, only one grade
of asphalt will be required for all types of
mixtures, unless otherwise shown on plans. The
Contractor shall notify the Engineer of the source
of his asphaltic material prior to production of the
asphaltic mixture and this source shall not be
changed during the course of the project except by
written permission of the Engineer.
IV -51
(2) Bituminous Tack Coat
The asphaltic material for tack coat shall meet the
requirements for Cutback Asphalt RC -2 and conform to
ASTM D 2028, "Standard Specification For Cutback
Asphalt(Rapid Curing Type)", or shall be a Cutback
Asphalt made by combining fifty percent (50%) to
seventy percent (70%) by volume of the asphaltic
material as specified for the type of paving mixture
with thirty percent (30%) to fifty percent (50%) by
volume of gasoline and/or kerosene, as approved by
the Engineer. If RC -2 Cutback Asphalt is used, it
may, upon instructions from the Engineer, be diluted
by addition of an approved grade of gasoline and/or
kerosene, not to exceed fifteen percent (15%) by
volume.
Emulsified asphalt if used, shall be an. SS or SS -1h
asphalt and conform to ASTM D 244, "Standard Methods
of Testing Emulsified Asphalt".
The liquid asphalt viscosity shall be tested in
accordance with ASTM D 2170, "Standard Test Method
For Kinematic Viscosity of Asphalts" and ASTM D
2171, "Standard Test Method For Viscosity of
Asphalts by Vacuum Capillary Viscometer".
(3) Bituminous Prime Coat
The asphaltic material for the prime coat shall meet
the requirements for Cutback Asphalt RC -30 and
conform to ASTM D 2028, "Standard Specification For
Cutback Asphalt (Rapid Curing Type)".
(E) Paving Mixtures
Types
The.paving mixture shall consist of a uniform mixture of
coarse aggregate, fine aggregate and asphaltic
material.The grading of each constituent of the mineral
aggregate shall be well graded from coarse to fine and
t
" shall not vary from the low limit on one sieve to the
high limit on the adjacent sieve, or vice versa. The
final designated gradations shall produce a relatively
�^ smooth line when plotted on a forty-five hundredths
(0.45) power semilogarithmic gradation chart and when
r
IV -52
tested in conformance to ASTM C 136, "Method For Sieve
Analysis of Fine.and Coarse Aggregates".
(1) Master Gradation Specifications
Mixture Type
City of Lubbock (C.O.L.)
Sieve Type "C" Type "D"
Size
(Thoroughfares (Residential
and Collectors) Streets)
Percent by Weight Passing Sieves
1"
100
---
3/4"
98-100
---
1/2"
81-93
100
3/8"
65-85
85-100
No.4
43-63
50-70
No.8
33-45
35-47
No.16
22-34
23-35
No.30
13-27
14-29
No.50
7-19
8-20
No.100
3-11
4-12
No.200
1-6
1-6
Bitumen percent 4.0 - 6.0 4.0 - 6.0
(of total mix)
(F) Laboratory Control
If the Contractor or supplier elects to use a material or
location not previously approved by the City of Lubbock,
he shall request approval in writing from the Engineer
not less than sixty (60) days prior to anticipated use of
the material. The City of Lubbock Laboratory test results
will be the sole consideration for approval of materials,
mix designs, adequacy of procedures, etc.. The results of
such testing shall be evaluated and final approval given
by the City Engineer.
The City of Lubbock shall utilize its own testing
laboratory to monitor the plant mixing for Black Base and
IV -53
7
Hot -Mix. This laboratory control shall be provided by the
City of Lubbock. A representative of.the City Engineer
r shall be at the plant with full authority to control the
mixing operation.
�.. In those instances where irregularities occur and the
limits of.the specification(s) are exceeded for
t, aggregate, black base, or hot mix, appropriate
_ corrections shall be required at no expense to the City.
(G) Tolerances
The Engineer shall designate the exact grading of the
aggregate and asphalt content to be used in the mixture
(Job Mix Formula). The paving mixture produced shall not
vary from the designated grading and asphalt content by
more than the tolerances allowed herein and. shall remain
within the limitation of the master grading specified.
The respective tolerances, based on the percent by weight
of the mixture, are listed as follows:
Percent by weight
Material Tolerance Plus or Minus
Aggregate passing No. 4 sieve
or larger 4 percent
Aggregate passing Nos. 8,16,30,
50 sieves 3 percent
Percent by weight Percent by weight
Material Tolerance Plus or Minus
Material Percent by Weight
Tolerance Plus or Minus
Aggregate passing Nos. 100 &
200 sieves
Bitumen
IV -54
2 percent
0.25 percent
H
(H) Extraction/Gradation Tests And Design Criteria
(1) Samples of the mixture when tested in accordance with
ASTM D 2172, "Standard Test Methods For Quanitative
Extraction of Bitumen From Bituminous Paving
Mixtures", shall not vary from the grading
proportions of the aggregate and the asphalt content
designated by the Engineer by more than the
respective tolerance specified above.(See Section
IV -7-C (1) for methods of extraction of asphalt)
will be discontinued until such time as the Hot Mix
Asphaltic Concrete mixture has been corrected and
subsequent grading and extraction tests indicate
results within the tolerance stated herein. All Hot
Mix Asphaltic Concrete mixture so constructed, which
exceeds the tolerances as stated herein, will be
removed and replaced at no cost to the Owner.
(2) Design Method (Table 2) ,
Thoroughfare Residential
Traffic Traffic
Min. Max. Min. Max.
Marshall Method
No. of compaction blows,
each end of specimen 75 --- 50 ---
Stability, Lbs. 1800 -- 1200 ---
Thoroughfare Residential
Traffic Traffic
Min. Max. Min. Max.
Flow, units of 0.01 in 8 14 8 18
Air Voids.
Surfacing or Leveling 3 5 3 5
Percent Voids in
Mineral Aggregate 13 --- 14 ---
IV-55
(3) Sampling and Testing
c
It is the intent of this specification that the
blend will be designed to produce a mixture of
optimum density and stability, as determined by the
Engineer, when tested in accordance with these
specifications, applicable ASTM procedures and
applicable TxDOT procedures.
rSamples
of the completed pavement shall be removed
-:
with a diamond tipped power saw or diamond tipped
coring machine from locations designated by the
Engineer to enable him to determine the composition,
compaction, and density of the pavement. Samples for
each day or fraction thereof shall be taken by City
..
personnel. The Contractor shall replace the pavement
removed from core holes immediately at no cost to the
City with material approved by the City. If the
pavement is deficient in composition, compaction, or
T'
thickness, satisfactory correction shall be made as
directed by the Engineer.
Tests on Marshall specimens shall be made twice daily or as
directed by the Engineer to retain job control. The
mixture shall comply with the requirements of Table 2 above
when tested in accordance with the Marshall method
procedures contained in Chapter III of the Asphalt
Institute's Manual Series No. 2 (MS -2), current addition.
The Marshall test procedures shall also conform to ASTM D
1559, "Resistance to Plastic Flow of Bituminous Mixtures
Using Marshall Apparatus". If the laboratory stability
and/or field tests of the mixture produced has a value
lower than that specified, and in the opinion of the
Engineer is not due to change in source or quality of
materials, production may proceed, and the mix shall be
changed until the laboratory/field tests equals or exceeds
the specified values. If there is, in the opinion of the
Engineer, an apparent change in any material from that used
in the design mixtures, production will be discontinued
until a new design mixture is determined by trial mixes.
13. SILO STORAGE
A silo storage system may be use
( operation. The mixture coming out
of equal quality and temperature
mixing plant. Any operation that
the mixture or fails to maintain
IV -56
d during the normal day's
of the silo storage must be
to that coming out of the
has tendency to segregate
a thorough and uniform
mixture and temperature shall not be used. If any load of
mixture coming out of the silo storage system fails to meet
the asphalt specifications or gradation requirements, then
the total contents of the silo storage system shall be
condemned.
14. FENCE POSTS GATES, RAILS, BRACES AND ACCESSORIES
These items shall conform to the requirements of Federal
Specification RR -F-191 and shall meet the requirements of
Texas Department of Transportation Standard Construction
Specifications, Item 540, "Metal Beam Guard Fence", Texas
Department of Transportation Standard Construction
Specifications, Item 550, "Chain Link Fence" and/or Texas
Department of Transportation Standard Construction
Specififcations, Item 552, "Wire Fence".
15. IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
(A) Irrigation pipe
Irrigation pipe shall be polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
conforming to ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40.
(B) Fittings
Fittings, not including sprinkler heads or valves shall
conform to ASTM D 2466.
(1) Pipe and Valve Assembly
Pipe and fittings shall be assembled as recommended
by the manufacturer(s). Pipe and fittings shall be
thoroughly cleaned of all dust, dirt and moisture
before assembly. Solvent shall be applied with a non -
synthetic bristle brush. All connections between
plastic pipe and metal valves shall be made with
threaded fittings and plastic adapters.
(2) Sprinkler Heads
Sprinkler heads shall be installed in accordance with
the Manufacturer's recommendations.
IV -57
r
16. BARRICADES, SIGNS AND OTHER TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES
The Contractor shall maintain each barricade in a neat and
acceptable condition and furnish replacements when necessary
or as requested by the Engineer.
Each sign shall be displayed only for the specific purpose
prescribed for it. Before any detour or temporary route is
open to traffic all necessary Regulatory, Warning and Guide
signs shall be correctly in place and reviewed by the City
Traffic Engineer.
Signs required by temporary conditions or restrictions shall
r be removed immediately when those conditions cease to exist
or the restrictions are withdrawn. Guide signs directing
traffic onto temporary routes or detours shall be removed
when no longer applicable. The guide signs shall be at no
cost to the City.
Identical conditions should always be marked with the same
type of sign, irrespective of where those particular
conditions occur.
All signs which are to convey their message during hours of
darkness shall be reflectorized or illuminated. Lights
mounted on signs shall be functioning. The lens shall be
clean to allow for adequate illumination. Signs for daytime
use only may be non-reflectorized but a fluorescent
background material will be used for increased daytime
visibility if requested by the Engineer.
Where there is serious interference from extraneous light
sources, and a reflectorized sign is not likely to be
effective, an illuminated sign(s) shall be used.
r�
r
IV -58
Barricades shall be constructed of clean, sound lumber of
dimensions specified in the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic
Control Devices and shall be of first-class workmanship. All
,�••
surfaces above ground shall be painted with an approved brand
of paint to secure thorough coverage. In no case shall less
than two coats of paint be used. The paint for barricade.
stripes shall be reflective orange and reflective white. All
dimensions, striping, lighting, painting, coloring and
placement of barricades shall be in accordance to the details
and design as set forth in the Texas MANUAL on UNIFORM
!^
TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES for Streets and Highways, Part VI,
issued in May, 1983.
r
Cones shall be at least eighteen inches (18") in height and
be flourescent red in color.
The Contractor shall maintain each barricade in a neat and
acceptable condition and furnish replacements when necessary
or as requested by the Engineer.
Each sign shall be displayed only for the specific purpose
prescribed for it. Before any detour or temporary route is
open to traffic all necessary Regulatory, Warning and Guide
signs shall be correctly in place and reviewed by the City
Traffic Engineer.
Signs required by temporary conditions or restrictions shall
r be removed immediately when those conditions cease to exist
or the restrictions are withdrawn. Guide signs directing
traffic onto temporary routes or detours shall be removed
when no longer applicable. The guide signs shall be at no
cost to the City.
Identical conditions should always be marked with the same
type of sign, irrespective of where those particular
conditions occur.
All signs which are to convey their message during hours of
darkness shall be reflectorized or illuminated. Lights
mounted on signs shall be functioning. The lens shall be
clean to allow for adequate illumination. Signs for daytime
use only may be non-reflectorized but a fluorescent
background material will be used for increased daytime
visibility if requested by the Engineer.
Where there is serious interference from extraneous light
sources, and a reflectorized sign is not likely to be
effective, an illuminated sign(s) shall be used.
r�
r
IV -58
Construction warning signs shall have a black legend on an
orange background and shall conform to the standards as to
size, shape and color as outlined in the Texas MANUAL on
UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES mentioned above.
Barricades, flares, signs, drums and other traffic control
devices are to be included in the construction involved in
this contract as necessary. The provision of these items by
the Contractor should be considered in the bid prices
submitted. No separate compensation shall be made unless
indicated otherwise in the plans or the bid proposal.
The City Traffic Engineer shall approve the layout of the
traffic control plan after it is installed and before any
work is allowed. No work shall be permitted on any project
prior to installation of all barricades and other warning
devices at the beginning and ends of the construction area.
IV -59
50TH STREET AND SLIDE ROAD
INTERSECTION RECONSTRUCTION
PROJECT NO. 9708
STANDARD DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION
STANDARD DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION
NOTE: All construction materials, methods and procedures employed
on construction projects administered for and/or by the
City of Lubbock shall conform to ASTM Specifications, Texas
Department of Transportation Standard Construction
Specifications, Texas Department of Transportation
Construction Bulletin C-11 Specifications and/or AASHTO
Specifications as applicable. All materials, methods and
procedures employed in construction projects administered
for and/or by the City of Lubbock shall be approved by the
Engineer before being employed.
Any construction materials, methods or procedures not
specifically addressed in the City of Lubbock "STANDARD
DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION" or "STANDARD MATERIALS OF
CONSTRUCTION" shall not be considered additional
material(s) or operation(s) warranting additional payment.
Unless stated otherwise on the plans or in the bid
documents, the material(s) or operation(s) shall be
considered subsidiary to the existing bid items and shall
be performed completely and correctly in order to
satisfactorily complete the existing bid items in
conformance with the City of Lubbock minimum standards.
The City of Lubbock "STANDARD DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION"
incorporates the specifications of the various approved
construction procedures and methods which are to be used by
Contractors and/or City Forces in the construction of all
projects administered by or for the City of Lubbock
Engineering Department. A certificate from the manufacturer
may be required on all construction materials or equipment,
certifying that the materials or equipment meets the minimum
specifications for such materials or equipment as specified
herein. All materials, equipment and procedures shall be
subject to the approval of the Engineer before being employed.
All references made in these specifications to the American
Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) standards refer to
the fixed designation. Itis the responsibility of the
Contractor, Subcontractors, City of Lubbock and all material
suppliers to obtain and use the latest revision of each
standard.
° V-2
All references made in these specifications.to the Texas
Department of Transportation (Tx DOT) Standard Construction
Specifications refers to the Texas Department of
Transportation (Tx DOT) Standard Specifications for
Construction of Highways, Streets and Bridges, version adopted
March 1, 1993. It is the responsibility of the Contractor,
Subcontractors, City of Lubbock and all material suppliers to
obtain and use the above referenced version of the Texas
Department of Transportation Standard Construction
Specifications.
All references made in these specifications to the Texas
Department of Transportation (Tx DOT) Construction Bulletin
C-11 refers to the latest version with all additions and
addendums. It is the responsibility of the Contractor,
Subcontractors, City of Lubbock and all material suppliers to
obtain and use the above referenced version of this
Construction Bulletin.
5.2. CONCRETE
A. Curb and Gutter (Class A Concrete)
Description
This item shall consist of Portland Cement twenty-four
inch (2411) concrete curb and gutter and/or Portland Cement
thirty inch (30") concrete curb and gutter as shown on the
plans or as directed by the Engineer, and shall be
constructed of Class A concrete. Included in this curb and
gutter item is all subgrade preparation and earthwork
necessary to pour the curb and gutter section,all
backfilling and shaping of the area behind the curb and
gutter to include all paving tie-ins as applicable.
1. Curb Openings
Laydown curb and gutter sections shall be placed only
across alleys, drainways, railroad crossings and/or
driveways presently in use or at a location definitely
planned for immediate future property improvements. It
shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to contact
the property owner and determine the proper location of
driveways before curb and gutter is constructed. All curb
and gutter across new or proposed driveways must meet the
requirements set forth in the City of Lubbock Sidewalk and
v-3
f
Driveway Regulations, City of Lubbock Ordinance Number
1466, and amendments thereto. Curb and gutter across
existing driveways shall be required to conform to all
said regulations if no hardship to the existing property
improvements is involved.
All curb and gutter to be poured must have the Engineer's
approval as to driveway (laydown) widths and location, in
addition to the typical section, and line and grade
approval before any pour is begun on any curb and gutter
section.
2. Excavation and Subgrade Preparation
Excavation and/or fill for the curb and gutter shall be
prepared simultaneously with the excavation and/or fill
for the entire street. The subgrade shall be prepared to
the lines and grades set by the Engineer and in such a
manner as to require a maximum of one-half inch (%") of
fill to bring the subgrade to the correct elevation. Any
fill required shall be furnished at the Contractor's
expense and subject to approval by the Engineer. In areas
requiring fill material the subgrade shall be brought to
the correct elevation by placing like soil or flexible
base in layers not to exceed four inches (4") in depth
after compaction. Each layer shall be compacted to ninety
five percent (95%) Standard Proctor Density.
The density shall conform to ASTM D 698, "Test Method for
Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using The
Standard Effort" by moistening and rolling to the
satisfaction of the Engineer. Subgrade that is undercut
one inch (1") or more shall be brought to the correct
elevation by scarifying, wetting, disking, blading,
rolling and compacting to ninety five percent (95%)
Standard Proctor Density conforming to ASTM D 698, "Test
Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil
Using the Standard Effort" with pneumatic rolling to the
correct elevation prior to setting forms.
If the subgrade or foundation material is dry, it shall be
sprinkled lightly immediately before the concrete is
-` poured
Concrete shall not be poured on frozen subgrade.
Before pouring the concrete for the curb and gutter, all
�• traffic signs, street name markers or obstructions of
p any nature found in the way of the paving shall
immediately be relocated behind the proposed curb and
V-4
D
3.
gutter by the Contractor at no expense to the
sidewalk, drainway or any other miscellaneous
structure is to be constructed behind the curb
the obstructions shall be relocated outside of
structures.
Setting Forms
City. If a
concrete
and gutter,
these
Forms for concrete flatwork, retaining walls,•headwalls,
or other structural concrete and curb and gutter shall be
of wood or metal, of a section satisfactory to the
Engineer. The forms shall be straight, free from warpage,
and of a depth equal to the depth of the finished work.
The forms shall be set to the lines and grades established
by the Engineer after the subgrade has been prepared. The
forms shall be held together and in place in such a manner
that they will not move during the placing and working of
the concrete. The forms shall be oiled with a light oil
prior to pouring concrete.
Face forms and construction joints (removable metal
plates) for curb and gutter shall be set to hold the
concrete for the curb in place until it is to be finished.
Forms for radii shall be set in the same manner as the
straight forms except that no face form will be required
if a true section is obtained by other methods as approved
by the Engineer. The radii forms shall be set in such a
manner that the curve will be in a true position.
Forms for curb and gutter, flatwork and retaining walls
shall remain in place for a minimum of twelve (12) hours
after placement of the concrete.
Forms which are to be reused shall be cleaned immediately
after use and maintained in good condition.
4. Placement (Including Making Joints)
Concrete shall be deposited in place in such a manner as
to require a minimum of rehandling and so as to obtain a
uniformly dense section, free of honeycombs.
Sufficient concrete shall be placed to allow for shrinkage
and extra material for finishing. The concrete shall be
spaded and tamped until thoroughly compacted and mortar
completely covers the surface. The top surface of the
concrete shall be floated and troweled with a wooden float
V-5
Curb and gutter shall be constructed with a premolded
expansion joint at the tangent point of each curb return,
at intersections and at intervals of no more than forty
feet (401) between the intersections. Forty feet (401)
intervals may be waived if a curb and gutter machine is
used. Expansion joints shall be of the material herein
specified.
An expansion joint shall be placed at the end of each
radius where the radius connects onto concrete curb and
Oft gutter. The Contractor shall use forethought in the
spacing of expansion joints so as to have approximately
equal spacings and so that no short or long spacings will
exist.
Scoring shall be placed by the use of approved jointing
tools. If there is to be a sidewalk constructed behind the
curb and gutter, the spacing of the scoring shall be equal
to the width of the sidewalk. If only curb and gutter is
being constructed, the spacing of the scoring shall be ten
feet (101). Forethought is to be used by the Contractor in
the spacing of the scoring so as to have approximately
equal spacings and so that no short or long spacings will
exist.
71 Construction joints formed by removable metal plates
`' (templates) accurately shaped to the cross-section of the
ell curb and gutter shall be located at the mid -point of each
section between expansion joints or as directed by the
Engineer. Contraction joints shall be placed at ten feet
(101) intervals.
All joints shall be placed perpendicular to the surface of
the concrete and to the axis of the section.
t
P'
V-6
i
to a gritty texture. All concrete surfaces shall be free
from pockets, depressions or projections. Only after the
concrete receives a partial set shall the face forms be
removed. The section shall then be shaped to the true
cross-section by the use of a metal -screed which is shaped
to the true cross-section. A "mule" screed shall be used
only to shape to true cross-section when topping material,
is provided and pushed along on the front edge of the
mule.
An edging tool with a radius of one quarter of an inch
(24") shall be used along the top back edge of the curb,
the front edge of the gutter and each side of the
expansion joint.
Curb and gutter shall be constructed with a premolded
expansion joint at the tangent point of each curb return,
at intersections and at intervals of no more than forty
feet (401) between the intersections. Forty feet (401)
intervals may be waived if a curb and gutter machine is
used. Expansion joints shall be of the material herein
specified.
An expansion joint shall be placed at the end of each
radius where the radius connects onto concrete curb and
Oft gutter. The Contractor shall use forethought in the
spacing of expansion joints so as to have approximately
equal spacings and so that no short or long spacings will
exist.
Scoring shall be placed by the use of approved jointing
tools. If there is to be a sidewalk constructed behind the
curb and gutter, the spacing of the scoring shall be equal
to the width of the sidewalk. If only curb and gutter is
being constructed, the spacing of the scoring shall be ten
feet (101). Forethought is to be used by the Contractor in
the spacing of the scoring so as to have approximately
equal spacings and so that no short or long spacings will
exist.
71 Construction joints formed by removable metal plates
`' (templates) accurately shaped to the cross-section of the
ell curb and gutter shall be located at the mid -point of each
section between expansion joints or as directed by the
Engineer. Contraction joints shall be placed at ten feet
(101) intervals.
All joints shall be placed perpendicular to the surface of
the concrete and to the axis of the section.
t
P'
V-6
i
5 Finishing
A ten feet (101) metal "straight -edge" shall be used to
strike the flow line to grade, continuously along the flow
line of the gutter. This operation shall be followed with
using a four feet (41) spirit level to assure the
continuous longitudinal grade along the flow line the full
length of the gutter. v r`
The curb and gutter shall be finished uniformly by wood
trowelling to an accurate cross-section. Extra water will —
not be added for finishing. The final finish will be
accomplished with a brush, the last stroke being one from
the back of curb to the lip (toe) of gutter. Both sides of
all joints, the lip (toe) of gutter, and the back edge of _
the curb shall be finished with a one-fourth inch N")
radius edging tool before the final brushing. Curves at
the top and bottom of the section shall present a uniform
appearance without "waves" in the face of the curb or
"pockets" in the gutter.
Concrete shall not be poured when wind or weather
conditions are such that dirt, sand or debris becomes
incorporated in or collects on the concrete.
Concrete shall be protected to maintain a temperature of
not less than 50° F (10° C) for five (5) days after
placement. If the aggregate and water are heated, they —
shall not be heated above 90° F (320 C). Concrete shall
not be placed when the ambient temperature is less than
40° F (4° C). It shall be the responsibility of .the
Contractor to anticipate as nearly as possible changes in
weather conditions which would affect the placement and
protection of the concrete, and be prepared to protect
freshly placed concrete when sudden changes in the weather —
make such protection necessary.
6. Removing Forms
Special care is required of the Contractor in his removing
of pins and of forms. Pins shall be_pulled from the ground
to free forms. If hammering is found to be necessary, a
one (1) pound hammer shall be used. The contractor shall
not place forms or pins on newly finished concrete.
Loading and unloading of forms from a truck shall be
executed by two (2) workmen. It is the duty of the
Contractor to remove any warped forms found in any section
of forms, before concrete is poured. When forms are
V-7
h
PM
pointed out as defective, those forms shall then be
removed from the job site and not returned until they have
been inspected by the Engineer.
7. Machine Laid Curb and Gutter
Class A concrete shall be used for machine laid curb and
gutter. The slump of the concrete shall be as directed by
the Engineer. The slump of the concrete shall be tested in
accordance with ASTM C 143, "Standard Test Method for
Slump of Portland Cement Concrete".
Reinforcing steel, if required, shall conform to Section 3
(sheets V-39, V-40 and V-41) of the "Materials of
Construction" specifications.
The curb and gutter shall be laid by an extrusion machine
approved by the Engineer. Immediately prior to placing the
curb and gutter, the previously approved foundation shall
be thoroughly cleaned.
The line for the top of curb shall be maintained from a
guideline set by the Contractor from survey marks
established by the Engineer. The curb outline shall
strictly conform to the details shown on the plans.
The approved mix shall be fed into the machine in such a
manner and at such consistency that the finished curb will
present a well compacted mass with a surface free from
voids and honeycombs and true to the established shape,
line, and grade.
Additional surface finishing shall be performed
immediately after extrusion. Extra water shall not be
added for finishing. Unless otherwise specified by the
Engineer, joints shall be constructed as follows:
Expansion joints shall be located at each end of the radii
at intersections and alley returns and at the beginning of
each pour, and dummy grooved joints shall be spaced at ten
feet (101) intervals between the expansion joints.
8. Curing
r -r
oAll concrete work shall be covered with heavy water -proof
type paper to prevent loss of moisture and to prevent
.,. direct sunlight from striking the concrete, as soon as it
has set sufficiently enough to prevent marking. In lieu of
i this method of curing, the curb and gutter may be cured by
V-8
applying a liquid membrane coating to all exposed
surfaces, provided such material and method is first
approved by the Engineer.
9. Filling Behind Curb and Gutter
A. No Improvements at Back of Curb and Gutter
The curb and gutter shall be backfilled with topsoil to
the full height of the concrete, tamped and sloped as
directed by the Engineer. The topsoil shall be free of
rocks and other debris. Backfilling shall be done after
the curb and gutter has cured twenty four (24) hours. The
area between the sidewalk and the curb or property line
and curb, if no sidewalk exists, shall be leveled and
sloped toward the curb in a manner satisfactory to the
property owner and/or Engineer. The slope shall be a
maximum of 1:4 unless approved. All fill shall be done
prior to placement of any base materials.
B. Improvements at Back of Curb and Gutter
If sidewalk is to be placed adjacent the back of the curb,
approved fill material is to be placed behind the curb to
four inches (4") below the top of the curb and compacted
to ninety five percent (95t) Standard Proctor Density. The
sidewalk is to be sloped towards the curb at a slope of
one-fourth inch (%") per foot to one-half inch (%") per
foot. The area between the sidewalk and the property line
shall be sloped towards the sidewalk in a manner
satisfactory to the Engineer.
If paving is to be placed adjacent the back of the curb,
the existing pavement is to be cut smooth with vertical
walls. Full depth paving is to be placed on a prepared
subgrade. The full depth paving is to connect both the
existing paving and the back of.the curb sloping in a
manner to fit the existing drainage pattern.
10. Protection of Work and Replacement of Damaged Curb and
Gutter
The Contractor shall provide and maintain all necessary
barricades and sufficient lights, flares, signals,
watchmen etc. necessary for the protection of the work and
for the safety of the Public.
9MJ
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to protect his
work against weather, vandals and any and all things that
`? may mar the finish, surface or appearance of the concrete.
4
No patching of any nature shall be allowed in repairing
any damage to'curb and gutter which occurs during the
construction process of paving improvements in any unit
prior to the acceptance of said unit. Where damage occurs,
as determined by the Engineer, the section(s) of curb and
gutter containing the damaged portion shall be removed to
the nearest joints on either side of the damaged surface
and shall be replaced with new construction at no cost to
the City, prior to the surfacing of that section of
street.
Concrete surface finish marred by vandals, rain or sand
during setting time shall be immediately repaired with an
approved epoxy material or removed and replaced as
determined by the Engineer. All abused concrete surfaces,
along with structural damage and defective flow line found
at the time of surfacing shall be handled as described in
the second (2nd) sentence of the paragraph above.
B. Reinforced Concrete Laydown Curb and Gutter (Class
"E" Concrete)
Description
This item shall consist of portland cement concrete
laydown curb and gutter constructed in accordance with the
typical curb and gutter sections included in. these
specifications and at locations as shown on the plans or
as directed by the Engineer.
1. Subgrade Preparation shall conform to Section 5.2.A.(2)
(sheets V-4 and V-5) of these specifications.
2. Reinforcing Steel shall conform to Section 3 (sheets V-39,
V-40 and V-41) of "Materials of Construction"
specifications.
3. Placement of Reinforcement
Care shall
steel bars
at a point
be taken to tie the three
to the three (3) vertical
3" above the bottom.
V-10
(3) horizontal No. 3
No. 3 steel bar pins
C. Reinforced Concrete Valley Gutters (Class "C" or Class "E"
Concrete as applicable)
Description
This item shall be constructed of class "C" concrete for
thoroughfare or collector street valley gutters and Class
"E" concrete for residential street valley gutters and
consists of the construction of an eight inch (8")
concrete slab on thoroughfare or collector streets or a
six inch (6") concrete slab on residential streets
reinforced with four (4) No. 3 reinforcing bars on one and
one-half feet (1-1/21) spacing for valley gutters,(Cross
bars shall be No.3 bars four and one-half feet (4%1) long
or with 611x6" W2.9 X W2.9 (6 gauge) welded wire mesh.
Fillet areas shall be reinforced as shown on the plans and
constructed to the lines and grades as shown on the plans
and as designated by the Engineer. Details of construction
are the same as for curb and gutter where they can be
directly applied.
1. Subgrade Preparation shall conform to Section 5.2.A.(2)
(sheets V-4 and V-5) of these specifications.
2. Reinforcing Steel shall conform to Section 3 (sheets V-39,
V-40 and V-41) of the "Materials of Construction"
specifications.
3. Placement of Reinforcement
Care shall be taken to hold the steel in the center of the
slab, high chairs'or precast concrete blocks shall be
located at three foot (31) centers. If reinforcing bars
are used, the overlapping distance shall be a minimum of
forty (40) bar diameters in length with a minimum length
of two feet (21). The overlap shall be tied at three
pointswith wire if reinforcing bars are used. If welded
wire mesh is used, the overlap shall be a minimum of
twelve inches (12") in length. The overlap shall be tied
at every third (3rd) six inch (6") square if welded wire
mesh is used.
D. Reinforced Concrete Alley Paving Slabs and Alley Returns
(Class "E" Concrete)
V-11
Description
This item shall consist of reinforced concrete paving of
variable thickness from five inches (5") to seven and one-
half inches (7%") constructed in the center ten feet (101)
of alleys and shall be constructed of Class E concrete.
All alley paving and alley returns shall be constructed in
accordance with the City of Lubbock Alley Paving Details.
1. Forming
Forms for alley slabs shall be placed where necessary to
form the outside edge of the slab (where the slab is not
bordered by concrete curb and gutter or other permanent
improvements such as buildings, docks, etc.)and where
necessary to form construction and expansion joints (See
"Alley Paving Details" on plans). On all edges, joints,
etc. to be formed, the forms shall extend the entire depth
of the concrete.
2. Subgrade Preparation shall conform to Section 5.2.A.(2)
(sheets V-4 and V-5) of these specifications.
V-12
3. Reinforcing
Care shall be taken to securely place the welded wire mesh
three inches (3") above the bottom of the slab by use of
high chairs or pre -cast concrete blocks as approved by the
Engineer.
Concrete shall not be poured when wind or weather
conditions are such that dirt, sand or debris becomes
incorporated in or collects on the concrete.
Concrete shall be protected to maintain temperatures 'of
not less than 50° F (10° C) for five (5) days after
placement. If aggregate and water are heated, they shall
not be heated above 90° F (32° C). Concrete shall not be
placed when the ambient temperature is less than 40° F (4°
C) .
It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to
anticipate as nearly as possible changes in weather
conditions which would affect the placement and protection
�I
of the concrete, and be prepared to protect freshly placed
V-12
concrete when sudden changes in the weather make such
protection necessary.
4. Finishing
Concrete shall be deposited so as to conform roughly to
the finished cross-section. Sufficient concrete shall be
placed to allow for shrinkage and extra material for
finishing. Extra water will not be added for finishing.
The shape and flowline of the alley paving slab may be
established by the use of two inch by four inch (2"X4")
wood screeds, or other approved removable devices,
accurately staked to line and grade. If such devices are
used they shall be in place before the final finishing of
the subgrade and the subgrade shall be finished so that
the concrete slab will be of the proper depth. The
concrete shall be "struck off" to the true section and
finished smooth by floating and troweling. The final
finish shall be provided by brushing to provide a nonskid
surface for traffic. Particular care shall be taken in the
final troweling and finishing so that the finished slab
presents a smooth straight surface without waves in the
edge and without pockets in the flowline.
5. Curing and Protection
All concrete work shall be covered with burlap or other
suitable material as soon as it has set sufficiently to
prevent marking and kept wet continuously for at least
four (4) days. Care shall be taken to prevent mechanical
injury to the concrete work during this period and until
the work -is accepted. Any work damaged prior to acceptance
shall be repaired by the Contractor at his own expense and
to the satisfaction of the City Engineer.
The City Sanitation Department shall be notified of all
alley return and alley paving construction, and if
possible, the length of time said return and/or alley
shall be closed to traffic. The Contractor shall properly
barricade all alley returns and alleys during the period
of construction and as long afterward as the Engineer may
require for curing and achieving strength.. Before opening
alley returns to traffic, the Contractor shall properly
fill and level by hand, (no mechanical equipment shall be =>
used until full strength of concrete is achieved), the
adjacent approaches from the street and alley. In all
cases, no alley or alley return shall be opened to any
traffic without the approval of the City Engineer.
V-13
6. Removing Forms
Special care is required of the Contractor in his removing
of pins and moving of forms. Pins shall be pulled from the
ground to free forms. If hammering is found to be
necessary a one (1) pound hammer shall be used. The
Contractor shall not place forms or pins on newly finished
concrete. Loading and unloading of forms from a truck
shall be executed by a minimum of two (2) workmen. It is
the duty of the Contractor to remove any warped forms
found in any section of forms, before it is poured. When
forms are pointed out as defective, those forms shall then
be removed from the job site and not returned until they
have been inspected by the Engineer.
E. Reinforced Concrete Median Curb (Class "A" Concrete)
This item shall consist of a reinforced concrete slab six
inches .(6") thick and may be placed on an asphalt surface
over a caliche base, an asphalt surface over a
concrete base or a concrete slab as approved by the
Engineer and as shown in the typical sections. The median
slab shall be doweled as shown on the plans.
1. Subgrade Preparation shall conform to Section 5.2.A.(2)
(sheets V-4 and V-5) of these specifications.
V-14
7. Replacement of Damaged Concrete or Concrete Surface(s)
only patching of a very minor nature will be allowed in
alley paving. Any substantial damage, as determined by the
Engineer, occuring to the alley paving prior to the
�.
acceptance of the unit in which the damage occurs will be
j,
remedied by removal and replacement of the entire section
`-
or sections of alley paving that has been damaged. Any
slab removed to a joint other than a doweled expansion
joint will be replaced using joint section B -B in the
Alley Paving Special Detail Sheets of these
specifications. Extreme care shall be taken by the
Contractor during "Setting -Up" period to prevent vandals,
sand or rain from marring the surface finish. Where damage
17
occurs, as determined by the Engineer, the section(s) of
alley paving containing the damaged portion shall be
removed to the nearest joints on either side of the
damaged surface and shall be replaced with new
construction at no expense to the City.
E. Reinforced Concrete Median Curb (Class "A" Concrete)
This item shall consist of a reinforced concrete slab six
inches .(6") thick and may be placed on an asphalt surface
over a caliche base, an asphalt surface over a
concrete base or a concrete slab as approved by the
Engineer and as shown in the typical sections. The median
slab shall be doweled as shown on the plans.
1. Subgrade Preparation shall conform to Section 5.2.A.(2)
(sheets V-4 and V-5) of these specifications.
V-14
2. Reinforcing Steel
Reinforcing steel to be used shall conform to ASTM A
615 "Specifications for Deformed And Plain Billet Steel
Bars For Concrete Reinforcement" and shall be deformed to
ASTM A 305, "Specifications for Minimum Requirements of
Deformed Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement". Welded
wire mesh may be used, if approved by the Engineer. The
welded wire mesh must conform to ASTM A 185, "Standard
Specification For Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, For
Concrete Reinforcement".
3. Placement of Reinforcement
Care shall be taken to suspend the bars or welded wire
mesh above the bottom of the slab as shown on the plans.
F. Reinforced Concrete Railroad Crossing (Class "F" Concrete)
Description
This item shall consist of the construction of Class "F"
reinforced concrete as shown on Concrete Railroad Crossing
Details. (City of Lubbock File Drawing #2-B-92 [2] for
typical section).
1. Subgrade Preparation shall conform to Section_5.2.A.(2)
(sheets V-4 and V-5) of these specifications.
2. Reinforcing Steel
Reinforcing steel to be used shall conform to ASTM A 615,
"Specifications for Deformed And Plain Billet Steel Bars
For Concrete Reinforcement" and shall be deformed to ASTM
A 305, "Specifications for Minimum Requirements of
Deformed Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement"
3. Placement of Reinforcement
Care shall be taken to hold the reinforcing bars
above the bottom of the foundation slab and above the
railroad ties as shown on the plans. In the top slab the
V-15
P"
vertical and horizontal bars shall be securely tied with
wire.
0
i
G. Reinforced Concrete Drainage Slabs (Class "A" Concrete)
This item shall consist of a concrete slab five inches
(511) thick containing wire mesh reinforcing which shall
conform to ASTM A 185, "Standard Specification for Welded
Steel Wire Fabric For Concrete Reinforcement". Fiber
reinforcement, if approved by the Engineer, may be
substituted for the wire mesh.
1. Subgrade Preparation shall conform to Section 5.2.A.(2)
(sheets V-4 and V-5) of these specifications.
2. Reinforcing steel to be used shall conform to ASTM A
615 "Specifications for Deformed And Plain Billet Steel
Bars For Concrete Reinforcement" and shall be deformed to
ASTM A 305, "Specifications for Minimum Requirements of
Deformed Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement". Welded
wire mesh may be used, if approved by the Engineer. The
welded wire mesh must conform to ASTM A 185, "Standard
Specification For Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, For
Concrete Reinforcement".
H. Reinforced Concrete Headwalls (Class "A" Concrete)
This item shall consist of structural concrete eight
inches (8") thick and of varying height as shown on the
plans. One foot (11) of the wall height shall be below
finished grade unless otherwise stated on the plans. Each
headwall shall have two wingwalls and baffles with
dimensions as shown on the plans.
1. Subgrade Preparation shall conform to Section 5.2.A.(2)
(sheets V-4 and V-5) of these specifications.
V-16
2. Reinforcing Steel
The headwall shall be reinforced with welded wire mesh
conforming to ASTM A 185, "Standard
Specification For Welded Steel Wire Fabric For Concrete
Reinforcement" or reinforcing steel conforming to ASTM
A 615, "Specifications For Deformed And Plain Billet
Steel Bars" as shown on the plans.
I. Reinforced Concrete Sidewalks and other miscellaneous
concrete flatwork (Class "A" Concrete)
This item shall consist of a reinforced concrete slab of
thickness as shown on the plans.
Before pouring the concrete for the flatwork, all
obstructions such as traffic signs, street name markers,
markers of any nature or utilities of any nature found in
the way of the improvements shall be immediately relocated
outside of the proposed concrete by the Contractor or the
affected Utility at no expense to the City. If an
obstruction or Utility is to be relocated, it is the
Contractor's responsibility to have the obstruction
relocated before the concrete is poured. Should the
concrete be poured prior to the obstruction relocation,
the Contractor shall remove and replace the concrete
following relocation. The concrete work and all associated
work shall be at the Contractor's expense. --
1. Subgrade Preparation shall conform to Section 5.2.A.(2)
(sheets V-4 and V-5) of these specifications.
2. Reinforcing Steel
The concrete slab shall be reinforced with welded wire
mesh conforming to ASTM A 185, "Standard
Specification For Welded Steel Wire Fabric For Concrete
Reinforcement" or reinforcing steel conforming to
ASTM -A 615, "Specifications For Deformed And Plain
Billet Steel Bars".
J. Reinforced Concrete Pavement (Normal Setting Strength
Portland Cement Concrete Pavements) (Class "C" or Class
"P" Concrete)
V-17
IMO
i; Description
This item shall consist of a pavement of portland cement
concrete, with or without monolithic curbs, with
reinforcement as shown on plans, constructed as herein
specified on a prepared subgrade and one inch (1") sand
cushion or other base course in conformity with the
thickness and typical cross sections shown on plans and to
the lines and grades established by the Engineer. This
item shall conform to Texas Department of Transportation
Standard Construction Specifications, Item 360, "Concrete
Pavement".
Concrete shall be considered of satisfactory quality
provided it is made (a) of materials accepted for the job,
(b) in the proportions established by the Engineer and (c)
mixed, placed, finished and cured in accordance with the
requirements herein specified.
The minimum allowable concrete strength shall have a seven
(7) day flexural strength of five hundred fifty pounds per
square inch (550 psi) or a seven (7) day compressive
strength of four thousand two hundred pounds per square
inch (4,200 psi).
K. Continously Reinforced or Jointed Concrete Pavement -
Fast Track Concrete Pavements (Quick Setting High Early
Strength Cement Concrete Pavements) (Class "P" Concrete)
This item shall consist of the construction of a fast
track pavement of portland cement concrete, with or
without monolithic curbs, with reinforcement as shown
on plans, on a prepared subgrade and one inch (1") sand
cushion or other base course in accordance with the
typical sections shown on the plans and to the lines
and grades established by the Engineer. This item shall
conform to the Texas Department of Transportation
Standard Construction Specifications, Item 360,
"Concrete Pavement" with the following additions and
modifications as stated herein:
1. The Paving Construction Plan shall be in accordance
with Article 360.2 of Item 360, "Concrete Pavement".
2. Materials shall be in accordance with Article 360.3 of
Item 360, "Concrete Pavement" with the following
exceptions and supplements:
V-18
A.The first (1st) paragraph of Subarticle 360.3.(5) is
voided and replaced by the following:
Unless otherwise shown on the plans reinforcing steel
bars, including tie -bars, shall be open-hearth, basic
oxygen, or electric furnace new billet steel of Grade
60 for concrete reinforcement.
Where "high -yield" reinforcing steel is specified
the steel shall be either open-hearth, basic oxygen, or
electric furnace new billet steel conforming to ASTM A
615, Grade 60 (60,000 PSI yield strength) or rail steel
bars conforming to ASTM A 616, Grade 60 (60,000 PSI
yield strength). "High -yield" reinforcing steel bars
shall be further identified by a special marking rolled
into each bar. ASTM A 616 bars shall be furnished as
straight bars only. Any bending of ASTM A 616 bars is
prohibited.
B. The epoxy gel material shall cure rapidly to allow rapid
placement of concrete without moving the dowels or
disrupting the bond between the dowels and the
surrounding concrete. The epoxy shall be in accordance
with Item 575, "Epoxy", of the Texas Department of
Transportation Standard Construction Specifications.
C. Insulating blankets used for the curing of concrete
pavement shall be of a type and quality approved by the
Engineer.
3. Equipment required for this item shall be in accordance
with Article 360.4 of Item 360, "Concrete
Pavement"
A. All equipment shall be maintained in good condition and
approved by the Engineer before the Contractor shall be
permitted to begin construction of the pavement.
4. The quality of concrete shall be in accordance with
Article 360.5 of item 360, "Concrete Pavement" with
the following exceptions and supplements:
A. The second (2nd) and seventh (7th) paragraphs are
voided and replaced by the following:
The concrete mix shall be designed to produce a flexural
strength equal to or greater than five hundred
pounds per square inch (500 psi)at the age of sixteen
V-19
r
{
(16) hours or a compressive strength equal to or greater
than three thousand eight hundred pounds per square inch
(3,800 psi) at the age of sixteen (16) hours when tested
in accordance with the Texas Department of
Transportation Construction Bulletin C-11.
The coarse aggregate factor shall not exceed eighty-five
hundredths (0.85). The fine aggregate factor shall be as
high as practicable near the upper limit of the range
that permits proper placing, finishing and texturing.
Unless specified otherwise on the plans, the concrete
shall contain a minimum of seven (7) sacks of cement per
cubic yard of concrete. The concrete mixtures shall be
designed to entrain five percent (5%) air with a
tolerance of plus or minus one percent (1%) based upon
measurement made on the concrete immediately after
discharge from the mixer.
The water -cement ratio (gallons of water per 94 pound
sack of cement) shall not exceed five (5) gallons per
sack of cement nor forty-five hundredths (0.45).
��. Concrete specimens shall be prepared and tested in
accordance with Texas Department of Transportation
Construction Bulletin C-11. The specimens shall be cured
on the slab, under the slab covering material.
5. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to
furnish a mix design, using a coarse aggregate factor
acceptable to the Engineer. The mix shall be designed in
accordance with the Texas Department of Transportation
Construction Bulletin C-11. Complete concrete design
data shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval
Trial batches shall be made and tested prior to the
placing of concrete and in the event of changing
aggregate, and/or type, brand, or source of cement, or
admixture. Trial batches shall be made in the mixer to
be used on the job.
When ready -mixed concrete is to be used, the trial
designs shall be made in a mixer representative of the
mixers to be used. Batch size shall be at least fifty
percent (50%) or more of the rated mixing capacity of
the truck.
!' The strength of the concrete in the completed pavement
l ;
shall be determined by flexural strength tests made in
.,. accordance with ASTM C 78, "Test Method For Flexural
Strength of Concrete Using A Simple Beam With Third
t. Point Loading". The specimens for these strength tests
V-20
shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 31, "Standard
Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens
in the Field". -
Changes in the water -cement ratio and the mix design,
including an increase in cement, if necessary, shall be
made if the sixteen ('16) hour flexural strength
does not meet the minimum value of five hundred pounds
per square inch (500 psi) or if the sixteen (16)
hour compressive strength does not meet the minimum
-value of three thousand eight hundred pounds per square
inch (3,800 psi) .
The Engineer may reject as non -representative any
individual flexural strength value in each group of ten
(10) specimens where strengths more than ten percent
(10%) above or ten percent (10t) below the group average -'
are indicated and compute the average flexural strength
based on the remaining values. If the concrete fails to
meet any of the requirements for workability, the --
Engineer shall require correction. If it is necessary to
change aggregates, to use an additional aggregate or to
use admixtures, preliminary tests shall be required.
Should tests representing three (3) days production y
consistently indicate a considerable departure from the _
minimum specified strength, even though within the above
limits, appropriate changes in the water -cement ratio
and mix proportions shall be made.
6. The subgrade, base and forms shall be in accordance with
Article 360.6 of Item 360, "Concrete Pavement".
7. Placement of reinforcing steel and joint assemblies shall
be in accordance with Article 360.7 of Item 360,
"Concrete Pavement", with the following exceptions and
supplements:
A. Tiebars shall develop a pullout resistance equal to or
greater than three-fourths NO of the
required steel yield strength by using a tension test
conforming to ASTM E 488 after the concrete has cured for
sixteen (16) hours.
B. The reinforcing bars shall be rigidly clamped or wired at
all splices in a manner approved by the Engineer.
V-21
C. If welded bar lap splices are permitted by the Engineer,
all welding shall conform to Item 440, "Reinforcing
.� Steel".
8. Concrete mixing and placing shall be in accordance with
Article 360.8 of Item 360, "Concrete Pavement" with the
following exceptions and supplements:
A. The second paragraph of 360.8.(5) is changed as follows:
r A. The Contractor shall keep an operable standby power
driven saw with extra saw blades on the jobsite at all
times when concreting operations are in progress.
Ow -
B. Where new concrete slab(s) are to be poured against
existing concrete slab(s), the exposed edges of the
existing concrete are to be sprayed with an approved
debonding agent.
r�
V-22
When required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall
.
furnish and install an approved enclosure, such as canvas
covered framework, to protect all pavement. The
Contractor shall maintain the ambient temperature
less than 50°F (10°C) for
surrounding the concrete at not
less than three (3) days. When concrete is being
not
placed in cold weather, other than the conditions stated
-
above, the Contractor shall have a sufficient supply of
an approved covering material available to immediately
protect the concrete if the ambient temperature falls to
0-
32°F (0°t) or below, before the concrete has been in
least four(4) hours. Such protection shall
place for at
remain in place during the period the ambient temperature
continues to be at or below 32°F (0°C), or for a period
of not more than five ( 5) days. Neither salt nor
other admixtures shall be added to the concrete to
be responsible for
prevent freezing. The Contractor shall
the quality and strength of the concrete under cold
weather conditions. Any concrete damaged by freezing
the
shall be removed and replaced immediately at
Contractor's expense. If concrete is placed during night-
time hours, the Contractor shall provide sufficient
artificial light to provide for the proper placement and
finishing of the pavement.
r
k.
9. Joints shall be in accordance with Article 360.9 of Item
,..
360, "Concrete Pavement" with the following exceptions
and supplements:
r A. The Contractor shall keep an operable standby power
driven saw with extra saw blades on the jobsite at all
times when concreting operations are in progress.
Ow -
B. Where new concrete slab(s) are to be poured against
existing concrete slab(s), the exposed edges of the
existing concrete are to be sprayed with an approved
debonding agent.
r�
V-22
10. Spreading and Finishing shall be in accordance with
Article 360.10 of Item 360, "Concrete Pavement".
il. Curing shall be in accordance with Article 360.11 of Item
360, "Concrete Pavement" except: the first (1st) and
fourth (4th) paragraphs are voided and replaced as
follows:
A. All concrete pavement shall be cured by protecting it
against loss of moisture for a period of not less than
eight (8) hours from the beginning of the curing
operations. Immediately after the finishing operations
have been completed, the entire surface of the newly laid
concrete pavement shall be covered and cured in
accordance with the requirements specified herein.
B. Failure to provide sufficient covering material, failure
to maintain saturation in wet curing methods or failure
to comply with any curing requirements shall be cause for
immediate suspension of concreting operations. The
concrete surface shall be maintained wet and the covering
material replaced immediately after completion of joint
sawing, testing and any required surface .correction.
The first (1st) paragraph of Subarticle 360.11.(3) is
voided and replaced with the following:
C. After final finish and immediately after the free surface
moisture has disappeared, the concrete surface shall be
sprayed uniformly with a curing compound in accordance
with Article 526.5 of Item 526, "Membrane Curing".
Should the membrane be damaged from any cause before the
expiration of eight (8) hours after the original
application, the damaged portions shall be repaired
immediately with additional curing compound.
Immediately after the finishing of the surface has been
completed and the concrete has taken its original set,
the surface shall be completely covered with insulating
blankets. The insulating blankets shall remain on the `
pavement for not less than the specified curing period.
12. Protection of pavement and opening to traffic shall be in --
accordance with Article 360.12 of Item 360, "Concrete
Pavement" except Subarticle 360.12.(2) is voided and
replaced by the following:
V-23
E
A. The pavement shall be closed to all traffic, including
Contractor vehicles, until the concrete is at least eight
�., (8) hours old. This period may be extended, if in the
t opinion of the Engineer, it is advisable to extend the
° time of protection.
B. At the end of the closure time period, such section(s)
may be opened to all traffic provided the concrete has
reached a minimum flexural strength of five hundred
pounds per square inch (500 psi) or a minimum compressive
strength of three thousand eight hundred pounds per
square inch (3,800 psi), all joints have been sealed and
approved, and the pavement has been cleaned with a power
broom to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Subarticle 360.12.(3) is voided and replaced by the
following:
C. The Engineer may require the opening of pavement to
traffic prior to the minimum time specified above under
conditions of emergency which in his opinion require such
action in the interest of the public. The Contractor
shall remove all obstructing materials, place earth
against the pavement edges and perform all other work
involved in providing for the safety of the traffic as
required by the Engineer. Orders for emergency opening of
the pavement to traffic shall be issued by the Engineer
in writing.
13. Deficient pavement thickness shall be treated in
accordance with Article 360.13 of Item 360, "Concrete
Pavement".
14. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, ride quality shall
be treated in accordance with Item 360.14, "Ride
Quality" and Item 585, "Ride Quality For Pavement
Surfaces".
Materials
1. Cement
The cement shall be Type I, Type IA, Type III or Type IIIA
standard brand of Portland cement. If the use of high
early strength cement is not specified, and the Contractor
desires to use it, he shall obtain written permission from
V-24
t�•
j�
f
the Engineer and shall assume all additional costs
incurred by the use of such cement. Type I, Type IA, Type
III and Type IIIA cement shall conform to the requirements
of ASTM C150, "Standard Specification For Portland
Cement". When Type III or IIIA cement is used, the average
strength at the age of seven (7) days shall be higher than
that attained at three (3) days. Either the tensile tests
or compression tests may be used as strength tests for
either type cement. The specific surface area of Type I or
Type IA cement shall not exceed two thousand (2,000)
square centimeters per gram as measured by the Wagner
Turbidmeter in accordance with the Texas Department of
Transportation Test Method Tex -310-D.
2. Admixtures
Unless otherwise provided in the plans or special
provisions, approved types of admixtures to minimize
segregation, to improve workability, or to reduce the
amount of mixing water may used in the rate of dosage
specified by the Engineer. ADMIXTURES SHALL NOT BE USED AS
A SUBSTITUTE FOR CEMENT. Admixtures shall comply with all
the requirements of and be measured and dispensed in
accordance with the Texas Department of Transportation
Standard Construction Specifications Item 437, "Concrete
Admixtures".
Neither salts nor chemical admixtures shall be used to
prevent freezing.
3. Coarse Aggregate.
Coarse aggregate shall consist of durable particles of
crushed limestone (Brownwood Type) of reasonably uniform
quality throughout, free from injurious amounts of salt,
alkali, vegetable matter or other objectionable material,
either free or as an adherent coating on the aggregate. It
shall not contain more than one-fourth percent 00) by
weightof clay lumps, nor more than one percent (lo) by
weight of shale nor more than five percent (516) by weight
of laminated and/or friable particles when tested in
accordance with the Texas Department of Transportation
Test Method Tex -413-A.
Coarse aggregate shall have a wear index of not more than
forty-five percent (45%) when tested according to the
Texas Department of Transportation Test Method Tex -410-A
V-25
1
and when tested by standard laboratory methods
shall meet
the following grading requirements:
t
Retained on 1-3/4" sieve......................0%
Retained on 1-1/2" sieve................0%
to
5%
i
Retained on 3/4" sieve.................30%
to
65%
Retained on 3/8" sieve.................70%
to
90%
Retained on No. 4 sieve...... ••••••
.95%
to 1001;
C"
Loss by Decantation Test.
Method Tex -406-A ...1.0% Maximum
All aggregate shall be handled and stored in such a manner
as to prevent size segregation and contamination by
foreign substances. When segregation is apparent, the
aggregate shall be remixed. At the time of its use, the
aggregate shall be free from frozen material. Aggregate
that contains more than one-half percent (0.5%) free
moisture by weight shall be stockpiled for at least twenty
four (24) hours prior to use. Adequate storage facilities
shall be provided for all approved materials. The
intermixing of nonapproved materials with approved
materials either in stockpiles or in bins will not be
permitted. Aggregates from different sources shall be
stored in different stockpiles unless otherwise approved
by the Engineer.
Aggregates shall be stockpiled in such a manner to prevent
segregation, and maintained as nearly as possible in a
uniform condition of moisture.
Each aggregate stockpile shall be reworked with suitable
equipment as required by the Engineer to remix the
material to provide uniformity of the stockpile.
4. Fine Aggregate.
Fine aggregate shall consist of sand or a combination of
sands, and shall be composed of clean, hard,
durable,uncoated grains. Unless otherwise shown on plans,
the acid insoluble residue of the fine aggregate shall be
not less than twenty eight percent (28%) by weight when
tested in accordance with the Texas Department of
Transportation Test Method Tex -612-J.
V-26
4�
i'
i
5. Fine Aggregate Exclusive of Mineral Filler
Fine aggregate shall be free from injurious amounts of
salt, alkali or vegetable matter. It shall not contain
more than one-half percent (0.5%) by weight of clay lumps.
When subjected to the color test for organic impurities,
Texas Department of Transportation Test Method Tex -408-A,
the fine aggregate shall not show a color darker than the
standard.
Unless specified otherwise, fine aggregate shall meet the
following grading requirements:
Retained on 3/8" sieve.....................0%
Retained on No.4 sieve .. .............0% to 5%
Retained on No. 8 sieve..............0% to 20%
Retained on No. 16 sieve ............ 15% to 30%
Retained on No. 30 sieve ............ 35% to 75%
Retained on No. 50 sieve ............ 70% to 90%
Retained on No. 100 sieve .......... 90% to 100%
Retained on No. 200 sieve .......... 97% to 100%
Fine aggregate will be subjected to the Sand Equivalent --
Test (Texas Department of Transportation Test Method Tex -
203 -F). The sand equivalent value shall not be less than
eighty (80), or not less than the value shown on the
plans, whichever is greater.
6. Mineral Filler
Mineral filler shall consist of clean stone dust, clean
crushed sand, clean crushed shell or other approved inert
material. When tested in accordance with Texas Department
of Transportation Test Method Tex -401-A, it shall meet the
following requirements:
Retained on No. 30 sieve........................0%
Retained on No. 200 sieve.................0% to 35%
At the time of its use the mineral filler shall be free _.
from any frozen material. Aggregate containing foreign
material will be rejected.
U-27
7. Mixing Water
Water for use in concrete and for curing shall be free
from oil, acids, organic matter or other deleterious
substances and shall not contain more than one thousand
(1,000) parts per million of chlorides as CL, nor more
than one thousand (1,000) parts per million of sulfates as
SO4.
Water from municipal supplies approved by the State Health
Department will not require testing, but water from other
sources shall be sampled and tested before use.
Test procedures shall be in accordance with AASHTO T 26,
~` "Standard Method of Test For Quality of Water to be Used
t in Concrete".
Water may be measured either by volume or by weight. The
accuracy of measuring the water shall be plus or minus one
percent (1%) of the designed amount. Unless the water is
to be weighed, the water measuring equipment shall include
an auxiliary tank from which the measuring tank shall be
filled. The measuring tank shall be equipped with an
outside tap and valve for checking the setting unless
other means are provided for accurately determining the
amount of water in the tank. The volume of the auxiliary
tank shall have a capacity equal to at least fifty percent
(50%) of the measuring tank.
8. Batching
Batches shall be delivered to the mixer separate and
intact, without loss of cement and without spilling of
material from one batch into another. Batching shall be so
conducted as to result in the weights of each material
required within a tolerance of one percent (1%) for cement
and two percent (2%) for aggregates.
9. Steel Dowel Bars
Steel dowel bars shall be of the size and type indicated
!4 on the plans and shall be open-hearth, basic oxygen or
electric -furnace steel conforming to the mechanical
properties specified for Grade 60 (60,000 PSI minimum
yield strength) steel bars in ASTM A 615, "Specification
11 for Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete
1 7!
V-28
Reinforcement". The dowels shall be smooth plain round
bars.
Dowels shall be placed at middepth in the concrete slab by
means of fabricated steel supporting units. These units
shall be sturdy and placed so that the dowels are parallel
to the centerline and surface of the slab.
10. Steel Tiebars
Tiebars shall be placed as shown on the plans. Tiebars
shall be long enough so that anchorage on each side of the
joint will develop the allowable working strength of the
tiebar in accordance with ASTM E 488, "Test Method For
Strength of Anchors in Concrete and Masonry Elements".
11. Steel Reinforcement
Unless otherwise shown on the plans, steel reinforcing
bars as required including the tie bars shall be open-
hearth, basic oxygen or electric -furnace new billet steel
of Grade 60 (60,000 PSI minimum yield strength) for
concrete reinforcement. Bars that require bending shall
conform to ASTM A 615, "Specification for Deformed and
Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" and be
Grade 40 (40,000 PSI minimum yield strength). Grade 40
bars (40,000 PSI minimum yield strength) shall be spaced a
distance equal to two-thirds (2/3) of the Grade 60 (60,000
PSI minimum yield strength) spacing.
High yield reinforcing steel shall be either (1) open-
hearth, basic oxygen or electric -furnace new billet steel
conforming to the requirements of ASTM A 615,
"Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars
for Concrete Reinforcement", Grade 60 (60,000 PSI minimum
yield strength) or (2) railsteelbars for concrete
reinforcement, conforming to the requirements of ASTM A
616, "Specification for Rail Steel Deformed and Plain Bars
for Concrete Reinforcement", Grade 60 (60,000 PSI minimum
yield strength). [Bars produced by piling method will not
be accepted].
Where prefabricated wire mats are specified or permitted,
the wire shall be cold worked steel wire conforming to
ASTM A 496, "Standard Specification for Steel Wire,
Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement" except that steel
shall be made by open-hearth, electric -furnace, or basic
oxygen processes. The prefabricated wire mats shall
V-29
conform to the requirements of ASTM A 497, "Standard
Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, for
r Concrete Reinforcement".
Mats that have been bent or wires dislocated or parted
during shipping or project handling shall be realigned to
within one-half inch N") of the original horizontal plane
of the mat. Mats with any portion of the wires out of
vertical alignment more than one-half inch (%") after
realignment and/or wires dislocated or mutilated so that,
in the opinion of the Engineer, they do not represent the
original mat, shall be rejected. The mats may be clamped
or wired so that the mats will retain the horizontal and
vertical alignment as specified by the plans or
approved by the Engineer. Deformed wire may be used for
tie bars and load transfer bars that require bending.
When fabricated steel bars or rod mats are specified, the
mats shall conform to ASTM A 184, Standard Specification
for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete
Reinforcement".
12. Mechanical Vibratory Equipment
All concrete placed for pavement shall be consolidated by
mechanical vibrators approved by the Engineer and designed
to vibrate the concrete internally. The internal type will
be used for full -depth placement. Vibratory members shall
extend across the pavement practically to, but shall not
come in contact with the side forms. Mechanically operated
vibrators shall be operated in such a manner as to not
interfere with the transverse or longitudinal joints.
Separate vibratory units shall be operated at sufficiently
close intervals to provide uniform vibration and
consolidation to the entire width of the pavement. The
frequency in air of the internal spud type (imersion)
vibratory units shall be not less than eight thousand
(8,000) cycles per minute and not more than five thousand
(5,000) cycles per minute for tube type (surface)
vibratory units and the method of operation shall be as
directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall have a
satisfactory tachometer available for checking the
vibratory elements.
The pavement vibrators shall not be used to level or
spread the concrete but shall be used only for purposes of
consolidation. The vibrators shall not be operated where
the surface of the concrete, as spread, is below the
i, elevation of the finished surface of the pavement, except
V-30
4.�
for the first (ist) lift of concrete where the double
strike off method of placement is employed.The vibrators
shall not be operated for more than five (5) seconds while
the machine upon which they are installed is standing
still.
Approved hand manipulated mechanical vibrators shall be
furnished in the number required for provision of proper
consolidation of the concrete along forms, at joints and
in areas not covered by mechanically controlled vibrators.
These vibrators shall be sufficiently rigid to insure
control of the operation position of the vibrating head.
Complete and satisfactory consolidation of the concrete
pavement is a most important requirement of this
specification. Cores taken shall be carefully examined for
voids, honeycombing or other evidence of incomplete
consolidation. If such evidence is present, changes in the
consolidation procedures and/or equipment shall be made to
insure satisfactory consolidation.
13. Finishing.
All concrete pavement shall be finished mechanically with
approved power -driven machines, except as herein provided: -'
Hand -finishing shall be permitted on the transition from a
- crowned section to a superelevated section without crown .�
or curves, and on straight line superelevation sections
less than three hundred feet (3001) in length. Hand -
finishing will also be permitted on that portion'of a
widened pavement outside the normal pavement width, on
sections where the pavement width is not uniform, or when
required monolithic widths are greater than that of
available finishing machines. .-
Machine -finishing of pavement shall include the use of
power -driven spreaders, power -driven vibrators, power -
driven transverse strike -off, and screed, or such
alternate equipment as may be substituted and approved by
the Engineer.
All concrete shall be consolidated by a mechanical
vibrator. As soon as the concrete has been spread between
the forms, the approved mechanical vibrator shall be —
operated to consolidate the concrete and remove all voids.
Hand -manipulated vibrators shall be used for areas not
covered by the mechanical vibratory unit.
V-31
After completion of the straightedge operation, as soon as
construction operations permit, texture shall be applied
with one-eighth inch (1/8") wide metal tines with clear
spacing between the tines being not less than one -forth
inch (X") nor more than one-half inch N"). If approved by
the Engineer, other equipment and methods may be used,
provided that a surface texture meeting the specified
requirements is obtained. The texture shall be applied
transversely. It is the intent that the average texture
depth resulting from the number of tests directed by the
r*�
V-32
l
The transverse finishing machine shall first be operated
to the required section
to compact and finish the pavement
and grade, without surface voids. The machine shall be
operated over each area as many times and at such
'
intervals as directed. At least two trips shall be
required and the last trip over a given area shall be a
,.,
continuous run of not less than forty feet (401). After
}
F
completion of finishing with the transverse finishing
machine a transverse drag float may be used.
The consistency of the concrete as placed should allow the
completion of all finishing operations without the
addition of water to the surface. When field conditions
�••
are such that additional moisture is needed for the final
concrete surface finishing operation, the required water
shall be applied to the surface by fog spray only and
shall be held to a minimum so that water does not collect
on the surface.
After finishing is complete and the concrete still
workable, the surface shall be tested for trueness with an
approved ten feet (101) steel straightedge. The
straightedge shall be operated from the side of the
�..,
pavement, placed parallel to the pavement centerline and
passed across the slab to reveal any high spots or
depressions. The straightedge shall be advanced along the
r'
pavement in successive stages of not more than one-half
O its length. Practically perfect contact of the
straightedge with the surface shall be required, and the
rr
pavement shall be leveled to this condition, in order to
J
insure conformity with the surface test required below,
after the pavement has fully hardened. Any correction of
the surface required shall be accomplished by adding
r
concrete if required and by operating the longitudinal
t
float over the area. The surface test with the
straightedge shall then be repeated.
For one (1) lane pavement placement and uniform widening,
the equipment for machine -finishing of concrete pavement
shall be as directed by the Engineer but shall not exceed
the requirements of these specifications.
After completion of the straightedge operation, as soon as
construction operations permit, texture shall be applied
with one-eighth inch (1/8") wide metal tines with clear
spacing between the tines being not less than one -forth
inch (X") nor more than one-half inch N"). If approved by
the Engineer, other equipment and methods may be used,
provided that a surface texture meeting the specified
requirements is obtained. The texture shall be applied
transversely. It is the intent that the average texture
depth resulting from the number of tests directed by the
r*�
V-32
Engineer be not less than sixty one -thousandth inch
(0.060") with a minimum texture depth of fifty one -
thousandth inch (0.050") for any one test when tested in
accordance with Texas Department of Transportation Test
Method Tex -436-A. Should the texture depth fall below that
intended, the finishing procedures shall be revised to
produce the desired texture.
14. Proportioning of Concrete
Concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, fine
aggregate, coarse aggregate, mineral filler and/or
admixture if used and water, mixed in proportions as
approved by the Engineer in the mix design as submitted by
a commercial laboratory and in the manner set forth in
this specification. On the basis of job and laboratory
investigations of the proposed materials, the Engineer
will fix the proportions by weight of water, coarse
aggregate, fine aggregate, cement, admixture and mineral
filler where required, in order to produce concrete of the
specified strength and workability.
15. Concrete Strength (Class A, C, E and F)
The concrete mix will be designed so as to produce a
minimum twenty-eight (28) days flexural strength of six
hundred pounds per square inch (600 psi) and a minimum
compressive strength of three thousand pounds per square
inch (3000 psi) at seven (7) days and/or twenty-eight (28)
days compressive strength of three thousand six hundred `
pounds per square inch (3,600 psi) as applicable
conforming to minimum strengths as required on page IV -10
of "Standard Materials of Construction". The coarse --
aggregate factor (dry, loose volume of coarse aggregate
per unit volume of concrete) shall not exceed eighty-five
hundredth (0.85). Unless otherwise shown on the plans the
concrete shall contain not less than six (6) sacks of
cement per cubic yard of concrete. Unless otherwise shown
on the -plans the water -cement ratio ((net gallons of water
per ninety four (94) pound sack of cement)) shall not
exceed six (6) gallon/sack. Concrete specimens shall be
prepared, cured and tested as outlined in the Texas
Department of Transportation Bulletin C-11. Compressive
strength tests shall also be tested in accordance with
ASTM C 39, "Test Method For Compressive Strength of
.Cylindrical Concrete Specimens". Flexural strength tests _
shall also be tested in accordance with ASTM C 78, "Test
V-33
Method For Flexural Strength of Concrete Using a Simple
Beam With Third Point Loading".
16. Workability of Concrete
Concrete shall be uniformly plastic, cohesive and
workable. Workable concrete is defined as concrete which
can be placed without honeycombs and without voids in the
surface of the pavement. Workability shall be obtained
without producing a condition such that free water appears
on the surface of the slab when being finished as
specified. Where water appears on the surface of the
concrete after finishing and this condition cannot be
corrected by reasonable adjustment in the batch design,
the bleeding will be immediately corrected by one of the
following measures or a combination of two (2) or more of
the following listed measures:
a. Redesign of the batch mix
b. Addition of mineral filler to fine aggregate
C. Increase of cement content
In the event that the measures taken do not eliminate the
bleeding immediately, concrete placement operations will
be suspended, as directed by the Engineer, and shall
G remain suspended, until such time as additional trial
mixes demonstrate that a non-bleeding batch design has
�••. been achieved. Failing to achieve a satisfactory
( laboratory batch design the Contractor shall be required
to use different materials and to submit samples thereof
for additional trial mixes and pilot beams as specified in
the Texas Department of Transportation Bulletin C-11.
The mix will be designed with the intention of producing
concrete which will have a slump of one and one-half
inches (1'A") when tested in accordance with Texas
Department of Transportation Bulletin C-11. The slump
shall not be less than one inch (1") nor more than three
inches (3"). The slump shall be in accordance with ASTM C
143, "Slump of Portland Cement Concrete".
17. Mix Design
Prior to the beginning of the concrete placement, and
thereafter before any change in source or characteristics
of any of the ingredients except mineral filler,
sufficient compression tests using various quantities of
V-34
Y
cement and aggregates proposed for use shall be supplied
the Engineer for consideration.
Mixes shall be designed and made in sufficient number to
represent a wide range of water -cement ratios. These mixes
shall comply with the requirements herein prescribed for
workability. From these preliminary tests the water -cement
ratio required to produce concrete of the specified
strength shall be selected by the Engineer. The Contractor
may at any time present in writing a suggested mix design
and the Engineer shall make the tests necessary to
determine its acceptability under these specification
requirements.
For mixing the concrete to be used in making the
preliminary test specimens, the Contractor shall furnish
and operate the mixer approved for use on this project. A
minimum one (1) cubic yard batch shall be mixed or a batch
of sufficient size to afford proper mixing, whichever is
the greater. In lieu of the above mixer and procedure, the
Contractor may furnish a portable mixer of sufficient
rated capacity to mix a minimum three (3) sack batch; in
which case, the batch mixed for the preliminary test shall
not be less than the rated capacity of the mixer
furnished.
No additional compensation will be allowed for equipment,
materials or labor involved in making preliminary test
specimens.
After the mix proportions and water -cement ratio required
to produce concrete of the specified strength have been
determined, placing of the concrete may be started.
Type I and Type IA cement shall have a specified surface
area within a range of one thousand six hundred (1,600)
square centimeters per gram to one thousand nine hundred --
(1,900) square centimeters per gram. A change in the
specific surface of the cement of more than one hundred
(100) square centimeters per gram may require a new mix
design.
18. Subgrade and Forms
Preparation of Subgrade.
Rolling and sprinkling shall be performed when and to the
extent directed, and the roadbed shall be completed to or _
above the plane of the typical sections shown on the plans
and the lines and grades established by the Engineer.
V-35
Drainage of the roadbed shall be maintained at all times.
Sealed or treated subgrade cut in the.preparation of the
.- subgrade or setting of pavement forms shall be resealed or
the subgrade restored to the original conditions as
directed by the Engineer.The subgrade shall conform to
Section 5.2.A.(2) of these specifications.
The subgrade shall be maintained in a smooth, compacted
condition in conformity with the required section and
established grade until the pavement is placed and shall
be kept thoroughly wetted down sufficiently in advance of
placing any pavement to insure its being in a firm and
moist condition for at least two inches (2") below the
prepared surface. Sufficient subgrade shall always be
prepared in advance to insure satisfactory prosecution of
the work. No equipment or hauling shall be permitted on
the prepared subgrade, except by special permission of the
Engineer, which will be granted only in exceptional cases
and only where suitable protection in the form of two (2)
ply timber mats or other approved material is provided.
19. Placing and Removing Forms
The subgrade under the forms shall be firm and cut true to
grade so that each form section when placed will be firmly
in contact for its whole length and base width, and
exactly at the established grade. Forms shall be staked
with at least three (3) pins for each 10 feet (10')
section. A pin shall be placed at each side of every
joint. Form sections shall be tightly joined and keyed to
prevent relative displacement. Forms shall be cleaned and
oiled each time they are used.
Forms shall be set for a sufficient distance in advance of
the point where concrete is being placed to permit a
finished and approved subgrade length of not less than
three hundred feet (3001) feet ahead of the mixing.
Conformity of the grade and alignment of forms shall be
checked immediately prior to placing concrete, and all
necessary corrections made by the Contractor. Where any
forms have been disturbed or any subgrade becomes
unstable, the forms shall be reset and rechecked. In
exceptional cases, the Engineer may require stakes driven
to the grade of the bottom of the forms. Sufficient
stability of the forms to support the equipment operated
thereon and to withstand its vibration without springing
or settlement shall be required. If forms settle and/or
deflect more than one-eighth inch (1/8") under finishing
operations, paving operations shall be stopped and the
forms shall be reset to line and grade..
V-36
Forms shall remain in place for not less than twelve (12)
hours after concrete curb and gutter has been placed.
Forms shall remain in place for not less than thirty six
(36) hours after structural concrete has been poured. The
forms shall remain in place until removal is approved by
the Engineer. They shall be carefully removed in such a
manner that little or no damage will be done to the edge
of the pavement. Any damage resulting from this operation
shall.be immediately repaired. After the forms have been
removed, the ends of all joints shall be cleaned, and any
honeycombed areas pointed up with approved mortar.
Immediately after pointing is completed, the form trench,
if used, shall be filled with earth from the shoulders in
such a manner as to shed water from rainfall or curing
away from the edge of the pavement. On completion of the
required curing, the subgrade or shoulders adjacent to the
pavement shall be :graded in a condition to maintain
drainage.
Allowable grade revisions shall in no way affect the
governing finishing and surface requirements of the
completed pavement.
All grade revisions shall be established by the Engineer.
No additional payment over the contract unit price will be
made for any pavement of a thickness exceeding that
required on the plans as a result of adjustment of the
forms.
K. Concrete Mixing and Placing
1. Mixing
The aggregates, mineral filler if required, cement and —
water shall be measured separately, introduced into the
mixer, and mixed for a period of not less than fifty (50)
seconds nor more than ninety (90) seconds, measured from
the time the last aggregate enters the drum to the time
discharge of the concrete begins. The required water shall
be introduced into the mixing drum during the first
fifteen (15) seconds of mixing. The entire contents of the
drum shall be discharged before any materials of the
succeeding batch are introduced.
The Engineer may increase the minimum mixing time to that
necessary to produce thoroughly mixed concrete based on
inspection or appropriate uniformity tests. The mixing
time may be varied at any time necessary to produce
acceptable concrete.
V-37
F
4
t, If Ready -Mix concrete is used, the concrete shall be
discharged into the specified hauling equipment and
delivered to the road site. If truck agitators are used,
the concrete shall be continuously agitated at a rate of
not less than one revolution per minute (1 rpm) nor more
than six revolutions per minute (6 rpm's) as directed by
the Engineer.
k;
The initial batch of concrete mixed after each time the
mixer is washed out shall be enriched by additional
mortar. The additional mortar shall consist of one (1)
part of cement and three (3) parts of sand.
2. Placing
Any concrete not placed as herein prescribed within thirty
(30) minutes after mixing shall be rejected and disposed
of as directed except as provided otherwise herein. Except
by specific written authorization of the Engineer,
concrete shall not be placed when the temperature is below
40°F (4° C), the temperature being taken by the Engineer
in the shade and away from artificial heat. The
temperature measured by the Engineer shall be the final
word.
All concrete shall be placed during daylight unless
otherwise approved.
Troughs, pipes, and chutes shall be used as an aid in
placing concrete when needed. Dropping the concrete a
distance of more than five feet (51) or depositing a large
amount at one location shall not be permitted. Concrete
shall be placed upon clean, damp surfaces, free from
running water.
Concrete shall be placed upon properly consolidated soil.
The Contractor shall furnish an approved enclosure, when
requested by the Engineer, such as canvas -covered
framework, to enclose and protect all pavement so placed,
and shall maintain the temperature of the air surrounding
the concrete at not less than 50°F (10° C) for not less
than five (5) days. When concrete is being placed in cold
weather, other than under the conditions stated above, the
Contractor shall have available a sufficient supply of an
approved covering material to immediately protect the
concrete if the air temperature falls to 32°F (0° C), or
below, before the concrete has been placed for four (4)
hours. Such protection shall remain in place during the
period the temperature continues below 32°F (0° C) or for
4� V-38
i'
a period of not more than five (5) days. Neither salt nor
other chemical admixtures shall be added to the concrete
to prevent freezing. The Contractor shall be responsible
for the quality and strength of the concrete under cold
weather conditions and any concrete damage by freezing
shall be removed and replaced at his expense. Concrete
shall not be placed before sunrise and shall not be placed
later than will permit the finishing of the pavement
during sufficient natural light.
Concrete shall be placed only on an approved subgrade or
sub -base, and unless otherwise indicated on plans, the
full width of the pavement shall be constructed
monolithically. No concrete shall be deposited on frozen
subgrade or sub -base. The concrete shall be deposited on
the subgrade or sub -base in such manner as to require as
little rehandling as possible. Where hand spreading is
necessary, concrete shall be distributed to the required
depth by use of shovels. The use of rakes will not be
permitted. Workmen will not be permitted to walk in the
concrete with any earth or foreign material on their boots
or shoes. The placing of concrete shall be rapid and
continuous.
Concrete shall be distributed to such depth that when
consolidated and finished, the slab thickness required by
the plans will be obtained at all points and the surface
shall not, at any point, be below the established grade.
Special care shall be exercised in placing and spreading
concrete against forms and at all joints to prevent the
forming of honeycombs and voids.
If in the opinion of the Engineer, the temperature, wind
and/or humidity conditions are such that the quality of
the concrete will not be adversely affected, the specified
placing time may be extended to a maximum of forty five
(45) minutes.
Retempering concrete by adding water or by other means
shall not be permitted. Concrete that is unsuitable for
placement as delivered shall be rejected and removed from
the jobsite at the Contractor's expense.
3. Steel Reinforcement
All reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A 82,
"Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for
Concrete Reinforcement". Steel wire fabric reinforcement
shall also conform to ASTM A 185, "Standard Specification
For Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete
V-39
Reinforcement", ASTM A 496, "Standard Specification for
Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement" and ASTM
A 497, "Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed for Concrete
Reinforcement".
r„ All reinforcing steel, including steel wire fabric
reinforcement, tie bars, and dowel bars shall be
accurately placed and secured in position in accordance
with specifications and with details shown on the plans.
Reinforcement shall be supported by approved metal chairs.
Where plans require an assembly of parts at pavement
joints, the assembly shall be completed, placed at the
r V-40
C
Reinforcing bars shall be securely tied together with wire
PM
at alternate intersections, following a pattern approved
by the Engineer, and at all splices, and shall be securely
tied with wire to each dowel intersected. When wire fabric
is used, it shall be securely tied with wire together at
G!
all splices and to each dowel intersected. The minimum
length of overlap for wire fabric shall be twelve inches
(12"). Every other wire of the fabric shall be tied
securely with the wire ties. Tie bars shall be installed
in the required position by the method and device shown on
the plans or by approved method and device equivalent
thereto.
Wire intended for welded fabric shall be sufficiently free
r
of rust and drawing lubricant so as not to interfere with
electric resistance welding. Rust, surface seams, or
surface irregularities will not be cause for rejection
provided the minimum dimensions, cross-sectional area and
�,.
tensile properties of a hand wire -brushed test specimen
are not less than the requirements of ASTM A 497,
"Standard Specification for Wire Fabric, Deformed, For
Concrete Reinforcement". Tightly adhered scale or rust
which resists removal by vigorous wire brushing need not
be removed except that excessive loss of section to the
reinforcement due to rust shall be cause for rejection.
Excessive loss of section shall be defined as loss of
section to the extent that the reinforcement will no
longer meet the physical requirements for the size and
1`
grade of steel specified. The presence of broken welds
the
t
shall not constitute cause for rejection unless number
of broken welds per sheet exceeds one percent (it) of the
total number of joints in a sheet, or if the material is
furnished in rolls, one percent (1%) of the total number
of joints in one hundred and fifty (150) square feet of
fabric and, furthermore provided not more than one half
(M) of the permissible maximum number of broken welds are
located on any one wire.
Where plans require an assembly of parts at pavement
joints, the assembly shall be completed, placed at the
r V-40
C
required location and elevation, and all parts rigidly
secured in the required position by the method and devices
shown on plans. Dowel bars shall be accurately installed
in joint assemblies in accordance with plans, each
parallel to the pavement surface and to the center line of
the pavement, and shall be rigidly secured in required
position by such means (as shown on plans) that will
prevent their displacement during placing and finishing of
the concrete.
ON A MONOLITHIC ""POUR" ONLY ONE CLASS OF CONCRETE SHALL
BE USED.
4. Curing
a. Moist curing
Moist curing shall be accomplished by a covering of burlap
or other approved fabric mat used singly or in
combination. Curing mats shall be thoroughly wet when
applied and kept continously wet and in intimate contact
with the concrete surface for the duration of the moist
curing period. If allowed to dry, they will remove
moisture from the concrete surface. The burlap or fabric
mats shall be lapped a minimum of eighteen inches (18") at
joints to prevent drying between adjacent sheets.
b. Waterproof Paper or White Polyethylene
Waterproof paper or white polyethelene shall be lapped a
minimum of eighteen (18) inches. The paper or polyethylene
shall be adequately weighted to prevent displacement or
billowing due to the wind. Tears or holes appearing in
the paper or polyethylene during the curing period shall
be immediately repaired to " air tightness" by the
Contractor at no expense to the City.
c. Membrane curing
This method of curing shall be applied behind the final
finishing operation after all free water has disappeared
from the surface. Complete and uniform coverage at the
rate of one hundred and fifty (150) square feet of
concrete per gallon of compound shall be required, unless
the maufacturer recommends a different rate. The compound
shall be white in color to reflect the sun. The compound
V-41
shall be kept agitated to keep the pigment from settling.
The compound shall be applied to the concrete edges
�•- immediately after the forms are removed. Membrane curing
shall not be permitted on concrete pavement which will be
exposed to deicing chemicals within thirty (30) days after
completion of the curing period.
5. Joints
When the placing of concrete is stopped, a bulkhead of
sufficient cross sectional area to prevent deflection,
accurately notched to receive the load transmission
devices, or dowels if required, and shaped accurately to
the cross section of the pavement shall be provided and
installed as a back-up for the joint filler and rigidly
secured in the required position to permit accurate
finishing of the concrete up to the joint. After the
concrete has been finished to the joint, formation of the
joint seal reservior and finishing of the joint shall be
executed. The back-up bulkhead shall remain in place until
immediately prior to the time when concrete placing is
resumed, when it shall be carefully removed in such manner
that no element of the joint assembly will be disturbed.
The exposed portion of the joint assembly shall be free of
adherent concrete, dirt or other material at the time the
placing of concrete is resumed.
If necessary for proper installation of the joint sealant,
excessive spalling of the joint reservior shall be
repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer in the manner
which the Engineer prescribes.
Careful workmanship shall be exercised in the construction
of all joints to insure that the concrete sections are
completely separated by an open joint or by the joint
materials and to insure that the joints will be true to
the outline indicated on the plans.
Joints are to be sawed as shown on the plans and sealed
with an approved joint sealing material before the
pavement is opened to any traffic (including construction
traffic) and as soon after the completion of! the curing
period as is feasible. Just prior to sealing, each joint
shall be cleaned of all foreign material.
l
A. Transverse Contraction Joints
�,. These joints shall consist of planes of weakness created
by forming or cutting grooves in the surface of the
pavement perpendicular to the centerline and parallel to
V-42
r
the surface at locations as shown on the plans. The depth
of the joint shall be at least one fourth W of the depth
of the slab. Dowels shall be used as shown on the plans.
Formed grooves shall be made by depressing an approved
tool (insert) or device into the plastic concrete. The
tool (insert) or device shall remain in place until the
concrete has attained its initial set and shall then be
removed without disturbing adjacent concrete.
Sawed joints shall be as specified on the plans or as
directed by the Engineer. Sawing of joints shall begin as
soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit
sawing with a minimum of raveling or aggregate pullouts.
All joints shall be sawed in succession if possible. All
joints shall be completed before uncontrolled shrinkage
cracking occurs. where sawed joints are used, contraction
joints shall be placed as shown on the plans and shall be
sawed as soon as sawing can be accomplished without damage
to the pavement and before twelve (12) hours after the
concrete has been placed; the exact time to be approved by
the Engineer. The remaining contraction joints shall be
sawed in a uniform pattern as directed by the Engineer,
and they shall be completed before uncontrolled cracking
of the pavement takes place. All joints shall be completed
before permitting any traffic to use the pavement
including Contractor traffic. The saw shall be power
driven, shall be manufactured especially for the purpose
of sawing concrete, and shall be capable of performing the
work. Saw blades shall be designed to make a clean smooth
cut having a width and depth of cut as detailed on the
plans. Tracks adequately anchored, chalk, string line or
other approved methods shall be used to provide true
alignment of the joints. The concrete saw shall be
maintained in good operating condition and the Contractor
shall keep a stand-by power saw with extra saw blades on
the project at all times when concrete operations are
under way.
If membrane curing is used, the portion of the seal which
has been disturbed by sawing operations shall be restored
by the Contractor by spraying the area with additional
curing seal.
Transverse contraction joints shall be carried through the
curb and gutter sections.
V-43
r
I
B. Transverse Construction Joints
These joints shall be of the type shown on the plans,
shall be placed perpendicular to the centerline and
shall be used when the placing of concrete is suspended
for thirty (30) minutes or more. Planned construction
joints shall be placed at normal joint locations. These
joints shall be butt type joints with dowels. If the
emergency construction joint occurs at or near the planned
joint, a butt type joint with dowels shall be used. If an
emergency construction joint occurs in the middle third of
the normal joint interval, a keyed joint with tiebars
shall be used. The tiebars shall measure %" diameter X
24" length for 6" or 8" concrete slabs and 5/8"
diameter X 30" length for a 10" concrete slab.
C. Transverse Expansion/Isolation Joints
This type of joint shall be located as shown on the plans
at fixed objects and unsymmetrical intersections.
D. Longitudinal Contraction Joints
This type of joint shall be located as shown on the plans.
These joints shall be saw cut to a depth of one-fourth W
the thickness of the slab plus one-half inch N").
Longitudinal joints shall be sawed within twelve (12)
hours after construction of the pavement. Sawing shall not
cause damage to the pavement and the grooves shall be cut
with a minimum of spalling. No traffic (including
construction traffic) shall be permitted on the pavement
until the longitudinal joints have been cut and sealed.
E. Longitudinal Construction Joints
This type of joint shall be of the type shown on the plans
and located as shown on the plans.
Longitudinal joints shall be sawed within twelve (12)
hours after construction of the pavement..Sawing shall not
cause damage to the pavement and the grooves shall be cut
with a minimum of spalling. No traffic (including
construction traffic) shall be permitted on the pavement
until the longitudinal joints are cut and sealed.
V-44
6. Joint Sealants
After the joints in the hardened concrete have been
repaired (if necessary) and cleaned to the satisfaction of
the Engineer, the joints shall be filled with. W.R.
Meadows "SOF-SEAL, Dow Corning "888", Dow Corning "890
SL" or approved equivalent. Immediately prior to sealing,
all joints shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign
material, including membrane curing compound, and joint
faces shall be clean and surface dry when the sealant
material is applied. The joints are to be sealed before
the pavement is opened to traffic and as soon after
completion of the curing period as is feasible unless
approved by the Engineer. After the sealant is installed
it shall effectively seal the joints against water, dirt
and stones throughout repeated cycles of expansion and
contraction.
Hot applied sealant shall be stirred during heating to
prevent localized overheating. The sealant shall be
applied in accordance with manufacturers reccomended
suggestions.
The joints shall be filled by inserting the nozzle to the
bottom of the joint or backer rod as applicable so the
sealant will not settle.
The joint filling shall be done without spilling material
on the exposed surfaces of the concrete. Any excess
material on the surface of the concrete shall be removed
immediately and the pavement surface cleaned. The use of
sand or similiar material to cover the seal shall not be
permitted. Joint sealing material shall not be placed when
the ambient temperature in the shade is less than 50°F
(100C), unless approved by the Engineer.
7. Backer Rod
The backer rod diameter shall be twenty five percent (251c)
greater than the reservior width. The backer rod material
shall be made of polyetrhylene foam, crosslinked
polyethylene foam, polyurethane foam or other material as
suggested by the manufacturer. The material shall not be --
water absorbent and shall be compatible with the
application temperature of the sealant.
V-45
ro
F8. Expansion Joint Material
Premolded expansion joint materials, wherever used, shall
extend to the full depth of the concrete and shall be
anchored to the concrete on one side of the joint by means
of copper wire,or nails not lighter than No. 12 B&S gage.
Such anchorage shall be sufficient to overcome the tendency
of the material to fall out of the joint.
Bituminous premolded expansion joint material shall
conform to Item No. 433.2(5)(c) of the Texas Department of
Transportation Standard Construction Specifications and
conform to ASTM D 1751, "Standard Specification For
Preformed Expansion Joint Filler For Concrete".
Expansion joints shall be placed as shown on the plans or
as directed by the Engineer.
9. Spreading and Finishing
All concrete pavement shall be consolidated by a
mechanical vibrator. As soon as the concrete has been
spread between the forms, the approved mechanical vibrator
shall be operated to consolidate the concrete and remove
all voids. Hand manipulated vibrators shall be used for
areas not covered by the mechanical vibratory unit. The
vibrator used shall not be operated in any one location
.. for more than fifteen (15) seconds.
r
After finishing is completed and the concrete still
workable, the surface shall be tested for trueness with an
approved ten feet (101) steel straightedge. The
straightedge shall be operated from the side of the
pavement, placed parallel to the pavement centering and
passed across the slab to reveal any high spots or
depressions. The straightedge shall be advanced along the
pavement in successive stages of not more than one-half
(M) of its length per movement . Practically perfect
contact of the straightedge with the surface shall be
required, and the pavement shall be leveled to this
condition, in order to insure conformity with the surface
test required after the pavement has fully hardened. Any
correction of the surface required shall be accomplished
by adding concrete if required and by operating the
longitudinal float over the area. The surface test with
the straightedge shall then be repeated. Extra water will
not be added for finishing.
After completion of the straightedge operation, the first
pass of the burlap drag shall be made as soon as
V-46
construction operations permit and before the water sheen
has disappeared from the surface. This shall be followed
by as many passes as required to produce the desired
texture depth. There shall be no unnecessary.delays
between passes. The drag shall be wet during use and
maintained clean and free from encrusted mortar. It is the
intent that the average texture depth resulting from the
number of tests directed by the Engineer be not less than
twenty-five thousandths inch (0.025") with a minimum
texture depth of twenty thousandths inch (0.020") for any
one test. Should the texture depth fall below that
intended, the finishing procedures shall be revised to
produce the desired texture.
The Contractor shall have available at all times hand
brooms with stiff bristles for the purpose of providing
textures when the pavement surface is in such a condition
that the burlap drag or other methods being employed will
not provide the desired texture.
After completion of dragging and about the time the
concrete becomes hard; the edge of the slab and joints
shall be carefully finished as directed by the Engineer,
and the pavement shall be left smooth and true to line.
10. Tolerance in Pavement Thickness
The thickness of the pavement shall be determined by
average caliper measurements of cores tested in accordance
with ASTM C 174, "Test Method For Measuring Length of
Drilled Concrete Cores".
Pavement thickness shall be not less than the specified
minimum thickness.
When the measurement of any core is less than the
specified minimum thickness, the actual thickness of the
pavement in this area shall be detemined by taking
additional cores at not less than ten feet (101) intervals
parallel to the centerline in each direction from the
affected location until a core is found which is not
deficient. Areas found deficient in thickness shall be
removed by the City Testing Laboratory. The cores shall be
replaced with the same material of the minimum compacted
thickness specified at no cost to the Owner.
The amount and location of the cores shall be determined
at the discretion of the Engineer.
V-47
s
11. Protection of Pavement and Opening to Traffic
The Contractor shall erect and maintain the barricades and
other signalization required by the plans and such other
standard and approved traffic control devices as will
exclude public traffic and traffic of his employees and
agents from the newly placed pavement for the periods of
time and at locations hereinafter prescribed by the
Engineer. Portions of the roadway, or crossings of the
roadbed required to be maintained open for use by traffic,
shall not be obstructed by the above required barricades
and other signalization.
The pavement shall be closed to all traffic, including
Contractor vehicles, until the concrete is at least
fourteen (14) days old if normal Type I or Type II
portland cement concrete is used. The pavement shall be
closed to all traffic, including Contractor vehicles,
until the concrete is seven (7) days old if a "Fast Track"
concrete or other fast setting concrete is used. This
period of closure to all traffic may be extended if, in
the opinion of the Engineer, weather or other conditions
make it advisable to provide an extension of the time of
protection.
At the end of the seven (7) days period or fourteen (14)
days period depending on the type of concrete used as
provided in the paragraph above, and as long thereafter as
ordered by the Engineer, and if so desired by the
Contractor, the pavement may be opened for use by
Contractor vehicles provided the gross weight (vehicle
weight plus load) of such vehicles does not exceed
fourteen thousand pounds (14,000#). Such opening, however
shall in no manner relieve the Contractor from his
responsibilities for the work. On those sections of the
pavement thus opened to traffic, all joints shall first be
sealed, the pavement cleaned, earth backfill placed
against the pavement edges and the joint work approved by
the Engineer before permitting vehicles thereon.
After the concrete in any section is four (4) days or
fourteen (14) days old as in the concrete Type listed
above,.or as long thereafter as ordered by the Engineer,
such section of pavement may be opened to all traffic as
required by the plans or when so directed by the Engineer.
On those sections of the pavement thus opened to traffic,
all joints shall first be sealed, the pavement cleaned,
7 earth placed against the pavement edges, temporary
transition pavement and all other work performed as
required for the safety of traffic.
V-48
When High Early Strength Concrete, resulting from the use
of Type III or Type IIIA cement as required by plans or
special provisions, is used, the pavement may be opened to
all traffic after the concrete is seven (7) days old, or
as long thereafter as ordered by the Engineer, subject to
the same provisions governing the opening after fourteen
(14) days for normal Type I and Type II concrete as above
prescribed.
Where the Contractor desires to move any equipment not
licensed for operating on public streets, on or across any
pavement opened to traffic, he shall protect the pavement
from all damage by means of two-ply timber mats of two
inch (2") stock or runways of heavier material laid on a
layer of earth, all as approved by the Engineer.
The Engineer may require the opening of the pavement to
traffic prior to the minimum time specified above under
conditions of emergency which in his opinion require such
action to be in the interest of the public. In no case
shall the Engineer order opening of the pavement to
traffic within less than seventy-two (72) hours after the
last concrete in the section is placed, The Contractor
shall remove all obstructing materials, place earth
against the pavement edges and perform all other work
involved in providing for the safety of traffic as
required by the Engineer in ordering an emergency opening.
Orders for an emergency opening of the pavement to traffic
will be issued by the Engineer in writing.
5.3. EARTH WORK
A. Subgrade Preparation for curb
(asphalt and concrete),alley
gutters, other miscellaneous
and borrow ditches.
Description
and gutter, street paving
returns, alley paving, valley
structures, drainage ditches
Subgrade preparation shall include the removal, hauling
and disposal of flexible paving materials, other
obstructions shown on the plans or as designated by the
Engineer and all scarifying, pulverizing, wetting,
disking, blading and rolling with compactors to a depth of
meM1 1
1. Excavation
^, When borrow sources are outside the project boundaries, it
shall be the Contractor's responsibility to locate and
obtain the supply, subject to the Engineer's approval. The
Contractor shall notify the Engineer, at least fifteen
(15) days prior to beginning the excavation, so necessary
tests and measurements can be made. All unsuitable
material shall be disposed of by the Contractor. All
borrow pits shall be opened to expose the vertical
faces of various strata of acceptable material to enable
the obtaining of a uniform product. Borrow pits shall be
drained and left in a neat presentable condition with all
slopes dressed uniformly.
7
Any buildings and miscellaneous structures that are to be
removed shall be demolished or removed from the project
site. All materials therefrom shall be removed from the
project site and disposed of by the Contractor. The
remaining or existing foundations, wells, cesspools, storm
sewer inlet boxes, exposed pipelines and all. like
structures shall be removed to a depth of at least two
feet (21) below the surrounding ground elevation outside
the proposed pavement boundaries and at least three feet
(31) below the finished pavement grades in the proposed
pavement areas. The holes or depressions shall be
backfilled with acceptable material and properly
compacted.
No compaction shall be required on the top four inches
(4") of the fill material outside the proposed pavement
areas.
V-50
at least six inches (611) below subgrade elevation on
residential streets and to a depth of at least twelve
inches (1211) below subgrade elevation on major
thoroughfares and collector streets. Mechanical compactors
will be used from the bottom to the finished subgrade
elevation to compact the subgrade to ninety five percent
(95%) Standard Proctor Density on residential streets
according to ASTM D 698, "Test Method For Laboratory
Compaction Characteristics Of Soil Using Standard Effort"
in conformity to the line, grade and sections as shown on
the plans or as established by the Engineer. Mechanical
compactors will be used from the bottom to the finished
subgrade elevation to compact the subgrade to one hundred
percent (100%) Standard Proctor Density on thoroughfare
streets according to ASTM D 698, "Test Method For
Laboratory Compaction Characteristics Of Soil Using
Standard Effort".
1. Excavation
^, When borrow sources are outside the project boundaries, it
shall be the Contractor's responsibility to locate and
obtain the supply, subject to the Engineer's approval. The
Contractor shall notify the Engineer, at least fifteen
(15) days prior to beginning the excavation, so necessary
tests and measurements can be made. All unsuitable
material shall be disposed of by the Contractor. All
borrow pits shall be opened to expose the vertical
faces of various strata of acceptable material to enable
the obtaining of a uniform product. Borrow pits shall be
drained and left in a neat presentable condition with all
slopes dressed uniformly.
7
Any buildings and miscellaneous structures that are to be
removed shall be demolished or removed from the project
site. All materials therefrom shall be removed from the
project site and disposed of by the Contractor. The
remaining or existing foundations, wells, cesspools, storm
sewer inlet boxes, exposed pipelines and all. like
structures shall be removed to a depth of at least two
feet (21) below the surrounding ground elevation outside
the proposed pavement boundaries and at least three feet
(31) below the finished pavement grades in the proposed
pavement areas. The holes or depressions shall be
backfilled with acceptable material and properly
compacted.
No compaction shall be required on the top four inches
(4") of the fill material outside the proposed pavement
areas.
V-50
In -Place field densities shall be determined in accordance
with ASTM D 2167, "Standard Test Method For Density and
Unit Weight of Soil In -Place by the Rubber Baloon Method"
or ASTM D 2922, "Standard Test Method For Density of Soil
and Soil Aggregate In -Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow
Depth) ".
After the obstructions have been removed, or in
conjunction with such removal, the street bed and/or alley
return foundation and/or sidewalk foundation shall be
excavated and shaped in conformity with the typical
section and to the line and grades as shown on the plans
or as established by the Engineer.
All unstable or otherwise objectionable material shall be
removed from the subgrade and replaced with approved
material. The excavation shall be done in such a manner as
to require a minimum of fill to bring the subgrade to the
correct elevation. When the subgrade is too low as
initially excavated, the Contractor shall place additional
soil or caliche in layers not exceeding four inches (4")
compacted thickness and compact each layer by wetting,
disking, blading and rolling.
2. Drainage
Drainage excavation shall consist of excavating for
drainage ditches such as intercepting, inlet or outlet,
for temporary levee,construction; or for any other type as
designed or as shown. The work shall be performed in the
proper sequence with the other construction. All material
shall be disposed of as directed. Intercepting ditches
shall be constructed prior to starting adjacent
construction operations. All necessary work shall be
performed to the correct line, grade, elevation and cross
section. The Contractor shall maintain ditches constructed
on the project to the required cross section and elevation
and shall keep them free of debris or obstructions until
such time as the project is accepted.
3. Scraper Work
The utilization of a scraper for excavation and shaping of
subgrade and base is permitted with exceptions which are
determined by depths of utility lines. Unless otherwise
specified by the Engineer, the scraper shall not exceed
twenty three (23) cubic yards capacity as rated loaded
flush by the manufacturer.
V-51
7 4. Compaction
Swelling subgrades (soils with plasticity indexes of 15 or
more) shall be sprinkled as required to provide not less
than optimum moisture during compaction. Other subgrade
soils will be compacted at a moisture content of plus or
minus two percent (211) from optimum moisture or other
moisture content directed by the Engineer.
Test rolling will be accomplished with a twenty-five (25)
ton pneumatic tire roller or other pneumatic tire roller
approved by the Engineer. The Engineer may require up to
six (6) passes of the roller in determining the condition
of the subgrade.
Any soft or unstable areas found by test rolling will be
corrected by removing the soft or unstable material and
replacing it with suitable material compacted to specified
density. The areas so corrected shall be test rolled as
specified above.
5. Soil Stabilization
Properties of the subgrade may be modified by adding
17 portland cement, fly ash or lime to the soil as approved
by the Engineer. Prior to treating, the subgrade shall be
shaped to conform to the typical sections and elevations
7 shown on the plans or established by the Engineer.
{
The completed course shall be uniformly treated, free from
7 loose or segregated areas, of uniform density and moisture
content, well bound for its full depth and shall have a
smooth surface. The completed course shall be shaped to
V-52
Subgrade shall be compacted to appropriate Standard
Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698, "Standard Test
Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soil and Soil -
Aggregate Mixtures Using 5.5-1b. Rammer and 12 -in. Drop"
�I
for all improvements except thoroughfare and collector
street paving. Subgrade shall be compacted to one hundred
C
percent (10016) Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM
D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Moisture -Density
Relations of Soils and Soil -Aggregate Mixtures Using 5.5 -
lb. Rammer and 12 -in. Drop"for thoroughfare and collector
street paving.
Density tests conforming to ASTM D 2922, "Standard Test
Methods For Density Of Soil and Soil -Aggregate In Place By
Nuclear Methods" will be performed by City Inspectors and
test rolling will be observed by City inspectors.
Swelling subgrades (soils with plasticity indexes of 15 or
more) shall be sprinkled as required to provide not less
than optimum moisture during compaction. Other subgrade
soils will be compacted at a moisture content of plus or
minus two percent (211) from optimum moisture or other
moisture content directed by the Engineer.
Test rolling will be accomplished with a twenty-five (25)
ton pneumatic tire roller or other pneumatic tire roller
approved by the Engineer. The Engineer may require up to
six (6) passes of the roller in determining the condition
of the subgrade.
Any soft or unstable areas found by test rolling will be
corrected by removing the soft or unstable material and
replacing it with suitable material compacted to specified
density. The areas so corrected shall be test rolled as
specified above.
5. Soil Stabilization
Properties of the subgrade may be modified by adding
17 portland cement, fly ash or lime to the soil as approved
by the Engineer. Prior to treating, the subgrade shall be
shaped to conform to the typical sections and elevations
7 shown on the plans or established by the Engineer.
{
The completed course shall be uniformly treated, free from
7 loose or segregated areas, of uniform density and moisture
content, well bound for its full depth and shall have a
smooth surface. The completed course shall be shaped to
V-52
conform to the typical sections and elevations shown on
the plans or established by the Engineer. ^
The treated material shall be sprinkled and rolled as
directed by the Engineer. All irregularities, depressions
or weak spots which develop shall be corrected immediately
by scarifying the areas affected, adding or removing
treated areas as required, reshaping and recompacting at
the Contractor's expense.
A. Soil -Cement Treatment (Road Mixed)
This item shall govern treating subgrade by the addition
of portland cement, road mixing and compacting the -_
treated material. All materials, methods, equipment, etc.
of this operation shall meet the requirements of Texas
Department of Transportation Standard Construction
Specifications, Item 275, "Portland Cement Treated
Materials".
B. Fly Ash Treatment (Road Mixed)
This item shall govern treating subgrade by the addition
of fly ash, road mixing and compacting the treated
material. Fly Ash may be either Type A or B and shall meet
the requirements of the TxDOT "Departmental Materials
Specification: D-9-8900, Fly Ash".
C. Lime Treatment (Road Mixed)
This item shall govern treating subgrade by the addition of
lime, road mixing and compacting the treated material. All
materials, methods, equipment, etc. of this operation shall
meet the requirements of Texas Department of Transportation
Standard Construction Specifications, Item 260, "Lime
Treatment For Materials Used As Subgrade".
6. Street Intersections
Special care shall be exercised in grading street
intersections where asphalt dips or concrete valley
gutters are located so that the cross profiles present a
smooth riding surface and so that the compacted base
thickness will not be less than six inches (611) or nine
inches (911) as specified. The crown section shall begin to
decrease fifty feet (501) beyond the nearest end of the
V-53
r
i
radii on residential streets. The reduced crown shall be
shown on the plans.
Wider street dip sections shall be blue topped as shown on
the detail sheet.
7. Prosecution of the Work
The Contractor may proceed with subgrade preparation on
any schedule he may select except that, unless hindered by
factors beyond his control, not more than seven (7)
calendar days shall elapse between the time subgrade
preparation is begun and the spreading and compacting of
the base has started. Measures shall be taken by the
contractor not to leave driveways impassable: during the
night hours.
8. Excess Materials
Materials excavated in excess of that needed in fill and
backfill behind the curb shall be wasted by the
Contractor. The Contractor shall use only topsoil to
backfill behind the curbs. The backfill shall be at a
maximum slope of 1:4 unless approved by the Engineer. The
Contractor may dispose of the surplus excavated material
in any manner not objectionable to the public, and it is
the Contractor's responsibility to locate a suitable site
for dumping the waste excavation. In any event, the
Contractor shall not dispose of the surplus materials in
any of the lake areas either outside or within the city
limits. Location of disposal sites near any lake area must
be approved by the Engineer.
9. Subgrade for Alley Paving
The preparation of the subgrade for concrete alley paving
shall be done in the same manner as other subgrade
excavation which requires scarifying, wetting, disking,
blading, rolling, and compacting. The Contractor shall be
required to excavate around existing improvements such as
gas meters, water meters, poles, etc. Each of these
obstructions shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor. Trees that conflict with the improvements
shall be removed by the Contractor upon approval of the
Engineer.
V-54
The Contractor shall shape the subgrade to the cross-
sections shown on the plans and to the lines and grades
established by the Engineer. After the forms are set and
before the reinforcing is placed, the Contractor shall
finally shape the subgrade so that there will be a
thickness of concrete of five inches (5") at the _-
centerline and seven and one-half inches (7-1/211) at the
outside edges. All areas where fill material is required
shall be compacted. The subgrade shall be wetted and
rolled to secure ninety percent (got) Standard Proctor
Density in accordance with ASTM D 698, "Test Method For
Laboratory Compaction Characterisics Of Soil Using
Standard Effort" in the upper six inches (611) making a
firm foundation for the alley paving. The Contractor shall
be required to shape the portion of the alley from the
edge of the concrete slab to the property line so that all
drainage in the alley will be to the invert of the
concrete slab. Excess excavated materials shall be
disposed of at any approved location. _
B. Embankment
Description'
Prior to placing any embankment, all "Preparing Right -Of -
Way" and/or "Clearing and Grubbing" operations shall have
been completed on the excavation sources and areas over
which the embankment is to be placed. Stump holes or other
small excavations in the limits of the embankment shall be
backfilled with suitable material and thoroughly tamped by
approved methods before commencing embankment
construction. The surface of the ground, including plowed
loosened ground, or surface roughened by small washes or
otherwise, shall be restored to approximately its original
slope by blading or other methods and where indicated on
the plans or required by the Engineer, the ground surface
thus prepared shall be compacted by sprinkling and
rolling.
Where embankments are to be placed adjacent to or over
existing roadbeds, the roadbed slopes shall be plowed or
scarified to a depth of not less than six inches (6") and
the embankment built up in successive layers, as
hereinafter specified, to the level of the old roadbed
before its height is increased. Then, if directed, the top
of the roadbed shall be scarified and recompacted with the
next layer of the new embankment. The total depth of the
scarified and added material shall not exceed the
permissible depth of the layer.
V-55
i..
Trees,
stumps, roots vegetation, any organic material or
other unsuitable materials shall not be placed in theembankment.
Except as otherwise required by the plans, all embankments
shall be constructed in layers approximately parallel to
the finished grade of the roadbed and unless otherwise
specified each layer shall be so constructed as to provide
a uniform slope of one-fourth inch (W") per foot from the
center line of the roadbed to the outside.
Embankments shall be constructed to the grade established
by the Engineer and completed embankments shall correspond
to the general shape of the typical sections shown on the
plans and each section of the embankment shall correspond
to the detailed section or slopes established by the
Engineer. After completion of the roadway, it shall be
continuously maintained to its finished section and grade
until the project is accepted.
Except as otherwise specified, earth embankments shall be
constructed in successive layers for the full width of the
individual roadway cross section and in such lengths as
are best suited to the sprinkling and compaction methods
utilized.
Layers of embankment may be formed by utilizing equipment
which will spread the material as it is dumped, or they
may be formed by being spread by blading or other
acceptable methods from piles or windrows dumped from
excavating or hauling equipment in such amounts that
material is evenly distributed.
Minor quantities of rock encountered in constructing earth
embankment shall be incorporated in the specified
embankment layers, or may be placed in accordance with the
requirements for the construction of rock embankments in
the deeper fills within the limits of haul shown on the
plans, provided such placement of rock is not immediately
adjacent to structures. Stones or fragmentary rock larger
than four inches (4") in their greatest dimensions shall
not be allowed in the top six inches (6") of the subgrade.
Rock may be placed in the portions of embankments outside
the limits of the completed roadbed width where the size
•
of the rock prohibits their incorporation in the normal
embankment layers.
.
Rock or boulders shall not be disposed of outside the
embankment areas, except as approved by the Engineer.
jEach
layer of embankment shall be uniform as to material,
density and moisture content before beginning compaction.
V-56
1.
Where layers of unlike materials abut each other, each
layer shall be featheredged for at least one hundred feet
(loo') or the material shall be so mixed as to prevent
abrupt changes in the soil. No material placed in the
embankment by dumping in a pile or windrow shall be
incorporated in a layer in that position, but all such
piles or windrows shall be moved by blading or similar
methods.
Clods or lumps of material shall be broken and the
embankment material mixed by blading, disking, or similar
methods to create a uniform material or create a uniform
density in each layer.
Water required for sprinkling to bring the material to the
moisture content necessary for maximum compaction shall be
evenly applied and it shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor to secure a uniform moisture content throughout
the layer by such methods as may be necessary. In order to
facilitate uniform wetting of the embankment material, the
Contractor shall water at the material source if the
sequence and methods used are such as not to cause an
undue waste of water. Such procedure shall be subject to
the approval of the Engineer.
Compaction
The compaction method shall require that each layer shall
be compacted to the required density by any method, type,
and size of equipment which will give the required
compaction. The depth of layers, prior to compaction,
shall depend upon the type of sprinkling and compaction
equipment used. Prior to and in conjunction with the
rolling operation, each layer shall be brought to the
moisture content necessary to obtain the required density
and shall be kept leveled with suitable equipment to
insure uniform compaction over the entire layer.
For each layer of earth embankment and select material, it
is the intent of this specification to provide the density
as required herein, unless otherwise shown on the plans.
The required compaction shall be ninety five percent (95%)
Standard Proctor Density conforming to ASTM D 698,
"Standard Test Method For Laboratory Compaction Using
Standard Effort".
After each section of earth embankment or select material
is complete, tests as necessary will be made by the
Engineer. If the material fails to meet the density
specified, the course shall be reworked as necessary to
V-57
After the bedding has been prepared and the pipe installed
as required by the pertinent specifications, selected
materials from excavation or borrow shall be placed along
both sides of the pipe equally, in uniform layers not to
exceed six inches (6") in depth (loose measurement),
wetted and thoroughly compacted so that on each side of
the pipe there shall be a berm of thoroughly compacted
materials at least as wide as the external diameter of the
pipe, .except insofar as undisturbed material obtrudes into
this area. The method and degree of compaction shall be
the same as specified above.
Filling and/or backfilling shall be continued in this
manner to the elevation of the top of the pipe. Special
care shall be taken to secure thorough compaction of the
material placed under the haunches of the pipe. All fill
or backfill below the top of the pipe shall be compacted
mechanically in the same manner and to the density
V-58
9
obtain the specified compaction, and the compaction method
may be altered on subsequent work to obtain specified
density. Such procedure shall be determined by, and
subject to, the approval of the Engineer.
At any time, the Engineer may order proof rolling to test
the
uniformity of compaction of the embankment subgrade.
All irregularities, depressions, weak or soft areas which
r
develop shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor.
IShould
the subgrade, due to any reason or cause, lose
required stability, density, or finish before the pavement
structure is placed, it shall be recompacted and
refinished at the sole expense of the Contractor.
Excessive loss of moisture in the subgrade shall be
prevented by sprinkling, sealing, or covering with a
t
subsequent layer of granular material. Excessive loss of
moisture shall be construed to exist when the subgrade
soil moisture content is more than four percent (4s) below
"~
the optimum for compaction to Standard Proctor Density
conforming to ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Method For
Laboratory Compaction Using Standard Effort".
L
At Culverts:
Embankments adjacent to culverts which cannot be compacted
by use of the blading and rolling equipment used in
t
compacting the adjoining sections of embankment shall be
compacted in the manner prescribed below.
r
I
The following requirements shall apply to the backfilling
of pipe culverts in addition to the pertinent portions of
,.
the general requirements given in the preceding section.
After the bedding has been prepared and the pipe installed
as required by the pertinent specifications, selected
materials from excavation or borrow shall be placed along
both sides of the pipe equally, in uniform layers not to
exceed six inches (6") in depth (loose measurement),
wetted and thoroughly compacted so that on each side of
the pipe there shall be a berm of thoroughly compacted
materials at least as wide as the external diameter of the
pipe, .except insofar as undisturbed material obtrudes into
this area. The method and degree of compaction shall be
the same as specified above.
Filling and/or backfilling shall be continued in this
manner to the elevation of the top of the pipe. Special
care shall be taken to secure thorough compaction of the
material placed under the haunches of the pipe. All fill
or backfill below the top of the pipe shall be compacted
mechanically in the same manner and to the density
V-58
prescribed above, regardless of whether or not such
material is placed within the limits of the embankment or
roadbed.In the case of embankments, the remainder of the
fill above the top of 'pipe shall be placed in accordance
with the provisions for placing roadway embankment as
prescribed in the pertinent specification included in the
contract. No construction traffic shall be permitted to
cross any pipe culvert until the minimum depth of fill
above the pipe as determined by the Engineer has been
placed and consolidated.
5.4. BASE COURSE
The base course shall consist of a minimum of six inches
(611) or nine inches (9") of compacted approved caliche,
black base, fly ash base or a combination of caliche, fly
ash or black base material shaped in accordance with the
typical cross-sections provided in the plans and to the
grades established by the Engineer.
A. Hauling and Placing
Approved base material shall be hauled in vehicles of
uniform capacity to the site and dumped evenly so that an
adequate quantity of material will be placed to provide a
minimum of six inches (6") of compacted base material on
all units except major thoroughfares streets. On these
streets the Contractor will construct nine inches (9")of
compacted base material.
B. Processing
Processing of caliche base shall be accomplished in
mulitiple lifts of three inches (3") in compacted depth.
Each lift or layer shall be thoroughly moistened and
rolled as it is cut from the windrow. After all of the
material is cut from the windrow to the sides, it shall be
cut back to the center in lifts of three inches (3") and
thoroughly moistened and rolled again. Succeeding layers
shall then be placed similarly until the caliche base
course is completed.
Caliche base shall be compacted to ninety five percent
(950) Standard Proctor Density conforming to ASTM D 698,
"Standard Test Method For Laboratory Compaction Using
Standard Effort" for all improvements except thoroughfare
V-59
i
street paving which shall be compacted to one hundred
percent (100%) Standard Proctor Density conforming to ASTM
D 698, "Standard Test Method For Laboratory Compaction
Using Standard Effort".
Density tests conforming to ASTM D 2922, "Standard Test
Methods For Density Of Soil And Soil -Aggregate In Place By
Nuclear Methods" will be performed by City Inspectors and
test rolling for base will be observed by City inspectors.
Caliche base shall be compacted at a moisture content of
plus or minus two percent (2%) from optimum moisture or
other moisture content as directed by the Engineer.
The loose base material shall not be spread more than two
thousand (2,000) square yards in advance of the rolling
operation, unless approved by the Engineer.
The finished caliche base shall be test rolled with a
twenty five (25) ton pneumatic tire roller or other
approved roller. The Engineer may require up to six (6)
passes of the roller in determining the condition of the
base.
All nine inch (9") compacted caliche base shall be
accomplished in three inch (3") compacted lifts. The
caliche course shall then be sprinkled as required and
rolled with compactors as directed until a uniform
compaction of specified "Standard Proctor Density"
conforming to ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Method For
Laboratory Compaction Using Standard Effort" is secured.
Throughout this entire operation, the shape of the course
shall be maintained by blading; and the surface upon
completion shall be smooth and in conformity with the
typical sections shown on the plans and to the established
lines and grade.
Traffic may be allowed to travel on the caliche base as
directed by the Engineer during construction. During this
period, the caliche base shall be satisfactorily
maintained by the use of water trucks, blades, drags and
such other equipment as may be required. The base course
shall be so maintained until the wearing surface is placed
thereon. The surface shall not be placed on a caliche
base course that exceeds the optimum moisture by more than
two percent (2%).
Processing of asphalt stabilized base shall be as directed
by the Engineer and similar to that described under Hot
Mix Asphaltic Concrete Surface. Lift thickness' shall be
indicated by the Engineer or as shown on the paving plans:
Electronic screed controls will be required for placing
{ V-60
black base on grade. The density required will be
determined by the Engineer after the material to be used
has been approved. All areas and "nests" of segregated
coarse or fine material shall be corrected or removed and
replaced with well graded material as directed by the
Engineer.
Each layer of black base may be test rolled, as directed
by the Engineer, with a twenty five (25) ton pneumatic
tire roller or other approved roller requiring up to six
(6) passes before succeeding layers are placed. A delay
in construction of a black base mat or surface will
require test rolling and approval prior to construction of
the next layer.
C. Base Stabilization
Properties of the base material may be modified, as
approved by the Engineer, by the addition of portland
cement, fly ash or lime.
Prior to treating, the base material shall be shaped to
conform to the typical sections and elevations shown on the
plans or established by the Engineer.
The completed course shall be uniformly treated, free from
loose or segregated areas, of uniform density and moisture
content, well bound for its full depth and shall have a
smooth surface. The completed course shall be shaped to
conform to the typical sections and elevations shown on
the plans or established by the Engineer.
The treated material shall be sprinkled and rolled as
directed by the Engineer. All irregularities, depressions
or weak spots which develop shall be corrected immediately
by'scarifying the areas affected, adding or removing
treated areas as required, reshaping and recompacting at
the Contractor's expense.
1. Portland Cement Treatment
This item shall govern treating base material, in-place
and/or in the plant, by the addition of portland cement,
mixing and compacting the treated material. All materials,
equipment, methods, etc. of this operation shall meet the
requirements of the Texas Department of Transportation
Standard Construction Specifications, Item 275, "Portland
Cement Treated Materials (Road Mixed)" or Texas Department
V-61
t
of Transportation Standard Construction Specifications,
Item 276, "Portland Cement Treated Base (Plant Mixed)" as
applicable.
Cement stabilized base materials shall be compacted
according to Texas Department of Transportation Test Method
Tex -120-E.
2. Fly Ash Treatment
This item shall govern treating base material, in-place
and/or in the plant, by the addition of fly ash,
mixing and compacting the treated material. Fly ash shall
.., meet the requirements of TxDOT "Departmental Materials
Specification: D-9-8900, Fly Ash".
Fly ash stabilized base materials shall be compacted
according to Texas Department of Transportation Test Method
Tex -127-E.
3. Lime Treatment
This item shall govern treating base material, in-place or
in the plant, by the addition of lime, mixing and
compacting the treated material. All materials, methods,
equipment, etc. of this operation shall meet the
requirements of the Texas Department of Transportation
Standard Construction Specifications, Item 262, "Lime
Treatment For Base Courses (Road Mixed)" or Item 263,
Lime Treated Base (Plant Mixed)" as applicable.
Lime stabilized base materials
according to Texas Department
Method Tex 121-E.
4. Asphalt stabilized base
shall be compacted
of Transportation Test
This item shall govern for the construction of a base
course being composed of a compacted mixture of aggregate
and asphalt cement mixed hot in a mixing plant. All
materials, methods, equipment, etc. of this operation
shall meet the requirements of the Texas Department of
Transportation Standard Construction Specifications, Item
345, "Asphalt Stabilized Base (Plant Mix).
V-62
Asphalt stabilized base shall be compacted according to
Texas Department of Transportation Test Method Tex -126-E.
D. Finishing
Description
The compacted base shall be finished and shaped
immediately preceding the application of the surface
treatment. All loose or unconsolidated material shall be
removed and the surface moistened and rolled with a steel --
wheel roller.
If the elevation of the top layer of compacted base is
one-half inch (%") or more below grade, the top layer
shall be scarified to a depth of not less than four inches
(4"), new material added, and the layer shall be blended
and recompacted to bring it to grade.
If the finished surface is above plan grade, it shall be
cut to grade and rerolled.
1. Failed Density or Weak Spots in Base
The finished caliche base shall be checked for density
requirements and by test rolling. Materials that fails
the density requirement shall be reworked as necessary
until passing. The full depth of caliche base shall be
compacted to the extent necessary to remain firm and
stable under test rolling. All irregularities,
depressions or weak spots which develop shall be
corrected immediately by scarifying the areas affectd,
adding suitable material as required, reshaping and
recompacting by sprinkling and rolling. If the
Contractor chooses, he may repair the weak spot by
removing the material involved and replacing it with type
"C" hot mix or asphalt stabilized base. In this case,
the surface may be applied as soon as the hot mix patch
has been compacted and cooled to ambient temperature
2. Allowable Deviation in Finish
Immediately prior to placing of surfacing, the base shall
be checked and any deviation in excess of three-eighths
inch (3/8") from the established grade or true cross
section shall be corrected as provided above for defects.
V-63
I
Longitudinallystraightedge a g dge ten feet (10 ) long shall be
used to detect any deviation which shall be corrected as
r defects.
3. Thickness Control
The thickness of the base course shall be determined by
depth tests or cores taken at intervals such that each test
4
shall represent no more than .three hundred (300) square
yards of material. Where the thickness is deficient by more
than one-half inch (%"), the Contractor shall correct such
areas at no additional cost by excavating and replacing
with new material. Additional test holes may be required to
,.. determine the limits of deficient areas. The Contractor
shall replace the base material where bores have been taken
for test purposes.
5.5. HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE SURFACE
A. Description
This item shall consist of a compacted City of Lubbock
(C.O.L.) modified hot mix asphaltic concrete surface
course as specified, conforming to the requirements of the
Texas Department of Transportation Standard Construction
Specifications, Item 340, " Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete
Pavement" using approved crushed stone aggregate,
constructed over a compacted base course and a compacted
subgrade.
The base course and subgrade shall be stabilized as shown
on the plans.
The base course shall be primed and a tack coat applied as
required.
The surface course shall be constructed in lifts with each
lift not to exceed two inches (2") in compacted
thickness. Each lift (coarse) shall be composed of a
compacted mixture of aggregate and asphalt cement mixed
hot in a mixing plant.
V-64
1. Sampling and Testing Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete for
Compaction
Hot mix asphaltic concrete will be accepted on a lot
basis. A lot will consist of one thousand (1000) tons or
each days production and will be divided into three (3)
equal sublots. Pavement density will be determined by
taking the average density for each lot, from the three
(3) sublots, using the average Maximum Theoretical
Density, taken from trucks delivering hot mix asphaltic
concrete to the site. The samples will be tested in
accordance with ASTM D 2041, "Standard Test Method For
Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity And Density Of
Bituminous Paving Mixtures
Each lot of compacted pavement will be accepted, with
respect to density, when the average field density is
within the below listed specifications. Four (4) field
density determinations will be made for each lot. Cores
taken from the pavement will be used to test the field
density. The density of the cored samples will be
determined in accordance with ASTM D 2726, "Standard Test
Method For Bulk Specific Gravity And Density Of Compacted
Bituminous Mixtures Using Saturated Surface -Dry
Specimens".
Minimum
Optimum
Maximum
Density Specifications
Based on Maximum Theoretical Density
92.5%
= 96.0%
97.5%
Each lot of compacted pavement will be accepted, with
respect to density, when the average field density is
equal to or greater than ninety six percent (9616) of the
maximum theoretical density of the laboratory prepared
specimens.
Sliding scale pay factors for asphalt pavements are listed
as follows:
Average Percent Density Percent Payment
96.0 to 97.5 100
95.0 to 95.9 95
V-65
f
94.0 to 94 .9 90
93.0 to 93.9 75
Less than 93.0 Reject
If the mixture produced does not have the specified
�- qualities, it shall be adjusted until it does. The
pavement shall be constructed on the previously completed.
and approved subgrade, base, existing pavement, bituminous
surface or in the case of a bride on the
g prepared floor
slab, as herein specified and in accordance with the
details shown on the plans.
FAR Coarse and fine aggregate shall be sampled in accordance
I with ASTM D 75, "Practice For Sampling Aggregate".
.. Mineral filler shall be sampled in accordance with ASTM C
183, "Sampling And Amount of Testing of Hydraulic
Cement".
The Contractor shall furnish documentation to the Engineer
verifying that the aggregates meet specification
requirements.
2. Temperature'Requirements
A. November 1st until April ist
1. The asphaltic mixture shall not be placed when the air
temperature is below 55° F (13° C) and falling.
2. The asphaltic mixture may be placed when the air
temperature is above 50° F (10° C)and rising.
B. April 2nd until October 31st
1. The asphaltic mixture shall not be placed when the air
temperature is below 50° F (10° C) and falling.
2. The asphaltic mixture may be placed when the air
temperature is above 45° F (7° C) and rising.
The air temperature shall be taken in the shade away from
artificial heat by the City Inspector or he may use the
National Weather Service Bureau hourly report (Telephone
No. 762-0141).
V-66
The asphaltic mixture shall not be placed upon a wet
surface or when the surface temperature of the underlying
course is less than 45° F (7° C).
The Engineer may use his discretion to require a cover
over the asphaltic mixture when being hauled from the ._
plant to the job site.
If the temperature of a load of asphaltic concrete
measured while passing through the lay down machine is
25° F (-4° C) less than the mixing temperature, the load
may be rejected by the Engineer and payment will not be _
made for the rejected material.
3. Preparation of Base and Bordering Areas
The compacted base upon which the hot mix asphaltic r
concrete surface is to be placed shall be prepared and
cleaned, as required by the Engineer, before the prime
coat is applied.
4. Prime Coat
The prime coat shall consist of an application of twenty-
five hundredths (0.25) gallon of MC asphalt per square
yard of surface. The asphalt shall meet all requirements
of the Texas Department of Transportation Standard
Construction Specifications, Item 300, "Asphalts, Oils and
Emulsions".
5. Tack Coat
Before the asphaltic mixture is laid, the surface upon
which the tack coat is to be placed shall be cleaned
thoroughly by a power.broom to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.
The surface shall be given a uniform application of a tack
coat using a mixture of slow setting emulsified asphalt
(SS -1 or SS -1h) and water at a 1:1 ratio.
The liquid asphalt shall conform to ASTM D 244, "Standard
Method of Testing Emulsified Asphalts" and meet all
requirements of Texas Department of Transportation
Standard Construction Specifications, Item 300, "Asphalts,
Oils and Emulsions".
V-67
1
All material tests shall be performed within thirty (30)
days from the date of emulsion shipment. The water to be
used in the mixture shall be distilled.
j
The tack coat shall be applied at a rate of one tenth
(0.1) gallon of diluted material per square yard of
E
surface. Application is to be made with a sprayer approved
by the Engineer.
Where the mixture will adhere to the surface on which it
is to be placed without the use of a tack coat, the tack
coat may be eliminated by the Engineer.
r-
All contact surfaces of curbs and structures and all
joints shall be painted with a thin uniform coat of the
asphaltic material meeting the requirements for tack coat.
The tack coat shall be rolled with a pneumatic tire roller
as directed by the Engineer.
6. Transporting Asphaltic Concrete
The asphaltic mixture, prepared as specified above shall
be hauled to the work site in tight vehicles; previously
cleaned of all foreign material. The dispatching of the
vehicles shall be arranged so that all material delivered
may be placed, and all rolling shall be completed during
daylight hours. The inside of the truck body may be given
a light coat of oil, lime slurry or other material
satisfactory to the Engineer, if necessary, to prevent the
mixture from adhering to the truck body. In cool weather
or for long hauls, canvas covers and insulating of truck
bodies may be required. Vehicles of the semi -trailer type
are prohibited.
Hauling over freshly placed material shall not be
permitted until the material has been compacted and
allowed to cool to atmospheric temperature.
7. Placing
Generally the asphaltic mixture shall be dumped and spread
on the approved prepared surface with the specified
spreading and finishing machine in such manner that when
V-68
properly compacted the finished pavement,,will be smooth,
of uniform density and willmeetthe requirements of the
typical cross sections and the surface tests. During the
application of asphaltic material, care shall be taken to
prevent splattering,of the adjacent pavement, curb and
gutter, and structures. All splattered and overrun
concrete shall be clearied.by the Contractor at his
expense.
The surface course shall be laid in a compacted layer with
a minimum compacted thickness of one and one-half inches
(i-%,,)
A level up course, one-half inch (%") or more in
thickness, shall require the use of black base or a coarse
grade of hot mix approved by the Engineer. It shall be
spread and compacted to lines and grades as established by
the Engineer.
Unless otherwise directed, placement of the mixture shall
begin along the centerline of a crowned section or on the
highside of areas with a trasverse slope. The mixture
shall be placed in consecutive adjacent strips having a
minimum width of twelve feet (121) except where the edge
lanes require less width to complete the area.
When the asphaltic mixture is placed in a narrow strip
along the edge of an existing pavement, or used to level
up small areas of an existing pavement or placed in small
irregular areas where the use of a finishing machine is
not practical, the finishing machine may be eliminated
when authorized by the Engineer, provided a satisfactory
surface can be obtained by other approved methods.
Adjacent to flush curbs, gutters, liners and structures,
the surface shall be finished uniformly high so that when
compacted it will be a maximum of one-quarter inch N")
above the edge of the flush structure.
8. Joints
All joints shall present the same texture density, and
smoothness as other sections of the course. The joints
between old and new pavements or between successive day's
work shall be carefully made to insure a continuous bond
between old and new sections of the course.
The transverse edges of old pavement and, if required by
the Engineer, the successive days pavement shall be sawed
with an approved concrete saw to expose an even vertical
V-69
k
surface for the full thickness of
the course. All contact
surfaces of previously constructed pavement shall be
painted with a thin uniform coat of hot bituminous
material before the fresh mixture is placed..
The longitudinal joint in one (1) layer shall offset that
in the layer immediately below by at least one foot (1,).
The joint in the top layer shall be at the centerline of
the pavement. Longitudinal joints which are
irregular,damaged or defective in any manner shall be cut
back to expose a clean, sound surface for the full depth
of the course. All contact surfaces shall be given a tack
coat prior to placing any fresh mixture against the joint.
9. Compacting
As directed by the Engineer, the pavement shall be
compacted thoroughly and uniformly to the required
density. Compaction shall be completed before the mixture
cools below 185°F (850C).
Rolling with the three wheel and tandem rollers shall
start longitudinally at the sides and proceed toward the
center of the pavement, overlapping on successive trips by
at least one half (%) the width of the rear wheels unless
otherwise directed by the Engineer. Alternate trips of
the roller shall be slightly different in length. On
super -elevated curves, rolling shall begin at the low side
and progress toward the high side unless otherwise
directed by the Engineer. Rolling with a pneumatic roller
shall be done as directed by the Engineer. Rolling shall
be continued until the required compaction is obtained and
all roller marks are eliminated. One (1) tandem roller,
two (2) pneumatic rollers and at least one (1) three wheel
roller, as specified above, shall be provided for each
job. Additional rollers shall be provided if needed.The
V-70
The roller shall not pass over the unprotected end of the
freshly laid mixture except when necessary to form a
transverse joint. The transverse joint shall be made by
means of placing a bulkhead or tapering the course. If
tapering the course is used, the edge shall be cut back to
i;
its full depth and width on a straight line to expose a
vertical face. In both methods all contact surfaces shall
be given a tack coat before placing any fresh mixture
against the joint. Transverse joints in one (1) layer
shall be offset by a minimum of two feet (21) from the
transverse joints in the previous layer. Transverse joints
in adjacent lanes shall be offset a minimum of ten feet
(10') .
The longitudinal joint in one (1) layer shall offset that
in the layer immediately below by at least one foot (1,).
The joint in the top layer shall be at the centerline of
the pavement. Longitudinal joints which are
irregular,damaged or defective in any manner shall be cut
back to expose a clean, sound surface for the full depth
of the course. All contact surfaces shall be given a tack
coat prior to placing any fresh mixture against the joint.
9. Compacting
As directed by the Engineer, the pavement shall be
compacted thoroughly and uniformly to the required
density. Compaction shall be completed before the mixture
cools below 185°F (850C).
Rolling with the three wheel and tandem rollers shall
start longitudinally at the sides and proceed toward the
center of the pavement, overlapping on successive trips by
at least one half (%) the width of the rear wheels unless
otherwise directed by the Engineer. Alternate trips of
the roller shall be slightly different in length. On
super -elevated curves, rolling shall begin at the low side
and progress toward the high side unless otherwise
directed by the Engineer. Rolling with a pneumatic roller
shall be done as directed by the Engineer. Rolling shall
be continued until the required compaction is obtained and
all roller marks are eliminated. One (1) tandem roller,
two (2) pneumatic rollers and at least one (1) three wheel
roller, as specified above, shall be provided for each
job. Additional rollers shall be provided if needed.The
V-70
motion of the roller shall be slow enough at all times to
avoid displacement of the mixture. If.any displacement
occurs,it shall be corrected at once by the use of rakes
and of fresh mixture where required. The roller shall not
be allowed to stand on pavement which has not been fully
compacted. To prevent adhesion of the surface to the
roller, the wheels shall be kept thoroughly moistened with
water, but an excess of water will not be permitted. All
rollers must be in good mechanical condition. Necessary
precautions shall be taken to prevent the droppings of
gasoline,diesel, oil, grease or other foreign matter on
the pavement, either when the rollers are in operation or
when standing.
When indicated on the plans or permitted by the Engineer
the pavement may be compacted to the required density by
the use of compacting equipment other than that specified
herein.
Hand tamping. The edges of the pavement along curbs,
headers and similar structures, and all places not
accessible to the roller, or in such positions as will not
allow thorough compaction with the roller, shall be _-
thoroughly compacted to the required density with lightly
oiled tamps.
Rolling with the trench type roller shall be required on
widening areas in trenches and other limited areas where
satisfactory compaction cannot be obtained with the three
wheel and tandem rollers.
10. Surface Tests
The surface of the pavement, after compaction, shall be
smooth and true to the established line, grade and cross
section, and when tested with a ten feet (10') straight
edge placed parallel to the centerline of the roadway or
tested by other equivalent and acceptable means, except as
provided herein, the maximum deviation shall not exceed
one-eighth inch (1/8") in ten feet (101), and any point in
the surface not meeting this requirement shall be
corrected as directed by the Engineer. When placed on
existing surfaces, the one-eighth inch (1/8") deviation in
ten feet (101)requirement may be waived by the Engineer.
11. Surface Density Tests
V-71
e
If the Contractor or supplier wishes to use a material or
location not previously approved by the City of Lubbock,
he shall request approval in writing from the Engineer not
less than sixty (60) days prior to anticipated use of the
material. The City of Lubbock Laboratory test results
r shall be the sole consideration for approval of materials,
mix designs, adequacy of procedures, etc. The results of
such testing shall be evaluated and final approval given
by the City Engineer.
The City of Lubbock shall utilize its own testing
laboratory to monitor the plant mixing for Hot Mix and
Black Base. This Laboratory control shall be provided by
the City of Lubbock. A representative of the City
Engineer shall be at the plant with full authority to
control the mixing operation.
In those instances where irregularities occur and the
limits of the specification are exceeded for aggregate,
black base or hot mix, appropriate corrections shall be
required at no expense to the City.
12. Tolerance in Pavement Thickness
The thickness of the pavement shall be determined by
averagecaliper measurements of cores tested in accordance
with ASTM C 174.
Pavement thickness shall be not less than the specified
minimum thickness.
When the measurement of any core is less than the
specified minimum thickness, the actual thickness of the
pavement in this area shall be detemined by taking
additional cores at not less than ten feet (101) intervals
parallel to the centerline in each direction from the
affected location until a core is found which is not
deficient. Areas found deficient in thickness shall be
removed by the City Testing Laboratory. The cores shall be
replaced with the same material of the minimum compacted
thickness specified at no cost to the Owner.
The amount and location of the cores shall be determined
at the discretion of the Engineer.
13. Asphalt Seal Coat
V-72
Hot mix asphaltic concrete surface courses shall be
sprayed with a layer of emulsified asphalt after the hot
mix surface has cooled to below 70° F (21° C) to seal the
hot mix. The emulsion shall be sprayed before the pavement
is opened to traffic. Concrete curb and gutter and other _
concrete shall be protected from splattering. Emulsion
sprayed on the curb and gutter and other concrete shall be
removed immediately by the Contractor at his expense.
The emulsified asphalt shall consist of a 1:1 mixture of
an SS -1 or SS -1h liquid anionic asphalt and distilled
water. The emulsified asphalt is to meet the
requirements of the Texas.Department of Transportation
Standard Construction Specifications, Item 300,
"Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions".
The emulsion shall be applied with an approved sprayer at
a rate of one-tenth (0.10) gallon of diluted material per
square yard of surface.
14. Equipment
Spreading and Finishing Machine.
The spreading and finishing machine shall be of a type
approved by the Engineer. It shall be capable of producing
a surface that will meet the requirements of the typical
cross section and the surface test, when required. It
shall have adequate power to propel the delivery vehicle
in a satisfactory manner when the mixture is dumped into
the finishing machine. The finishing machine shall be
equipped with a flexible spring and/or hydraulic type
hitch sufficient in design and capacity to maintail
contact between the rear wheels of the hauling equipment
and the pusher rollers of the finishing machine while the
mixture is being unloaded. The finishing machine shall be
operated in a low gear, or as directed by the Engineer, at
a speed to produce a surface that will meet the
requirements of the typical cross section and surface
test.
Any vehicle which the finishing machine cannot push or
as to obtain the desired lines and
propel in such a manner
to hand finishing shall not be
grade without resorting
allowed to dump directly into the finishing machine.
Vehicles dumping into the finishing machine shall be
mechanically and/or automatically operated in such a
manner that overloading the finishing machine being used
cannot occur and the required lines and grade will be
obtained without resorting to hand finishing.
V-73
w
Dumping of the asphaltic mixture in a windrow and then
placing the mixture in the finishing machine with loading
equipment will be approved by the Engineer,provided that
the loading equipment is constructed and operated in such
a manner that substantially all of the mixture deposited
on the roadbed is picked up and placed in the finishing
machine without contamination of the mixture by foreign
material. The loading equipment will be so designed and
operated that the finishing machine being loaded will
obtain the required line, grade and surface without
s resorting to hand finishing. Any operation of the loading
equipment resulting in the accumulation and subsequent
shedding of this accumulated material into the asphaltic
mixture shall not be permitted.
Asphalt Distributor
The distributor shall consist of a truck mounted insulated
tank with controls for setting the rate at which the
asphalt is applied. The distributor shall be equipped with
one (1) or more heaters which shall be used to bring the
asphalt emulsion to spray application temperature.
Attached to the spray bar shall be a circulating system
with an engine driven pump.
To ensure uniformity of spread, the spray bar shall be set
and maintained at the proper height above the pavement
surface. a second application shall be required, if in the
opinion of the Engineer, it is required to cover any
surface which was missed with the first application.
A hand spray unit shall be included to apply emulsion to
areas that cannot be reached with the spray bar. A wooden
or metal guide shall be used as a shield to protect the
concrete or any other surface other than the pavement from
being sprayed unintentionally.
Forms.
The use of forms will not be required except where
necessary to support the edges of the pavement during
rolling. If the pavement will stand rolling without undue
movement, binder twine or small rope may be used to align
the edges.
Motor Grader.
V-74
The motor grader,. if used, shall be a self-propelled power
motor grader. The grader shall be equipped with the
following: pneumatic tired wheels, a blade length of not
less than twelve feet (121) and a wheel base of not less
than sixteen feet (161). The motor grader shall be tight
and in good operating condition and approved by the
Engineer.
Pneumatic Tire Rollers.
The pneumatic tire roller shall be an acceptable self-
propelled roller mounted on pneumatic tired wheels, with
the weight capable of being varied uniformly from two
hundred seventy five (275) pounds per inch of roller width
of tire tread to five hundred fifty (550) pounds per inch
of roller width of tire tread, so constructed as to be
capable of being operated in both a forward and a reverse
direction and shall have suitable provision for moistening
the surface of the tires while operating. All tires of the
same roller shall be smooth tread of equal size and
diameter and shall be arranged in such a manner that the
gap between the tires of one axle will be covered by the
tires of the other axle.
The pressure of each tire shall be adjusted as directed by
the Engineer and this pressure shall not vary by more than
five (5) pounds per square inch.
Two Axle Tandem Roller.
This roller shall be an
roller weighing not less
Three Wheel Roller.
acceptable power driven tandem
than eight (8 ) tons.
This roller shall be an acceptable power driven three (3)
wheel roller weighing not less than ten (10) tons.
Trench Roller
This roller shall be an acceptable power driven trench
roller equipped with sprinkler for keeping the wheels wet
V-75
and
adjustable road wheel so that the roller may be kept
level during rolling. The drive shall be not less than
twenty inches (20") wide. The roller under working
conditions shall produce three hundred twenty five (325)
pounds per linear inch of roller width and be so geared
that a speed of one and eight -tenths (1.8) miles per hour
is obtained in low gear.
t, Straightedges and Templates.
When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall
l provide acceptable ten feet (10') straightedges for
surface testing. Satisfactory templates shall be provided
by the Contractor as required by the Engineer.
All equipment shall b
e maintained in good repair and
operating condition and shall be approved by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall furnish such suitable machinery,
equipment, and construction forces as may be necessary, in
the opinion of the Engineer, for the proper prosecution of
the work, and failure to do so shall be just cause for the
Engineer to withhold all estimates which have or may
become due. The Engineer may also elect to suspend work
until the Contractor complies with his decisions.
15. Opening to Traffic
The pavement shall be opened to traffic when directed by
the Engineer. All construction traffic allowed on the
pavement shall comply with City of Lubbock Ordinance(s)
and State of Texas traffic laws.
If the surface ravels, corrugates
the Contractor's responsibility to
immediately at his expense.
5.6. CLEANUP
or shoves, it shall be
correct this condition
Within three (3) days after completion of any Sub -Unit of
paving the Contractor shall clean, remove rubbish and
temporary structures from the street, restore in an
acceptable manner all property, both public and private,
which has been damaged during the prosecution of the work,
V-76
and leave the site of the work in a neat and presentable
condition throughout. The cost of the "cleanup" shall be
included as a part of the cost of the various items of
work involved, and no direct compensation will be made for
this work. This work shall be done before final acceptance
of the Sub -Unit will be considered. -'
The cleanup shall include the sloping, filling and shaping
of the area between the curb and property line. This area _
shall be filled with top soil, free of rocks and other
debris. If the ground behind the curb is higher than the
top of the curb, the Contractor will be required to cut
this arealaown to and thevcurbaatsmooth,
maximumeven
slopeeofelw4en the
property line
unless approved by the Engineer.
5.7. PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES
A. Adjustment of Valves and Manholes
City Forces shall place water valve boxes, sanitary sewer
manholes and storm sewer manholes to finished grade after
the base material has been finished to grade for asphaltic
paving or subgrade has been finished for concrete paving.
The Contractor shall allow the City Forces at least three
(3) days to do this work after finishing the base hand
ot mix
before application of the prime coat, tack coat,
asphaltic surface or concrete paving. It shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor to notify the Water and
Sewer Department forty eight (48) hours after the curb and
gutter has been completed so that the City Forces can
properly schedule their work. In all alleys the City
Forces shall set the valve boxes and manholes to grade
after the forms are in place. Any variation in this
procedure that causes expense to the City shall have the
approval of the Engineer, and such expense shall be borne
by the Contractor.
B. Installation, Adjustments, and Protection of Utilities
and Traffic Installations
The plans show only approximate locations of utilities as
obtained from the various utility companies and shall not
relieve the Contractor from familiarizing himself with all
underground utilities. It is not implied that all existing
utilities are shown on the plans. The City of Lubbock does
V-77
R
not assume anyl
res onsibil'
which are not
shown on theplansty rornwhichlare shownity inthe
incorrect location.
The utility companies will attempt to move all utilities
that can be reasonably relocated prior to the beginning
of construction; however, this does not relieve the
Contractor from any damage that he might do to any utility
property. In case of any damage, the Contractor shall
immediately notify the City Inspector and the appropriate
utility company at the following phone number:
City Water and Sewer 767-2588
Lubbock Power and Light 767-2555
City Traffic Shop 767-2140
Energas Traffic Shop 741-0231
Southwestern Public Service 796-3250
Southwestern Bell Telephone 741-5151
Cox Cable of Lubbock 793-4683
City Traffic Engineering 767-2132
Plans for contract projects will be delivered to all
utility companies at least two (2) weeks prior to the
opening of bids. As a general rule, these projects will
have been staked for construction.
The utility companies shall relocate all items necessary,
locate and flag all meters, valves, manholes, underground
cables, etc., prior to the date the Contractor is to begin
construction.
After the subgrade is completed on alley paving projects,
and after the base is completed on all street paving
projects, all manholes, valve boxes, etc., will be set to
finished grade by the utility companies. The site shall be
left in a clean condition.
On all projects, including private contracts, the
Contractor shall exercise care not to damage any sanitary
sewer pipe or manholes, storm sewer pipe, manholes or
headwalls, or telephone cables or manholes, water or gas
V-78
lines, valve boxes , meter boxes, nor any other pipe, pole
or utility. If necessary, the Contractor shall call the _
department or company concerned and make arrangements for
adjusting the manhole, valve box, meter box,or other
utility to grade. On all projects for which he is awarded _
a contract, the Contractor will be responsible during the
construction periodfor any damages to manholes, valve
boxes, meter boxes, and other utilities.
Should any item be damaged during the process of
construction, the Contractor is to notify the affected
utility company and the City Construction Inspector
immediately. The utility company shall immediately repair
the damaged item. Any bills for damage will be sent
through the City of Lubbock Department of Engineering. The
Department of Engineering will process all bills and fix
responsibility for damage and govern the extent of repair.
Private contracts do not normally have plans. Utility
companies will be furnished cut sheets and notified of
impending construction by letter. Other items such as
adjustments, damages, etc. will be handled the same as for
bid let contract projects.
The utility companies shall schedule their work directly
with the Contractor. When utility adjustments commence
before the contract is awarded, it will be the
responsibility of the utility company to barricade the
project as necessary. When utility adjustments commence
after construction has begun, the utility company shall
supply and install extra barricading as needed. All
barricading, signing, and other traffic control as
necessary shall be in accordance with the Texas MANUAL OF
UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES.
The sequence of utility adjustments has been mutually
agreed upon by the utility companies in the City of
Lubbock. Unless otherwise agreed upon by the City and the
utility companies involved, the sequence of installation
of underground utilities shall be as follows:
Utility Construction Sequence
Sewer First
Electric (Primary) Second
Utility Construction Sequence
V-79
r�
Electric(Secondary) ( ndary) Third
Telephone
T. V. Cable
Utility
Water
Gas
Traffic Engineering
Fourth (last if no power or
T.V.)
Fifth
Construction Sequence
Sixth
Seventh
Eighth
On all projects, including private paving contracts, the
Contractor shall not place curb and gutter or base
material at points where underground utilities cross or
propose to cross until such utilities have been adjusted
or installed.
5.8. CONCRETE REMOVAL
!^ A. Description
This item shall govern for cutting, breaking, removing,
storing and disposing of existing portland cement
concrete.
k B. Construction Methods
f" Existing portland cement concrete shall be removed from
locations shown on the plans and from locations as
necessary.
In areas where only a portion of the existing concrete is
to be removed, the existing concrete shall be saw cut and
removed neat to the lines shown on the plans or established
by the Engineer. If the concrete to be removed breaks in a
location other than the sawcut then a new full width and
depth sawcut shall be made behind the break to make a neat
line. Any existing concrete which is to remain in place and
is damaged by the removal operations shall be replaced, at
the Contractors expense.
V-80
All concrete shown on the plans to be salvaged, shall be
broken into pieces not larger than twenty four inches (24") _
in any dimension, unless otherwise specified. Reinforcing
steel to be removed shall be cut.
When shown on the plans, broken concrete to be salvaged
ly
shall be loadehowndonhtheeplans,nortusedtased at directedlbya
sthe
gnted
sites as s
Engineer.
Concrete to be removed but not specified for salvage shall
be disposed of by the Contractor at locations app y
the Engineer. Concrete to be removed from the project site
need not be broken smaller than twenty four inches (24") in
dimension.
Removal of concrete pavement, fillets, sidewalks,
shallbe measuredlbyther the squarelyard,lsconcrete regardlessfoftitsk
shall be
thickness
5.9. GROUND COVER FOR EROSION CONTROL
A. Sodding for erosion control
(1) Sodding
This item shall meet all the requirements of the Texas
Department of Transportation Standard Construction
Specifications, Item 162, "Sodding For Erosion
Control".
(2) . Fertilizer
This item shall meet all the requirements of the Texas
Department of Transportation Standard Construction
Specifications, Item 166, "Fertilizer". The
fertilizer(s) shall be a standard commercial fertilizer
supplied separately or in mixtures. The fertilizer
shall have an analysis of 16-20-0 or 16-8-8; the
figures representing the percentages of total nitrogen,
available phosphoric acid and water-soluble potash.
V-81
C.
B. Seeding for erosion control
(1). Seeding
This item shall meet all the requirements of the Texas
r» Department'of Transportation Standard Construction
Specifications, Item 164, "Seeding For Erosion
Control".
(2). Fertilizer
This item shall meet all the requirements of the Texas
Department of Transportation Standard Construction
Specifications, Item 166, "Fertilizer". The
fertilizer(s) shall be a standard commercial fertilizer
supplied separately or in mixtures. The .fertilizer
shall have an analysis of 16-20-0 or 16-8-8; the
figures representing the percentages of total nitrogen,
available phosphoric acid and water-soluble potash.
5.10. IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
The Contractor shall be required to posess an irrigator's
license issued by the Texas Board of Irrigators or he
shall employ such a licensed irrigator to construct the
irrigation system. The irrigation system shall be
installed and maintained under the direct supervision of
the licensed irrigator who must be on the site at all
times during this work.
A. Excavation and Trenching
Unless otherwise shown on the plans, trenches shall be at
a depth to provide for a minimum of eighteen. inches (18")
of cover for all lines Common trenches shall be utilized
wherever feasible.
B. Pipe and Valve Assembly
Pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dust,
dirt and moisture before assembly. Solvent shall be
applied with a non -synthetic bristle brush. All
connections between plastic pipe and metal valves shall be
made with threaded fittings and plastic adapters.
V-82
C. Closing of Pipe and Flushing of Lines
The lines shall be plugged or capped immediately after
installation to prevent the entrance of materials which
would obstruct the pipe. The caps or plugs shall be left
in place until removal is required to complete the
installation. All water lines shall be thoroughly flushed
before installing heads or valves.
D. Hydrostatic Tests
All preliminary testing shall be accomplished in the
presence of the Engineer. All piping to be tested shall be
center loaded with small amounts of backfill to prevent
arching or slipping while under pressure. A continuous and
static water pressure of loo PSI minimum shall be applied r
after all welded plastic joints have been allowed to cure
for at least 24 hours. With all valves closed, the
preliminary testing for all main and lateral lines shall
be preformed for a minimum of two (2) consecutive hours.
For final approval, the lines shall remain under
designated static pressure for a period of 48 hours
without leaks.
E. Backfill and Compaction
The excavations and trenches shall be with layers of clean
soil, free of rocks larger than two inches (2") in
diameter to within four inches (4") of final grade. Each
layer shall not exceed eight inches (8") of loose depth
and shall be compacted to a density equal to the
surrounding undisturbed soil The upper four inches (4")
shall be filled with topsoil.
5.11.SALVAGING AND REPLACING BASE
A. Description
('Salvaging and Replacing Base" shall consist of removing
the existing base material where shown on plans, such
temporary storage as is necessary, and the.replacement of
this material on the prepared roadbed as herein specified
and in conformity with the typical sections shown on plans
and to the lines and grades as established by the Engineer.
V-83
2. Preparation of Subgrade
Description
Subgrade preparation shall include the removal, hauling
and disposal of excess earthwork, flexible paving
materials, obstructions shown on the plans or as
designated by the Engineer and all scarifying,
pulverizing, wetting, disking, blading and rolling with
compactors to a depth of at least six inches (611) on
residential streets and to a depth of twelve inches (1211)
on major thoroughfares and collector streets. Mechanical
compactors will be used from the bottom to the finished
sub -grade elevation to compact the subgrade to ninety five
percent (950) Standard Proctor Density on residential
streets according to ASTM D 698, "Test Method For
Laboratory Compaction Characteristics Of Soil Using
Standard Effort" in conformity to the line, grade and
sections as shown on the plans or as established by the
Engineer. Mechanical compactors will be used to compact
V-84
k
B. Construction Methods
1.
1. Salvaging Existing Base
The existing base, including any bituminous mat not shown
on the plans to be salvaged, shall first be cleaned of all
dirt or other objectionable material by blading, brooming
or other approved methods, then scarified to the width and
depth as may be required to provide the estimated amount of
salvaged material per station as shown on the plans.
Subgrade shall be reworked, if necessary, as directed by
the Engineer. Any bituminous mat encountered shall be
broken into particles not more than two inches by two
P
inches by two inches (2" X 2" X 2") in size, and
incorporated uniformly with the existing base. The material
.,
thus salvaged shall be placed in stockpiles or windrows in
approved areas until sufficient subgrade has been prepared
to receive the salvaged material; then, if the Contractor
so elects, the remaining old base material as salvaged
material may be placed directly upon the prepared subgrade
as directed by the Engineer, thus eliminating the necessity
of stockpiling. It shall be the responsibility of the
F^
Contractor that all the available material shall be
salvaged and replaced and shall be kept reasonably free of
soil from the subgrade or roadbed during the salvaging and
replacing operations. When material is windrowed or
stockpiled, it shall be so placed not to interfere with
traffic, proper drainage or the general progress of the
work.
2. Preparation of Subgrade
Description
Subgrade preparation shall include the removal, hauling
and disposal of excess earthwork, flexible paving
materials, obstructions shown on the plans or as
designated by the Engineer and all scarifying,
pulverizing, wetting, disking, blading and rolling with
compactors to a depth of at least six inches (611) on
residential streets and to a depth of twelve inches (1211)
on major thoroughfares and collector streets. Mechanical
compactors will be used from the bottom to the finished
sub -grade elevation to compact the subgrade to ninety five
percent (950) Standard Proctor Density on residential
streets according to ASTM D 698, "Test Method For
Laboratory Compaction Characteristics Of Soil Using
Standard Effort" in conformity to the line, grade and
sections as shown on the plans or as established by the
Engineer. Mechanical compactors will be used to compact
V-84
the subgrade to 100% Standard Proctor Density on
thoroughfare streets according to ASTM D 698, "Test Method
For Laboratory Compaction Characteristics Of Soil Using
Standard Effort".
After the obstructions have been removed, or in
conjunction with such removal, the street or alley bed,
alley return foundation and/or sidewalk foundation shall
be excavated and shaped in conformity with the typical
sections and to the line and grades as shown on the plans
or as established by the Engineer.
All unstable or otherwise objectionable material shall be
removed from the subgrade and replaced with approved
material. The excavation shall be done in such a manner as
to require a minimum of fill to bring the subgrade to the r
correct elevation. When the subgrade is too low as
initially excavated, the Contractor shall place additional
soil or caliche in layers not exceeding four inches (4")
compacted thickness and compact each layer by moistening
and rolling.
3. Replacement of Salvage Material
The salvage material shall be in accordance with Section V,
Item 2 "Earth Work" of these specifications.
5.12. SALVAGING AND STOCKPILING BASE MATERIAL
A. Description
This item shall consist of salvaging base material from
places shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer
and of stockpiling that material where shown on the plans
or as directed by the Engineer.
B. Construction Methods
Trash, wood, brush, stumps and other objectionable material
at the storage site shall be removed and disposed of as
directed by the Engineer prior to the beginning of work
required by this item. The base material, including any
asphalt mat, which may not be shown on the plans, shall be
cleaned of all dirt or other objectionable material.
V-85
r
4
Asphaltic materials shall be broken into -pieces not more
than two inches W) in size in any dimension and
incorporated uniformly with the salvaged base material.
Material to be salvaged shall be worked into stockpiles or
windrows and loaded by approved equipment into approved
P-0 hauling equipment for hauling to the stockpile site. It
shall be the responsibility of the Contractor that all the
available material shall be salvaged and kept reasonably
., free of soil from subgrade or road bed during the
salvaging operations. The operation shall be conducted in
such manner as not to interfere with traffic, drainage or
the general requirements of the work. After the material is
deposited in the stockpile area, it shall be worked into a
neat compact stockpile.
5.13. PREFABRICATED and PAINT -TYPE PAVEMENT MARKINGS
A. Description
This item shall consist of furnishing and installing Type
I retroreflective preformed pavement markings and Type II
paint -type pavement markings in accordance with this
provision and in reasonably close conformity with the
dimensions and lines shown on the plans or established by
the Engineer. The materials and equipment used in this
item shall conform to the Texas Department of
Transportation Standard Construction Specifications, Item
666, "Reflectorized Pavement Markings" and/or Texas
Department of Transportation Standard Construction
Specifications, Item 668, "Prefabricated Pavement
Markings" as applicable.
B. Materials
The preformed markings shall consist of white or yellow
films with pigments selected and blended to conform to
�.. standard highway colors through the expected life of the
film. Glass beads shall be incorporated to provide
immediate and continuing retroflection.
The size, quality and refraction index of the glass beads
shall be such that the performance requirements for the
markings shall be met. The bead adhesion shall be such
that beads are not easily removed when the material
surface is scratched with a thumbnail.
V-86
COO
The film shall have glass bead retention qualities such
that when a two inch x six inch (2" x 611) sample is bent
over a one-half inch (1/211) diameter mandrel, with the
two inch (2") dimension perpendicular to the mandrel
axis, microscopic examination of the area on the mandrel
shows no more than ten percent (10%) of the beads with
entrapment by the binder of less than forty percent
(4 016).
Preformed words and symbols shall conform to the
applicable shapes and dimensions as outlined in the
"Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for
Streets and Highways, dated 1980, or as modified.
The preformed markings shall be
cement by means of aed
to asphaltic concrete or po
pre-coated pressure sensitive adhesive. A primer may be
used to precondition the pavement surface. The
preformed marking film shall mold itself to pavement
contours by the action of traffic. The pavement marking
films also shall be capable of application on new, dense
and open graded asphalt concrete wearing courses during
the paving operation in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions. After application, the
markings shall identify proper solvents and/or primers
(where necessary) to be applied at the time of
application, all equipment necessary for proper
application, and recomemndations for application that
will assure the materials shall be suitable for use for
one (1) year after the date of receipt.
Classification
The markings shall be general purpose high durability
retroflective pliant polymer film without liner backing
for preformed longitudinal and transverse markings.
Words and symbols are required to have linear backing for
proper shipping and handling.
D. Requirements
1. Composition
The retroreflective pliant polymer
shall consist of a mixture of high
materials, pigments and glass beads
throughout its base cross 'sectiona
reflective layer of beads bonded t
V-87
pavement marking film
quality polymeric
distributed
1 area, with a
o the top surface.
r
6
2. Reflectance
3. Acid Resistance
The beads shall show resistance to corrosion of their
surface after exposure to a one percent (1%) solution by
weight of sulfuric acid. The one percent (1t) acid
solution shall be made by adding five and seven -tenths
(5.7) cubic centimeters of concentrated acid into one
thousand (1000) cubic centimeters of distilled water.
CAUTION: always add the concentrated acid into the
water, not the reverse. The test shall be
performed as follows:
�r^ Take a one inch x two inch (1" x 211) sample, adhere
!i it to the bottom of a glass tray and place just
enough acid solution to completely immerse the
V-88
F
t
The white and yellow films shall have the following
initial minimum reflectance values at
two-tenths degree (0.20) and five -tenths degree (0.50)
r-•
observation angles respectively and eighty six and zero
tenths (86.0) degrees entrance
angle as measured in accordance with the testing
procedure of the Federal Test Method Standard 370. The
photometric quantity to be measured shall be specific
luminance (SL), and shall be expressed as millicandelas
per square foot per foot candle. The metric equivalent
shall be expressed as millicandelas per square meter per
lux. The test distance shall be fifty feet (501) or
fifteen and two-tenths (15.2) meters. The sample size
r.,
shall be a two feet x two and five -tenths feet (2.01 x
2.51) rectangle or sixty-one hundredths meter X seventy-
six hundredths meter (0.61 meter x 0.76 meter).
The angular aperture of both the photoreceptor and
light projector shall be six (6) minutes of arc. The
reference center shall be the geometric center of
the sample, and the reference axis shall be taken
perpendicular to the test sample.
E
Observation White Yellow
Angle 0.2 0.5 0.2 0.5
SL 550 380 410 250
3. Acid Resistance
The beads shall show resistance to corrosion of their
surface after exposure to a one percent (1%) solution by
weight of sulfuric acid. The one percent (1t) acid
solution shall be made by adding five and seven -tenths
(5.7) cubic centimeters of concentrated acid into one
thousand (1000) cubic centimeters of distilled water.
CAUTION: always add the concentrated acid into the
water, not the reverse. The test shall be
performed as follows:
�r^ Take a one inch x two inch (1" x 211) sample, adhere
!i it to the bottom of a glass tray and place just
enough acid solution to completely immerse the
V-88
F
t
sample. Cover the tray with a piece of glass to
prevent evaporation and allow _
the sample to be exposed for twenty four (24) hours
under these conditions. Then decant the acid
solution (do not rinse, touch, or otherwise disturb
the bead surfaces) and dry the sample while adhered
to the glass tray in a 150° F (66° C) oven for
approximately fifteen (15) minutes. Microscopic
examination (20 power) shall show no more than _
fifteen percent (15%) of the beads having a formation
of a very distinct opaque white (corroded) layer on
their entire surface.
4. Reflective Retention
To have a good, effective performance life, the glass
beads must be strongly bonded and not be easily
removed by traffic wear.
The following test(s) shall be employed to measure
reflectivity retention:
Taber Abraser Simulation Test
Using a Taber Abraser with an H-18 wheel and
a one hundred and twenty five (125) gram
load, the sample shall be inspected at two
hundred (200) cycles, under a microscope, to
observe the extent and type of bead failure.
No more than fifteen percent (15%) of the
beads shall be lost due to popout and the
predominate mode of the failure shall be
"wear down" of the beads.
5. Skid Resistance
The surface of the retroreflective pliant polymer
film shall provide an initial minimum skid
resistance value of 45 BPN when tested according to
ASTM E 303, "Method of Measuring Surface Frictional
Properties Using The British Pendulum Tester".
V-89
6. Tensile Strength and Elongation
The film shall have a minimum tensile strength of one
hundred and fifty (150) pounds per square inch of
cross-section when tested according to ASTM
D 638, "Test Method For Tensile Properties of
Plastics", except that a sample six inch x one inch
(6" x 111) shall be tested at a temperature between
70°F (21° C) and 80° F (27 ° C) using a jaw speed of
ten inches to twelve inches (10" to 12") per minute.
The sample shall have a minimum elongation of
seventy five percent (75%) at break when tested by
this method.
7. Thickness
The film without adhesive shall have a
minimum thickness of six one-hundredth inch (0.0611).
8. Effective Performance Life
7
r
E. Installation:
1. Newly Paved Asphaltic Concrete Surface
These markings shall be applied when directed by
the Engineer after application of the fog seal
emulsion. The markings shall be applied prior to
opening the road to public traffic. Methods as
recommended by the manufacturer shall be used.
V-90
The film, when applied according to the
recommendations of the manufacturer, shall provide a
neat, durable marking that will not flow or distort
due to temperature if the pavement surface remains
--
stable. Although reflectivity is reduced by wear,
the pliant polymer shall provide a cushioned,
`
resilient substrate that reduces bead crushing and
loss. The film shall be weather resistant and,
through normal traffic wear, shall show no fading,
lifting, shrinkage, significant tearing, roll back
or other signs of poor adhesion, which will
significantly impair the intended usage of the
marking for a period of one (1) year after
installation.
7
r
E. Installation:
1. Newly Paved Asphaltic Concrete Surface
These markings shall be applied when directed by
the Engineer after application of the fog seal
emulsion. The markings shall be applied prior to
opening the road to public traffic. Methods as
recommended by the manufacturer shall be used.
V-90
H
2. Newly Paved Portland Cement Concrete Surface
These markings shall be applied before the road
surface is opened to public traffic. The surface
shall be cleaned, blasted, and primed. Methods as
recommended by the manufacturer, shall be used.
3. Existing Road Surface
When markings are applied to existing road surfaces
application shall be made in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendation.
General Note: The City of Lubbock Traffic Engineering Department
shall be contacted when the surface temperature is below 59°F
(15° C) to determine whether primer shall be used for proper
installation of preformed markings.
F. Method of Measurement
Linear pavement markings shall be measured in linear
feet, complete -in-place for the width specified.
Word and symbol pavement markings shall be measured in
units of each.
G. Basis of Payment
Retroreflective preformed pavement markings shall be paid
for at the contract unit price as bid, which price shall
be full compensation for cleaning and preparing the
pavement surface, furnishing and placing all materials
and for all materials, labor, tools, equipment and
incidentals necessary to complete the work.
Payment will be made under:
Payment Item Pay Unit
Paint -type Pavement Marking, linear (width) Linear Foot
Preformed Pavement Marking, linear (width) Linear Foot
Preformed Pavement Marking, words/symbols Each
V-91
f
E
r
t
50TH STREET AND SLIDE ROAD
r
INTERSECTION RECONSTRUCTION
PROJECT NO. 9708
R
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
r
PM
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
GENERAL
This project shall consist primarily of the installation of an eight inch (8") modified
portland cement concrete pavement constructed on a new base course after removal of
existing flexible pavement.
The unit price bid on each item, as stated in the bid proposal, shall include furnishing all
labor, machinery, equipment and materials necessary or incidental to complete the various
items of work in accordance with the plans and specifications of this contract. The cost of
construction required, whether or not shown on the plans and specifications, for which no
separate method of payment is made shall be considered to be subsidiary to the items in
the bid proposal and shall be paid under these bid items.
ITEM # 1 - CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER REMOVAL
This item shall consist of the removal and disposal of all concrete curb and gutter as
specified. Measurement shall be made along the face of the curb and shall be made of the
actual length of the curb and gutter removed as specified. Payment shall be made at the
unit price bid per linear foot of curb and gutter removed as specified. It shall be the
r^ Contractor's sole responsibility to notify the Engineer or City Representative prior to
(, removal to enable measurements to be made. The unit price shall be full compensation for
all specified curb and gutter removal, loading, hauling, sawcutting, disposal at a site
suitable for dumping waste material, manipulations, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals
necessary for the completion of the work as specified.
ITEM # 2 - 30" CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER
This item shall consist of all curb and gutter constructed as specified. Measurement shall
be made of the actual length of the face of the curb and gutter constructed as specified.
Payment shall be made at the unit price bid per linear foot of curb and gutter constructed
as specified. The unit price bid shall be full compensation for all subgrade preparation
under and behind the curb and gutter including all excavation and fill, backfilling, blading,
tamping, wetting, rolling, loading, hauling and disposal of all excess excavated material,
removing and disposing of all obstructions noted on the plans or as become necessary; and
for furnishing and placing all materials, including premolded expansion joint material and
joints, and for all manipulations, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary for the
completion of the work as specified.
W-2
ITEM # 3 - CONCRETE SLAB REMOVAL
This item shall consist of the removal of all concrete valley gutters, fillets, sidewalks,
residential drives, commercial drives, drainways, and concrete pavement as specified.
Measurement shall be made of the actual area of concrete slab removed as specified.
Payment shall be made at the unit price bid per square yard for removal as specified. It
shall be the Contractor's sole responsibility to notify the Engineer or City Representative
prior to removal to enable measurements to be made. The unit price bid per square yard
shall be full compensation for all labor, materials and equipment required for concrete
removal, loading, hauling and disposal at a suitable site for dumping of waste materials
including all incidentals necessary for completion of the work as specified.
ITEM # 4 - CONCRETE TRAFFIC MEDIAN REMOVAL
This item shall consist of the removal of all concrete traffic medians as specified.
Measurement shall be made of the actual area of concrete median removed as specified.
Payment shall be made at the unit price bid per square yard as specified. It shall be the
Contractor's sole responsibility to notify the Engineer or City Representative prior to
removal to enable measurements to be made. The unit price bid per square yard shall be
full compensation for all labor, materials and equipment required for concrete median
removal, dowel removal, asphaltic hot mix pavement sawing and removal as necessary,
including loading, hauling, and disposal of all excess materials at a suitable site for
dumping of waste material including all incidentals necessary for completion of the work
as specified.
ITEM # 5 - 4" CONCRETE FLATWORK
This item shall consist of all sidewalks with or without raised curbing, residential drives
and curb ramps constructed as specified. Measurement shall be made of the actual area of
four inch (4") concrete slab constructed as specified. Payment shall be made at the unit
price bid per square yard of four inch (4") concrete slab as specified. The unit price bid
shall be full compensation for all subgrade preparation, labor, materials and equipment
required for concrete installation, including loading, hauling and disposal of all excess
materials at asuitable site for dumping of waste materials including all incidentals
necessary for completion of the work as specified.
ITEM # 6 - 6" CONCRETE FLATWORK
This item shall consist of all fillets, commercial drives and drainways constructed as
specified. Measurement shall be made of the actual area of six inch (6") concrete slab
constructed as specified. Payment shall be made at the unit price bid per square yard of six
inch (6") concrete slab as specified. The unit price bid shall be full compensation for all
W-3
subgrade preparation, labor, materials and equipment required for concrete installation,
including loading, hauling and disposal of all excess materials ata suitable site for dumping
of waste materials including all incidentals necessary for completion of the work as
specified.
ITEM # 7 - 8" CONCRETE PAVEMENT
This item shall consist of all eight inch (8") concrete pavement as specified. Measurement
shall be made of the actual area of eight inch (8") slab constructed as specified. Payment
shall be made at the unit price bid per square yard of eight inch (8") slab as specified. The
unit price bid shall be full compensation for all subgrade preparation; including furnishing
and installing one inch (1") sand cushion on the finished subgrade; applying all water
required for finishing, loading, unloading, storing, hauling and handling all concrete
ingredients, including eight inches (8") of Class "C" concrete as specified , including all
freight and royalty; for mixing, forming, placing, furnishing, placing and cleaning all
concrete; for furnishing and installing all reinforcement; for furnishing and installing all
steel wire and devices for placing, holding and supporting the steel bars; for furnishing and
installing all steel dowel rods; for furnishing and installing all expansion joint material; for
furnishing and installing all curing compound(s); and for all manipulations, labor,
equipment, appliances, tools, traffic provisions, barricades, flagmen and other incidentals
necessary to complete the work as specified.
ITEM # 8 - 6" CONCRETE TRAFFIC MEDIAN
This item shall consist of all 6" concrete median constructed as specified. Measurement
shall be made of the actual area of all six inch (6") concrete median placed as specified.
Payment shall be made at the unit price bid per square yard of six inch 6" concrete
median as specified. The unit price bid shall be full compensation for furnishing and
placing all materials, including hot mix asphaltic pavement repair, including reshaping base
material as necessary, including reinforcement and dowels; and for all manipulations,
labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified.
r
ITEM # 9 - CONCRETE JOINT SAWING AND SEALING BEHIND
THE CURB AND GUTTER
This item shall consist only of sawing and sealing all joints in sidewalks, residential drives,
commercial drives and drainways as applicable. Measurement shall be made along the
actual length of the sawed joints as specified. Payment shall be made at the unit price bid
per linear foot. The unit price bid shall be full compensation for sawing and cleaning the
4 joints shown on the plans or as necessary, including furnishing and filling the sawed joints
with a W.R. Meadows type joint filler or approved equivalent; for all manipulations, labor,
E
tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified.
t.
MP -4
ITEM # 10 - 8" CONCRETE PAVEMENT JOINT SAWING AND SEALING
This item shall consist of sawing and sealing all transverse and longitudinal contraction
and construction joints in the eight inch (8") concrete pavement as specified. Measurement
shall be made of the actual length of the sawed joints as specified. Payment shall be made
at the unit price bid per linear foot. The unit price bid shall be full compensation for the
sawing and cleaning of all contraction and construction joints shown on the plans or as
necessary, including furnishing and filling the sawed joints with a W.R. Meadows type
joint filler material or approved equivalent; and for all manipulations, labor, equipment,
tools, appliances, traffic provisions, barricades, flagmen and other incidentals necessary to _
complete the work as specified.
ITEM #Ll - ASPHALT SURFACE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
ASPHALT PAVING TIE)
This item shall consist of the removal and replacement of the hot mix asphaltic concrete
surface without base and/or subgrade removal. Measurement shall be made of the actual
area of the surface removed and replaced as specified. It shall be the Contractor's sole
responsibility to notify the Engineer or City Representative prior to removal to enable
measurements to be made. Payment shall be made at the unit price bid per square yard of
asphalt surface as specified. The unit price bid shall be full compensation for reshaping of
all base materials as necessary, all asphalt surface removal, including sawcutting, loading,
hauling and disposal of all excess material at a site suitable for dumping of waste material;
for furnishing and placing Type "C" hot mix asphaltic concrete with 3% latex and 1%
hydrated lime, prime coat and tack coat, a 1:2 dilute emulsion at the rate of 0.10 gallons of
diluted solution per square yard, including hauling and delivering, spreading, blading, _
mixing, sprinkling, compacting, rolling, hauling and placing all materials; and for all
manipulations, labor, tools, equipment and other incidentals necessary to complete the
work as specified.
ITEM # 12 - ASPHALT PAVING 9" ASPHALT STABILIZED BASE 1'/z" HOT
MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE)
This item shall consist of all full depth asphaltic paving as specified. Measurement shall be
made of the actual area of full depth asphaltic paving as specified. Payment shall be made
at the unit price bid per square yard of full depth paving as specified. The unit price bid
shall be full compensation for all work, including all flexible pavement removal, including
hot mix asphaltic concrete removal and flexible base removal; for subgrade preparation, to
include filling and/or excavation; backfilling, compacting, blading, wetting and rolling,
loading, hauling and wasting all excess material, removing and disposing of all
obstructions as become necessary, and for furnishing and placing 9" asphalt stabilized
base, 1'/2" Type "C" hot mix asphaltic concrete with 3% latex and 1% hydrated lime,
prime coat and tack coat, a 1:2 dilute emulsion a the rate of 0.10 gallons of diluted
W-5
r
emulsion per square yard, including hauling and delivering, spreading, nixing, blading,
sprinkling, compacting, rolling, hauling and placing all materials and all manipulations,
labor, tools, equipment and other incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified.
ITEM # 13 - ASPHALTIC PARKING LOT REPAIR (6" CALICHE BASE,1%"
HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE)
This item shall consist of full depth flexible pavement repair behind the curb and gutter as
specified. Measurement shall be made of the actual area of full depth asphaltic paving as
specified. It shall be the Contractor's sole responsibility to notify the Engineer or City
Representative prior to removal to enable measurements to be made. Payment shall be
made at the unit price bid per square yard of full depth asphaltic paving. The unit price bid
shall be full compensation for all work, including subgrade preparation, to include filling
and/or excavation,backfilling, compacting, blading, wetting, rolling, loading, hauling and
disposal of all excess material, removing and disposing of all obstructions as become
necessary, pavement sawcutting, and for furnishing and placing 6" caliche base, V/�" Type
"C" hot mix asphaltic concrete with 3% latex and 1% hydrated lime, prime coat and tack
coat, a 1:2 dilute emulsion a the rate of 0.10 gallons of diluted emulsion per square yard,
including hauling and delivering, spreading, mixing, blading, sprinkling, compacting,
rolling, hauling and placing all materials and all manipulations, labor, tools, equipment and
other incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified.
ITEM # 14 - PAINTED TRAFFIC MARKING REMOVAL
This item shall consist of the removal of all painted traffic markings as specified.
Measurement shall be made of the actual area of traffic markings removed as specified.
Payment shall be made at the unit price bid per square foot of painted traffic markings as
specified. It shall be the Contractor's sole responsibility to notify the Engineer or City
Representative prior to removal to enable measurements to be made. The; unit price shall
be full compensation for all specified traffic marking removal; furnishing and placing an
emulsified asphalt surface treatment; for all manipulations, labor, tools, equipment and
incidentals necessary for the completion of the work as specified.
ITEM # 15 - 4" PREFORMED TRAFFIC MARKINGS
MP -6
This item shall consist of all four inch (4") preformed traffic markings as specified.
Measurement shall be made of the actual length of four inch (4") preformed traffic
markings as specified. Payment shall be made at the unit price bid per linear foot of four
inch (4") preformed traffic markings installed as specified. The unit price bid shall be full
compensation for furnishing and placing all materials, including pavement repair as
necessary; for all manipulations, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to
complete the work as specified.
f
MP -6
ITEM # 16 - 24" PREFORMED TRAFFIC MARKINGS
This item shall consist of all twenty four inch (24") preformed traffic markings,stopbars,
as specified. Measurement shall be made of the actual length of twenty four inch (24")
preformed traffic markings; stopbars, as specified. Payment shall be made at the unit price
bid per linear foot of twenty four inch (24') preformed traffic markings, stopbars,
installed as specified. The unit price bid shall be full compensation for furnishing and
placing all materials; including pavement repair as necessary; for all manipulations, labor,
tools, equipment and incidentals as necessary to complete the work as specified.
ITEM # 17 - PREFORMED TRAFFIC DIRECTIONAL SYMBOLS
This item shall consist of all traffic directional symbols as specified. Measurement shall be
made of the actual amount of various traffic directional symbols as specified. Payment
shall be made at the unit price bid per each various traffic directional symbol installed as _
specified. The unit price bid shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all
materials; including pavement repair as necessary; for all manipulations, labor, tools,
equipment and incidentals as necessary to complete the work as necessary. _
ITEM # 18 - PREFORMED DETECTOR LOOP ASSEMBLIES
This item shall consist of all preformed traffic detector loop assemblies, measuring six feet
by twenty feet (6' x 20') as specified. Measurement shall be made of the actual amount of
preformed traffic detector loop assemblies, as specified. Payment shall be made at the unit
price bid per each preformed traffic detector loop assembly, installed as specified. The unit
price bid shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all materials; pavement
repair as necessary; for all manipulations, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals as
necessary to complete the work as specified.
ITEM # 19 - TRAFFIC CONTROL AND DETOUR PLAN
This item shall consist of all construction generated traffic control devices. Measurement
shall be made as a lump sum unit. Payment shall be made on a monthly basis prorated at
the unit price bid per lump sum based on the expected length of the project. The unit price
bid shall be full compensation for all traffic control devices including signs, signals, lights,
markings, flagmen, radios and devices placed on, over and/or adjacent the street to warn
or guide pedestrian and vehicular traffic; for all maintenance as necessary during the life of
the project until acceptance; for all manipulations, labor, equipment, tools and appliances
as necessary to control pedestrian and vehicular traffic in an orderly and predictable
manner in conformance with the Texas Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices
(TMUTCD) in order to complete the work as specified.
W-7
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
50TH STREET AND SLIDE ROAD
INTERSECTION RECONSTRUCTION
PROJECT # 9708
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
E PM
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1. CHANGES IN THE WORK
The Local Public Agency may increase the quantity of the work
j in the Contract by supplementary projects, not included in
the Contract, without invalidating the Contract, and without
relieving or releasing the Contractor from any of his
obligations under the Contract or any guarantee given by him
pursuant to the Contract provisions, and without affecting
the validity of the guaranty bonds, and without relieving or
releasing the surety or sureties of said bonds. All such
work shall be executed under the terms of the original
Contract unless it is expressly provided otherwise.
If applicable unit prices are contained in the agreement,
established as a result of either a unit price bid or a
Supplement Schedule of Unit Prices, the Local Public Agency
may order the Contractor to proceed with desired additions to
the work as a result of supplementary projects, the value of
such changes to be determined by the measured quantities
involved and the applicable unit prices specified in the
Contract; provided that in case of a unit price contract the
net value of all additions does not increase or decrease the
original total bid contract amount shown in the Agreement by
more than twenty-five percent (25%).
Except for the purpose of affording protection against any
emergency endangering health, life, limb or property, the
Contractor shall make no change in the materials used or in
the specified manner or construction and/or installing the
improvements or supply additional labor, services or
materials beyond that actually required for the execution of
the Contract, unless in pursuance of a written order from the
Local Public Agency authorizing the Contractor to proceed
with the change. No claim for an adjustment of the contract
price will be valid unless so ordered.
2. EXPERIENCE
If the Contractor proposes to incorporate "Fast Track"
concrete construction into the project, he will be required
to demonstrate his ability to successfully perform such
construction. Documentation of the Contractor's successful
experience with "Fast Track" concrete pavement or similar
construction shall be provided by the Contractor. No such
work shall be permitted until required documentation is
provided and verified by the City Engineer.
SC -2
h
4.
5.
The successful General Contractor
Subcontractor's involved with any
project shall attend the project
SUPERINTENDENCE
and all successful
aspect of this contract
PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE.
The Superintendent and/or his assistants will not be allowed
to serve two (2) or more functions simultaneously, such as
operating machinery and acting as Superintendent at the same
time. The Superintendent must be free of individual
responsibilities to enable him to give the entire project his
constant attention to facilitate the progress thereof.
TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION
No work will be allowed from November 1st through January 2nd
unless approved by the Engineer.
The construction covered by these contract documents and
plans shall be fully completed within seventy five (75)
working days from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed
issued by the City of Lubbock Engineering Department to the
successful bidder or the date specified in the written
M -oval to begin construction at an earlier date, whichever
PP
comes first.
All construction located between the curb and gutter sections
shall be completed prior to any construction behind the curb
and gutter sections unless approved by the Engineer. The
construction to be completed first shall include curb and
gutter sections, modified portland cement concrete pavement,
concrete traffic islands, modified hot mix asphaltic concrete
and any other miscellaneous construction in the intersection.
MAINTENANCE OF DETOURS
The Contractor shall do all such work as may be necessary to
maintain detours and facilities for safe public travel. The
Contractor shall maintain in passable condition such
temporary roads and structures as may be deemed necessary by
the Engineer to accommodate public travel.. Temporary
approaches and crossings of intersecting highways shall be
provided and maintained in a safe and passable condition at
all times, as determined by the Engineer, at the Contractor's
entire expense.
SC -3
.-
F
North to South, South to North, East to West and West to East
traffic through the intersection shall be maintained open at
all times during construction.
6. PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE
The safety of the public and the convenience of traffic shall
be regarded as of prime importance. It shall be the sole
responsibility of the Contractor to provide for ingress and
egress to private property at all times. Ingress and egress
to private property shall be provided as specified in the
plans or as directed by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall plan and execute his operations in a
manner that will cause minimum interference with traffic.
The Contractor shall secure written approval from the City
Traffic Engineer and Project Engineer of his proposed plan of
operation, sequence of work and methods of providing for the
safe passage of traffic before the Contractor begins any
operations. If at any time during construction the approved
plan does not accomplish the intended purpose, due to weather
or other conditions affecting the safe handling of traffic,
the Contractor shall immediately make necessary changes
therein to correct the unsatisfactory conditions.
At night or at other times, all equipment not in use shall be
stored in such manner and at such locations as not to
interfere with the safe passage of traffic. The Contractor
shall provide and maintain flaggers at such points and for
such periods of time as may be required to provide for the
safety and convenience of the public and of the Contractor's
personnel, as directed by the Engineer. Flaggers shall be
English speaking, courteous, well informed, physically and
mentally able to effectively perform their duties in
safeguarding and directing traffic and protecting the work,
and shall be neatly attired and groomed at all times when on
duty. When directing vehicular and/or pedestrian traffic,
flaggers shall use standard attire, flags and signals and
follow the flagging procedures set forth in the Texas Manual
on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways.
7. BARRICADES WARNING AND DETOUR SIGNS PAVEMENT MARKERS AND
TRAFFIC HANDLING
The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for
providing, installing, moving, replacing, maintaining,
SC -4
cleaning and removing upon completion of work, all
barricades, warning signs, barriers, drums, cones, lights,
signals and other such type devices for handling traffic
control as indicated in the plans or as directed by the
Engineer. All barricades, warning signs, barriers, flares,
cones, lights, signals and other such type devices shall
conform to details shown on the plans and as directed by the.
Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. At the time
of the initial setup of the traffic control plan or at the
time of major phase changes, one hundred percent (100%) of
each traffic control device shall be classified as
"acceptable" according to the American Traffic Safety _
Services Association in the manual titled "Quality Standards
for Work Zone Traffic Control Devices". Throughout the
duration of the project, the number of acceptable devices may
decrease to seventy five percent (75t) of the initial
quantity, as a result of damage and/or deterioration during
the course of the work. Unacceptable devices or situations
that are found on the jobsite shall be replaced immediately
or the situation corrected immediately as directed by the
Engineer. Any situation where there are more than two (2)
adjacent channelizing devices missing or substantially out of
alignment will cause an unacceptable situation. BARRICADES,
WARNING SIGNS, BARRIERS, AND SUCH TYPE DEVICES SHALL HAVE
FLASHING (WARNING) LIGHTS ATTACHED AND FUNCTIONING PROPERLY
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUAL OF UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL _
DEVICES. Pavement tape, paint or raised pavement markers will
be unacceptable if more than ten percent (10%) or fifty
continuous feet (501) of solid line is missing. _
The detour and traffic control plan attached with the
construction plans shall be the minimum acceptable plan for
detour and traffic control. The Contractor may submit an
alternate detour and traffic control plan(s). The alternate
plan(s) may be used if approved by the and Traffic Engineer.
The Contractor shall retain full f the Texas Manualresponsibility
Uniform comply afic
with the requirements o
Control Devices.
The Contractor shall provide special signs not covered by the
contract documents or plans as needed to protect the
traveling public against special conditions or hazards,
provided however, that such signs are first approved by the
Engineer.
Upon completion of the work, all barricades, warning signs,
barriers, drums, cones, lights, flares, signals and other
such type devices and evidence thereof shall be removed by
the Contractor.
SC -5
All advance signing and all barricading shall be in place
before construction operations are begun.and during the
entire time construction operations are in progress.
Obstructions or hazards at the workplace shall be clearly
marked and delineated at all times.
All holes, trenches or other hazardous areas shall be
adequately protected by barricades, lights or other
protective devices. Trenches shall be covered or protected
with an orange plastic construction fence of height and
gage thickness as approved by the Engineer.
If pedestrian walkways are blocked, pedestrian control shall
conform to "Typical Sidewalk and Curb -Lane Closure for
Pedestrian Control" as directed by Figure 6-4.1, Texas
Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices.
The Texas Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices shall be
followed in all cases.
i 8. PROSECUTION OF WORK
In areas of hot mix paving, not more than three: (3) calendar
days shall elapse between the time subgrade preparation is
begun and the time of spreading and compaction of the
flexible base material without approval of the Engineer.
In areas of portland cement concrete paving, not more than
five (5) calendar days shall elapse between the time
t" subgrade preparation is begun and the portland cement
concrete paving is poured, joints sawed, and the surface
finished without approval of the Engineer.
At no time during the period of construction shall driveways
and/or alleys be left impassable between the night hours of
6:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m., except during paving, curb andgutter, driveway and/or alley reconstruction.
The Contractor is responsible for all communications with
adjacent property owners during construction, especially if
the project may limit or deny access to their properties.
The Contractor shall maintain continual access to adjacent
properties. Complete denial of access to an adjacent property
will only be considered by the Engineer if the adjacent
property owner is agreeable to such denied access.
(PROPERTY OWNERS ADDRESSES AND PHONE NUMBERS ARE LOCATED ON
THE LAST PAGE OF THE SPECIAL CONDITIONS).
SC -6
9. WATER
No free water will be supplied by the City of Lubbock for
this project.
No fire hydrant connection except the standard City of
Lubbock fire hydrant connection shall be used. This
connection shall be furnished by the Water Department and
will be picked up by the Contractor at the Water Meter and
Customer Service Department located at 600 Municipal Drive
after he has received a permit and has made a deposit on the
meter, valve and fittings. The permit will be valid only for
the length of each project. The Contractor securing the
permit will be responsible for the above equipment. If
repairs on any of the equipment are required when theyare ism
returned by the Contractor due to misuse, freezing,
or other damage not the fault of the equipment,
the
Contractor securing the permit will be billed for the repair.
Should the meter, valve or fittings be stolen, the Contractor
securing the permit will be billed for the replacement value.
If a connection is made made to the Wa ter Meter and Customer
rant, a report of the
faulty hydrant shall be
Service Department (767-2604).
The loading rack shall be equipped with a valve which will be
pad -locked at all times except when the Contractor's truck is
loading. The valve on the loading rack shall be used by the
Contractor and at no time will the Contractor use the fire
hydrant valve. The padlock on the rack valve shall be
furnished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall not use
any fire hydrants for water loading unless there is an
authorized rack and meter on the fire hydrant.
Should a violation of the use of the fire hydrant be
observed, the Contractor will be notified of the violation.
Should the Contractor not comply immediately in correcting
the violation, the City of Lubbock will terminate the permit.
Should the fire hydrant receive damage during use due to the
Contractor's employee or equipment, the Contractor shall
repair the damage or pay to have it repaired to as good a
condition -as it was prior to its use by the Contractor and
also to the satisfaction of the Director of Water Utilities.
Should pavement or curb and gutter in the vicinty of a fire
hydrant be damaged during the use of the fire hydrant, or if
the pavement or curb and gutter fails due to the use of the
fire hydrant, either while the fire hydrant is in use or
after it is in use, the Contractor shall replace the damaged
pavement or curb and gutter to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.
SC -7
r■+
Meters shall be returned
at the end of this project and the
Contractor will be billed for the water used. After the
billing for water consumption and meter and valve repairs
have been paid, the City of Lubbock Water Department will
refund the balance of the deposit, if any.
10. RESTRICTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION
A. The Contractor will need special permission to be
permitted to work on weekends or legal holidays and shall
do no work on any contract item before daylight or later
than one hour after sundown, except as directed and
approved by the Engineer. No work will be allowed between
November 1st and January 2nd, unless approved by the
Engineer.
B. A 1:2 dilute treatment of MS -1 emulsified asphalt and
water or SS -1 emulsified asphalt and water
at a rate of one-tenth (0.10) gallon of diluted mixture
per square yard of surface will be applied to the
asphaltic concrete surface within ten (10) days of the
placement of the asphaltic concrete surface.
C. Temperature Requirements_ The temperature readings
to be used for construction activities will be determined
by the Engineer. The temperature will be taken on the
jobsite by the City Representative or he will elect to use
the temperature as reported by the National Weather
Service on an hourly report (local NWS telephone number is
762-0141).
(A) HMAC - November 1st until April 1st
(B)
1. The asphaltic mixture shall not be placed
when the air temperature is below 55°F (13° C)
and falling.
2. The asphaltic mixture may be placed when
the air temperature is above 50°F (10° C) and
rising.
HMAC - April 1st till November 1st
1. The asphaltic mixture shall not be placed
when the air temperature is below 50°F (10° C).
and falling.
2. The asphaltic mixture
the air temperature is
SC -8
may be placed when
above 45°F (7° C) and
rising.
(C) Asphalt Stabilized Base
The asphaltic mixture shall not be placed
when the air temperature is below 45° F (7°
falling.
1.
C) and
2. The asphaltic mixture may be placed when the
air temperature is above 40° F ( 4° C) and rising.
The Engineer may use his discretion to require a cover
over the asphaltic mixture when being hauled from the
plant to the job site.
(D) Portland Cement Concrete
1. The portland cement concrete may not be placed
until the air temperature is at least 35° F (2° C).
See City of Lubbock Details of Construction for
additional restrictions.
D. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the minimum
temperature of asphalt materials immediately after
placement by the laydown machine will be 300° F (149° C)
for asphaltic concrete surface and 275° F (135° C) for
asphalt stabilized base.
E. Standby rollers shall be located at the job site for
immediate use if needed.
F. Proof rolling will be required on subgrade, caliche base,
black base, embankment or surface. After rain showers, if
deemed necessary by the Engineer, each item that was
approved will be re -rolled. The proof rolling will be
performed using a self-propelled twenty five (25) ton
pneumatic roller with certified weight certificate.
G. Preliminary approval, by the Engineer, of aggregate at the
pit and crusher location shall be required, prior to
delivery to the plant.. Final approval of the stockpile
material, at the hot mix plant or concrete plant, or
stockpile locations will be required by the Engineer,
after which no additional aggregate will be added to the
approved stockpile prior to entering the mixing plant.
H. During the period of -construction the'Contractor will not
use private driveways for turning or parking his
SC -9
is
r -
Mi
L equipment. Any damage to sidewalks, driveways, slabs, curb
and gutter or any miscellaneous concrete structure or
paving surface will be replaced at the Contractor's
expense.
I. Before any portion of any street is closed to traffic the
Contractor shall be required to have a sufficient quantity
and the correct type of equipment on the jobsite to
adequately start and complete the construction. At no time
shall any section of the closed area be left more than
three (3) calendar days without some type of work being
performed. If there is a shortage of equipment required to
sufficiently work on all areas of the closed section then
the Contractor shall immediately provide additional
equipment as necessary at his expense.
It is the intent of these requirements to construct the
improvements listed in this contract with the least
inconvenience to the property owners and the traveling
public, and to construct the improvements in the least
possible amount of time.
11. REMOVING OBSTRUCTIONS
The Contractor shall familiarize himself with the existing
obstructions including sidewalks, trees, poles, etc., prior
to construction. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility
to remove these obstructions at the direction of the Engineer
except that the utility companies will move their equipment
at no cost to the Contractor. The Contractor will receive no
compensation for any delay caused by the Utility Companies in
relocating or removing their equipment.
[ 12. TESTS OF MATERIALS
The Contractor will bear the cost of all material tests on
hot mix design and concrete design. The City of Lubbock shall
bear the cost on tests during construction such as density on
caliche base, gradation on concrete and paving aggregates and
density and asphalt extraction tests on hot -mix and black
base.
(A) Caliche Base
Before caliche base materials can be used on any public
right of way, independent laboratory test reports not
older than forty five (45) days shall be submitted to the
SC -10
Engineer for approval. New test reports shall be required
every forty five (45) days or as required by the Engineer
before this material can be used on City of Lubbock
contract projects. During the construction period, tests
which fail will require re -testing by the City of Lubbock
Lab at the contractor's expense.
(B) Concrete Mix Design
and Preconstruction Tests
The Contractor or concrete supplier shall submit a mix
design on the crushed stone and gravel no less than
twenty (20) days prior to beginning the concrete
operation for approval by the Engineer.
Contractors or Concrete suppliers that supply
concrete for any contract, new subdivision construction,
street or alley use permits will be required
to submit to the City Engineer a concrete mix
design at least every forty-five (45)
days for approval. Any contractor or concrete
supplier that does not have a current mix design
on file with the City Engineer will not be
permitted to furnish concrete for any project within
the City of Lubbock limits until a mix design is
received.
The City of Lubbock Testing Laboratory will make
test cylinders and/ or beams during the construction
period. When test cylinders or beams fail to meet the
he
required strength at the 7 days or 28 days break,
concrete in question will be cored by the City of Lubbock
Testing Laboratory within three (3) days after the 7 days
or 28 days break. If the core samples fail to meet the
required strength, the concrete will be rejected and
removed. The cost of coring concrete that fails on the
core test(s) will be charged to the Contractor or
Concrete supplier. After the mix design is submitted and
approved by the Engineer, no changes in the design
or materials will be permitted without written approval
of the Engineer.
(C) Cement
A certified mill test on each car or transport shall be
required.
(D) Asphalt
A certified laboratory test shall be required on all
liquid asphalt.
sC-11
rte+
w
4
7
(E) Density Test(s)
The City of Lubbock Testing Laboratory shall
provide density tests on the base or subgrade.
The City of Lubbock Testing Laboratory will be the final
authority on all tests.
13. SUBCONTRACTORS
The Contractor shall not award any work to any Subcontractor
without prior written approval of the Owner, which approval
will not be given until the Contractor submits to the Owner a
written statement concerning the proposed award to the
Subcontractor, which statement shall contain any and all such
information as the Owner may require.
The Contractor shall be as fully responsible to the Owner for
the acts and omissions of his Subcontractors, and of persons
either directly or indirectly employed by them, as he is for
the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by him.
The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be
inserted in all subcontracts relative to the work to bind
Subcontractors to the Contractor by the terms of the General
Conditions and other contract documents insofar as applicable
to the work of Subcontractors and to give the Contractor the
same power as to regard terminating any subcontract that the
Owner may exercise over the Contractor under any provision of
the contract documents.
Nothing contained in this contract shall create any
�., contractual relation between any Subcontractor and the Owner
and said Subcontractor will look exclusively to the
Contractor for any payments due the Subcontractor.
All Subcontractors shall have at least 1 (one) copy of all
plans, cut sheets, specifications and other project contract
documents and drawings on the jobsite at all times.
14. UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that
pipelines and other underground installations as may be shown
on the plans have been taken from the best available
information. There may be other pipelines or installations.
The Contractor shall save harmless the City from any and all
suits or claims resulting from damage by his operations to
any pipeline or underground installation.
SC -12
le for
cting all
The Contractor is respoforblocation ofaall utilitytlineseand
prior to construction,
facilities.
It is the Contractor's responsibility, during the period of
street construction, to insure that all utility cuts in the
limits of street construction have been properly backfilled,
compacted and the top six inches (611) backfilled with 3 -sack
concrete. It is not the intent to require the Contractor to
provide for the utility cut repair but for the individual
utility company making the cut to provide their own repairs.
In the case of a City of Lubbock underground installation,
the Contractor may be required, at the Engineer's option, to
repair the cut with 3 -sack cement stabilized caliche at the
unit price bid.
15. WORKING HOURS
Construction work under this contract requiring an inspector
will not be performed on weekends or holidays unless at least
one of the following conditions exist:
(A) The project being constructed is essential to
the City of Lubbock's ability to provide the
necessary services to its citizens.
(B) Delays in construction are due to factors
outside the control of the Contractor. The
Contractor is approaching the penalty provi-
sions of the contract and the Contractor can
show he has made a diligent effort to
complete the contract within the allotted time.
Before construction work requiring an inspector is to be
performed on weekends or holidays, the Contractor shall
notify the Owner's Representative not less than three (3)
full working days prior to the weekend or holiday he desires
to perform work and obtain written permission from the
Owner's Representative to do such work. The final decision
on whether
kendstorallow
holidaysconstruction
be made byrequiring
nspector
theOwnerIs
on weekends
Representative.
The Contractor, with approval of the Egineer,hours ashallobeeach
allowed to work as much as sixteen
construction phase. If the Contractor desires to work more
ng day of
hours than specified
rocedure fora normal Saturday andlholiday work ht shall
)
shall
hours, the p
SC -13
apply. The Contractor shall not perform any work requiring an
inspector during this extended work day unless approved by
the Engineer. This work includes pouring concrete or laying
asphalt stabilized base or asphaltic surface material. If the
Contractor elects to work during hours of darkness, he shall,
at his expense, use additional artifical lighting as deemed
necessary by the Engineer.
In any event, if a condition should occur or arise at the
site of this project or from the work being done under this
contract which is hazardous or dangerous to property or life,
the Contractor shall immediately commence work regardless of
the day of the week or the time of day, to correct or
alleviate such condition so that it is no longer dangerous to
property or life.
No work will be allowed from November 1st throucrh January 2nd
unless approved by the Engineer.
16. PARTIAL PAYMENTS
On or before the tenth (10th) day of each month, the
Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative an
application for partial payment. The Owner's Representative
shall review said application for partial payment and the
progress of the work made by the Contractor and if found to
be in order shall prepare a certificate for partial payment
showing as completely as practical the total value of the
work done by the Contractor up to and including the last day
of the preceding month.
17. CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT
Neither the final payment nor certificate nor any provision
in this contract shall relieve the Contractor of
responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and he
shall remedy defects due thereto and pay for any damage to
other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a
period of one (1) year from date of the final acceptance of
the project. The Owner or the Owner's Representative shall
give written notice of observed defects with reasonable
promptness.
SC -14
18. EXTENSION OF TIME - TIME FOR COMPLETION
An extension of time will not be allowed on this project.
The project completion will be based on working days allowed
instead of calendar days allowed.
Any places in these documents referring to the number of
calendar days to complete the project are hereby revised and
termed the number of working days to complete the project.
A working day is defined as a calendar day, not including
Saturdays, Sundays, or designated City of Lubbock holidays,
in which weather or other conditions not under the control of
the Contractor will permit the performance of the principal
unit of work underway for a continuous period of not less
than seven (7) hours between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. For each
Saturday or designated City of Lubbock holiday on which the
Contractor chooses to work and has the proper authorization
to work, one (1) day will be charged against the contract
working time when weather conditions will permit at least
seven (7) hours of work as delineated above. Work on Sunday
will not be permitted except in cases of extreme emergency.
If Sunday work is permitted, working time will be charged on
the same basis as week days.
The Contractor shall complete the work within the number of
working days stated in these documents. For the purpose of
computation, working days will be considered to begin on the
effective date stated in the "Notice to Proceed"
unless the Contractor is not allowed to begin work on
that date due to factors beyond his control as determined by
the Engineer. In that event, time charged against the project
will begin on the date the Contractor could first work a
minimum of seven (7) continuous hours.
The Engineer shall furnish the Contractor a monthly statement
showing the number of working days charged during the month,
the total number of working days allowed in the contract, and
the working days remaining in the contract. The Contractor
shall be allowed ten (10) calender days in which to protest
the correctness of the statement. This protest shall be in
writing, adressed to the Engineer and shall show cause. The
Engineer shall then have.ten (10) calender days to
investigate and respond in writing. Not filing a protest
within the allowed ten (10) calender days for any statement
will indicate the Contractor's approval of the time charges
as shown on that period's time statement and future
consideration of that time statement will not be permitted.
SC -15
If the satisfactorycompletion of t
P he contract will require
unforseen work or work and materials in greater amounts than
set forth in the contract, additional working days or
suspension of time charge shall be allowed the: Contractor
equal to the time which, in the opinion of the Engineer, the
•• work as a whole is delayed. The Contractor shall submit this
time extension request in'writing to the Engineer. The
Engineer will then have ten (10) calender days to respond.
If the Contractor fails to complete the contract in the
working days specified plus any permitted time extensions,
the stated liquidated damages will be charged for each
working day or portion of a working day thereafter.
19. FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT CORINGS
A limited list of flexible pavement corings taken in the
vicinity of 50th Street and Slide Road are available if
the Contractor should elect to use this information. Lubbock
Labs, Inc. Q (806)747-3393 obtained the corings and has
possession of the information. Lubbock Labs, Inc. should be
contacted with any questions regarding the pavement cores.
20. LIOUIDATED DAMAGES
If the Contractor or Subcontractor(s) should fail, neglect,
or refuse to complete the work within the time herein
specified, or any proper time extension thereof_ granted by
the Owner, then the Owner shall permanently withold from the
Contractor's total compensation the sum of $1000(ONE THOUSAND
DOLLARS) per each working day after the stipulated completion
date of this project as liquidated damages for the breach of
this contract.
SC -16
PINNOCHIO'S PIZZA
LONG JOHN SILVER'S
SEAFOOD SHOP
WESTERN SIZZLIN'
TEXACO INC.
KENTUCKY FRIED
CHICKEN
CARWASHER
NORTHWEST FABRICS
AND CRAFTS
SHORT STOP
BLOCKBUSTER VIDEO
50TH STREET
CABOOSE
PROJECT AREA PROPERTY OWNERS
HERMAN CARTER
5202 50TH
MGR.
STREET
795-2013
MARK LION
MGR.
4726 SLIDE ROAD
797-3992
STAN GRAVES
5202 50TH
GEN. MGR.
STREET
792-2841
FRED EWING
765-9351
GEN. MGR.
5002 SLIDE ROAD
796-0473
MIKE HENTHORN
]94-7533
OWNER
5004 SLIDE ROAD
5211 50TH
STREET
TONJA LEWIS
5062 50TH
MGR.
STREET
796-3722
IRENE ROPUS
MGR.
4847 SLIDE ROAD
797-0803
SHANE BLACKMON
5031 50TH
STREET
793-8058
PHIL BRADLEY
5025 50TH
MAN. PARTNER
1 STREET
796-2240
SC -17